Overall: 422/3322 fields covered

ADC

0x40012400: ADC address block description

1/161 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 ISR
0x4 IER
0x8 CR
0xc CFGR1
0x10 CFGR2
0x14 SMPR
0x20 AWD1TR
0x24 AWD2TR
0x28 CHSELR0
0x28 CHSELR1
0x2c AWD3TR
0x40 DR
0xa0 AWD2CR
0xa4 AWD3CR
0xb4 CALFACT
0x308 CCR
Toggle registers

ISR

ADC interrupt and status register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/10 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCRDY
rw
EOCAL
rw
AWD3
rw
AWD2
rw
AWD1
rw
OVR
rw
EOS
rw
EOC
rw
EOSMP
rw
ADRDY
rw
Toggle fields

ADRDY

Bit 0: ADC ready This bit is set by hardware after the ADC has been enabled (ADEN = 1) and when the ADC reaches a state where it is ready to accept conversion requests. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..

EOSMP

Bit 1: End of sampling flag This bit is set by hardware during the conversion, at the end of the sampling phase.It is cleared by software by programming it to 1 ..

EOC

Bit 2: End of conversion flag This bit is set by hardware at the end of each conversion of a channel when a new data result is available in the ADC_DR register. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it or by reading the ADC_DR register..

EOS

Bit 3: End of sequence flag This bit is set by hardware at the end of the conversion of a sequence of channels selected by the CHSEL bits. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..

OVR

Bit 4: ADC overrun This bit is set by hardware when an overrun occurs, meaning that a new conversion has complete while the EOC flag was already set. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..

AWD1

Bit 7: Analog watchdog 1 flag This bit is set by hardware when the converted voltage crosses the values programmed in ADC_TR1 and ADC_HR1 registers. It is cleared by software by programming it to 1..

AWD2

Bit 8: Analog watchdog 2 flag This bit is set by hardware when the converted voltage crosses the values programmed in ADC_AWD2TR and ADC_AWD2TR registers. It is cleared by software programming it it..

AWD3

Bit 9: Analog watchdog 3 flag This bit is set by hardware when the converted voltage crosses the values programmed in ADC_AWD3TR and ADC_AWD3TR registers. It is cleared by software by programming it to 1..

EOCAL

Bit 11: End Of Calibration flag This bit is set by hardware when calibration is complete. It is cleared by software writing 1 to it..

CCRDY

Bit 13: Channel Configuration Ready flag This flag bit is set by hardware when the channel configuration is applied after programming to ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR. It is cleared by software by programming it to it. Note: When the software configures the channels (by programming ADC_CHSELR or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), it must wait until the CCRDY flag rises before configuring again or starting conversions, otherwise the new configuration (or the START bit) is ignored. Once the flag is asserted, if the software needs to configure again the channels, it must clear the CCRDY flag before proceeding with a new configuration..

IER

ADC interrupt enable register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/10 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCRDYIE
rw
EOCALIE
rw
AWD3IE
rw
AWD2IE
rw
AWD1IE
rw
OVRIE
rw
EOSIE
rw
EOCIE
rw
EOSMPIE
rw
ADRDYIE
rw
Toggle fields

ADRDYIE

Bit 0: ADC ready interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the ADC Ready interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

EOSMPIE

Bit 1: End of sampling flag interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of the sampling phase interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

EOCIE

Bit 2: End of conversion interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of conversion interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

EOSIE

Bit 3: End of conversion sequence interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of sequence of conversions interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

OVRIE

Bit 4: Overrun interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the overrun interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD1IE

Bit 7: Analog watchdog 1 interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the analog watchdog interrupt. Note: The Software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2IE

Bit 8: Analog watchdog 2 interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the analog watchdog interrupt. Note: The Software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3IE

Bit 9: Analog watchdog 3 interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the analog watchdog interrupt. Note: The Software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

EOCALIE

Bit 11: End of calibration interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the end of calibration interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

CCRDYIE

Bit 13: Channel Configuration Ready Interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the channel configuration ready interrupt. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART bit is cleared (this ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

CR

ADC control register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADCAL
rw
ADVREGEN
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ADSTP
rw
ADSTART
rw
ADDIS
rw
ADEN
rw
Toggle fields

ADEN

Bit 0: ADC enable command This bit is set by software to enable the ADC. The ADC is effectively ready to operate once the ADRDY flag has been set. It is cleared by hardware when the ADC is disabled, after the execution of the ADDIS command. Note: The software is allowed to set ADEN only when all bits of ADC_CR registers are 0 (ADCAL = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0).

ADDIS

Bit 1: ADC disable command.

ADSTART

Bit 2: ADC start conversion command This bit is set by software to start ADC conversion. Depending on the EXTEN [1:0] configuration bits, a conversion either starts immediately (software trigger configuration) or once a hardware trigger event occurs (hardware trigger configuration). It is cleared by hardware: In single conversion mode (CONT = 0, DISCEN = 0), when software trigger is selected (EXTEN = 00): at the assertion of the end of Conversion Sequence (EOS) flag. In discontinuous conversion mode(CONT = 0, DISCEN = 1), when the software trigger is selected (EXTEN = 00): at the assertion of the end of Conversion (EOC) flag. In all other cases: after the execution of the ADSTP command, at the same time as the ADSTP bit is cleared by hardware. Note: The software is allowed to set ADSTART only when ADEN = 1 and ADDIS = 0 (ADC is enabled and there is no pending request to disable the ADC). Note: After writing to ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIRW, it is mandatory to wait until CCRDY flag is asserted before setting ADSTART, otherwise, the value written to ADSTART is ignored..

ADSTP

Bit 4: ADC stop conversion command.

ADVREGEN

Bit 28: ADC Voltage Regulator Enable This bit is set by software, to enable the ADC internal voltage regulator. The voltage regulator output is available after t<sub>ADCVREG_STUP</sub>. It is cleared by software to disable the voltage regulator. It can be cleared only if ADEN is et to 0. Note: The software is allowed to program this bit field only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..

ADCAL

Bit 31: ADC calibration This bit is set by software to start the calibration of the ADC. It is cleared by hardware after calibration is complete. Note: The software is allowed to set ADCAL only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0, AUTOFF = 0, and ADEN = 0). Note: The software is allowed to update the calibration factor by writing ADC_CALFACT only when ADEN = 1 and ADSTART = 0 (ADC enabled and no conversion is ongoing)..

CFGR1

ADC configuration register 1

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AWD1CH
rw
AWD1EN
rw
AWD1SGL
rw
CHSELRMOD
rw
DISCEN
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AUTOFF
rw
WAIT
rw
CONT
rw
OVRMOD
rw
EXTEN
rw
EXTSEL
rw
ALIGN
rw
RES
rw
SCANDIR
rw
DMACFG
rw
DMAEN
rw
Toggle fields

DMAEN

Bit 0: Direct memory access enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the generation of DMA requests. This allows the DMA controller to be used to manage automatically the converted data. For more details, refer to Section 16.6.5: Managing converted data using the DMA on page 325..

DMACFG

Bit 1: Direct memory access configuration This bit is set and cleared by software to select between two DMA modes of operation and is effective only when DMAEN = 1. For more details, refer to Section 16.6.5: Managing converted data using the DMA on page 325..

SCANDIR

Bit 2: Scan sequence direction This bit is set and cleared by software to select the direction in which the channels is scanned in the sequence. It is effective only if CHSELMOD bit is cleared. Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

RES

Bits 3-4: Data resolution These bits are written by software to select the resolution of the conversion..

ALIGN

Bit 5: Data alignment This bit is set and cleared by software to select right or left alignment. Refer to Figure 43: Data alignment and resolution (oversampling disabled: OVSE = 0) on page 323.

EXTSEL

Bits 6-8: External trigger selection These bits select the external event used to trigger the start of conversion (refer to Table 67: External triggers for details):.

EXTEN

Bits 10-11: External trigger enable and polarity selection These bits are set and cleared by software to select the external trigger polarity and enable the trigger..

OVRMOD

Bit 12: Overrun management mode This bit is set and cleared by software and configure the way data overruns are managed..

CONT

Bit 13: Single / continuous conversion mode This bit is set and cleared by software. If it is set, conversion takes place continuously until it is cleared. Note: It is not possible to have both discontinuous mode and continuous mode enabled: it is forbidden to set both bits DISCEN = 1 and CONT = 1..

WAIT

Bit 14: Wait conversion mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable wait conversion mode.<sup>.</sup>.

AUTOFF

Bit 15: Auto-off mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable auto-off mode.<sup>.</sup>.

DISCEN

Bit 16: Discontinuous mode This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable discontinuous mode. Note: It is not possible to have both discontinuous mode and continuous mode enabled: it is forbidden to set both bits DISCEN = 1 and CONT = 1..

CHSELRMOD

Bit 21: Mode selection of the ADC_CHSELR register This bit is set and cleared by software to control the ADC_CHSELR feature: Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

AWD1SGL

Bit 22: Enable the watchdog on a single channel or on all channels This bit is set and cleared by software to enable the analog watchdog on the channel identified by the AWDCH[4:0] bits or on all the channels.

AWD1EN

Bit 23: Analog watchdog enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

AWD1CH

Bits 26-30: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They select the input channel to be guarded by the analog watchdog. ..... Others: Reserved Note: The channel selected by the AWDCH[4:0] bits must be also set into the CHSELR register..

CFGR2

ADC configuration register 2

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CKMODE
rw
LFTRIG
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TOVS
rw
OVSS
rw
OVSR
rw
OVSE
rw
Toggle fields

OVSE

Bit 0: Oversampler Enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADEN bit is cleared..

OVSR

Bits 2-4: Oversampling ratio This bit filed defines the number of oversampling ratio. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADEN bit is cleared..

OVSS

Bits 5-8: Oversampling shift This bit is set and cleared by software. Others: Reserved Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADEN bit is cleared..

TOVS

Bit 9: Triggered Oversampling This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADEN bit is cleared..

LFTRIG

Bit 29: Low frequency trigger mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADEN bit is cleared..

CKMODE

Bits 30-31: ADC clock mode These bits are set and cleared by software to define how the analog ADC is clocked: In all synchronous clock modes, there is no jitter in the delay from a timer trigger to the start of a conversion. Note: The software is allowed to write these bits only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..

SMPR

ADC sampling time register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/25 fields covered.

Toggle fields

SMP1

Bits 0-2: Sampling time selection 1 These bits are written by software to select the sampling time that applies to all channels. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

SMP2

Bits 4-6: Sampling time selection 2 These bits are written by software to select the sampling time that applies to all channels. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

SMPSEL0

Bit 8: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL1

Bit 9: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL2

Bit 10: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL3

Bit 11: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL4

Bit 12: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL5

Bit 13: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL6

Bit 14: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL7

Bit 15: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL8

Bit 16: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL9

Bit 17: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL10

Bit 18: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL11

Bit 19: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL12

Bit 20: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL13

Bit 21: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL14

Bit 22: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL15

Bit 23: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL16

Bit 24: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL17

Bit 25: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL18

Bit 26: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL19

Bit 27: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL20

Bit 28: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL21

Bit 29: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

SMPSEL22

Bit 30: Channel-x sampling time selection (x = 22 to 0) These bits are written by software to define which sampling time is used. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: Refer to Section 16.3: ADC implementation for the maximum number of channels..

AWD1TR

ADC watchdog threshold register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x0FFF0000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
HT1
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LT1
rw
Toggle fields

LT1

Bits 0-11: Analog watchdog 1 lower threshold These bits are written by software to define the lower threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..

HT1

Bits 16-27: Analog watchdog 1 higher threshold These bits are written by software to define the higher threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..

AWD2TR

ADC watchdog threshold register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x0FFF0000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
HT2
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LT2
rw
Toggle fields

LT2

Bits 0-11: Analog watchdog 2 lower threshold These bits are written by software to define the lower threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..

HT2

Bits 16-27: Analog watchdog 2 higher threshold These bits are written by software to define the higher threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..

CHSELR0

ADC channel selection register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/23 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CHSEL22
rw
CHSEL21
rw
CHSEL20
rw
CHSEL19
rw
CHSEL18
rw
CHSEL17
rw
CHSEL16
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CHSEL15
rw
CHSEL14
rw
CHSEL13
rw
CHSEL12
rw
CHSEL11
rw
CHSEL10
rw
CHSEL9
rw
CHSEL8
rw
CHSEL7
rw
CHSEL6
rw
CHSEL5
rw
CHSEL4
rw
CHSEL3
rw
CHSEL2
rw
CHSEL1
rw
CHSEL0
rw
Toggle fields

CHSEL0

Bit 0: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL1

Bit 1: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL2

Bit 2: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL3

Bit 3: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL4

Bit 4: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL5

Bit 5: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL6

Bit 6: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL7

Bit 7: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL8

Bit 8: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL9

Bit 9: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL10

Bit 10: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL11

Bit 11: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL12

Bit 12: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL13

Bit 13: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL14

Bit 14: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL15

Bit 15: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL16

Bit 16: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL17

Bit 17: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL18

Bit 18: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL19

Bit 19: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL20

Bit 20: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL21

Bit 21: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSEL22

Bit 22: Channel-x selection These bits are written by software and define which channels are part of the sequence of channels to be converted. Refer to Figure 35: ADC connectivity for ADC inputs connected to external channels and internal sources. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing). Note: If CCRDY is not yet asserted after channel configuration (writing ADC_CHSELR register or changing CHSELRMOD or SCANDIR), the value written to this bit is ignored..

CHSELR1

ADC channel selection register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
SQ8
rw
SQ7
rw
SQ6
rw
SQ5
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SQ4
rw
SQ3
rw
SQ2
rw
SQ1
rw
Toggle fields

SQ1

Bits 0-3: 1st conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

SQ2

Bits 4-7: 2nd conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

SQ3

Bits 8-11: 3rd conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

SQ4

Bits 12-15: 4th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

SQ5

Bits 16-19: 5th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

SQ6

Bits 20-23: 6th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

SQ7

Bits 24-27: 7th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. Refer to SQ8[3:0] for a definition of channel selection. Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

SQ8

Bits 28-31: 8th conversion of the sequence These bits are programmed by software with the channel number (0...14) assigned to the 8th conversion of the sequence. 0b1111 indicates the end of the sequence. When 0b1111 (end of sequence) is programmed to the lower sequence channels, these bits are ignored. ... Note: The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3TR

ADC watchdog threshold register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x0FFF0000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
HT3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LT3
rw
Toggle fields

LT3

Bits 0-11: Analog watchdog 3lower threshold These bits are written by software to define the lower threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..

HT3

Bits 16-27: Analog watchdog 3 higher threshold These bits are written by software to define the higher threshold for the analog watchdog. Refer to Section 16.8: Analog window watchdogs on page 329..

DR

ADC data register

Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DATA
r
Toggle fields

DATA

Bits 0-15: Converted data These bits are read-only. They contain the conversion result from the last converted channel. The data are left- or right-aligned as shown in Figure 43: Data alignment and resolution (oversampling disabled: OVSE = 0) on page 323. Just after a calibration is complete, DATA[6:0] contains the calibration factor..

AWD2CR

ADC analog watchdog 2 configuration register

Offset: 0xa0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/23 fields covered.

Toggle fields

AWD2CH0

Bit 0: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH1

Bit 1: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH2

Bit 2: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH3

Bit 3: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH4

Bit 4: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH5

Bit 5: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH6

Bit 6: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH7

Bit 7: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH8

Bit 8: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH9

Bit 9: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH10

Bit 10: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH11

Bit 11: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH12

Bit 12: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH13

Bit 13: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH14

Bit 14: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH15

Bit 15: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH16

Bit 16: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH17

Bit 17: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH18

Bit 18: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH19

Bit 19: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH20

Bit 20: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH21

Bit 21: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD2CH22

Bit 22: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 2 (AWD2). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD2CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CR

ADC Analog Watchdog 3 Configuration register

Offset: 0xa4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/23 fields covered.

Toggle fields

AWD3CH0

Bit 0: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH1

Bit 1: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH2

Bit 2: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH3

Bit 3: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH4

Bit 4: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH5

Bit 5: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH6

Bit 6: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH7

Bit 7: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH8

Bit 8: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH9

Bit 9: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH10

Bit 10: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH11

Bit 11: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH12

Bit 12: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH13

Bit 13: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH14

Bit 14: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH15

Bit 15: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH16

Bit 16: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH17

Bit 17: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH18

Bit 18: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH19

Bit 19: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH20

Bit 20: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH21

Bit 21: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

AWD3CH22

Bit 22: Analog watchdog channel selection These bits are set and cleared by software. They enable and select the input channels to be guarded by analog watchdog 3 (AWD3). Note: The channels selected through ADC_AWD3CR must be also configured into the ADC_CHSELR registers. The software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART=0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

CALFACT

ADC calibration factor

Offset: 0xb4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CALFACT
rw
Toggle fields

CALFACT

Bits 0-6: Calibration factor These bits are written by hardware or by software. Once a calibration is complete, they are updated by hardware with the calibration factors. Software can write these bits with a new calibration factor. If the new calibration factor is different from the current one stored into the analog ADC, it is then applied once a new conversion is launched. Just after a calibration is complete, DATA[6:0] contains the calibration factor. Note: Software can write these bits only when ADEN=1 (ADC is enabled and no calibration is ongoing and no conversion is ongoing)..

CCR

ADC common configuration register

Offset: 0x308, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TSEN
rw
VREFEN
rw
PRESC
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Toggle fields

PRESC

Bits 18-21: ADC prescaler Set and cleared by software to select the frequency of the clock to the ADC. Other: Reserved Note: Software is allowed to write these bits only when the ADC is disabled (ADCAL = 0, ADSTART = 0, ADSTP = 0, ADDIS = 0 and ADEN = 0)..

VREFEN

Bit 22: V<sub>REFINT</sub> enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the V<sub>REFINT</sub>. Note: Software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

TSEN

Bit 23: Temperature sensor enable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable the temperature sensor. Note: Software is allowed to write this bit only when ADSTART = 0 (which ensures that no conversion is ongoing)..

CRC

0x40023000: CRC address block description

0/8 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 DR
0x4 IDR
0x8 CR
0x10 INIT
0x14 POL
Toggle registers

DR

CRC data register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DR
rw
Toggle fields

DR

Bits 0-31: Data register bits This register is used to write new data to the CRC calculator. It holds the previous CRC calculation result when it is read. If the data size is less than 32 bits, the least significant bits are used to write/read the correct value..

IDR

CRC independent data register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
IDR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IDR
rw
Toggle fields

IDR

Bits 0-31: General-purpose 32-bit data register bits These bits can be used as a temporary storage location for four bytes. This register is not affected by CRC resets generated by the RESET bit in the CRC_CR register.

CR

CRC control register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
REV_OUT
rw
REV_IN
rw
POLYSIZE
rw
RESET
rw
Toggle fields

RESET

Bit 0: RESET bit This bit is set by software to reset the CRC calculation unit and set the data register to the value stored in the CRC_INIT register. This bit can only be set, it is automatically cleared by hardware.

POLYSIZE

Bits 3-4: Polynomial size These bits control the size of the polynomial..

REV_IN

Bits 5-6: Reverse input data This bitfield controls the reversal of the bit order of the input data.

REV_OUT

Bit 7: Reverse output data This bit controls the reversal of the bit order of the output data..

INIT

CRC initial value

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CRC_INIT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CRC_INIT
rw
Toggle fields

CRC_INIT

Bits 0-31: Programmable initial CRC value This register is used to write the CRC initial value..

POL

CRC polynomial

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x04C11DB7, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
POL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
POL
rw
Toggle fields

POL

Bits 0-31: Programmable polynomial This register is used to write the coefficients of the polynomial to be used for CRC calculation. If the polynomial size is less than 32 bits, the least significant bits have to be used to program the correct value..

CRS

0x40006c00: CRS address block description

9/26 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CR
0x4 CFGR
0x8 ISR
0xc ICR
Toggle registers

CR

CRS control register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00004000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TRIM
rw
SWSYNC
rw
AUTOTRIMEN
rw
CEN
rw
ESYNCIE
rw
ERRIE
rw
SYNCWARNIE
rw
SYNCOKIE
rw
Toggle fields

SYNCOKIE

Bit 0: SYNC event OK interrupt enable.

SYNCWARNIE

Bit 1: SYNC warning interrupt enable.

ERRIE

Bit 2: Synchronization or trimming error interrupt enable.

ESYNCIE

Bit 3: Expected SYNC interrupt enable.

CEN

Bit 5: Frequency error counter enable This bit enables the oscillator clock for the frequency error counter. When this bit is set, the CRS_CFGR register is write-protected and cannot be modified..

AUTOTRIMEN

Bit 6: Automatic trimming enable This bit enables the automatic hardware adjustment of TRIM bits according to the measured frequency error between two SYNC events. If this bit is set, the TRIM bits are read-only. The TRIM value can be adjusted by hardware by one or two steps at a time, depending on the measured frequency error value. Refer to Section 7.4.4 for more details..

SWSYNC

Bit 7: Generate software SYNC event This bit is set by software in order to generate a software SYNC event. It is automatically cleared by hardware..

TRIM

Bits 8-14: HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming The default value of the HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming is 64, which corresponds to the middle of the trimming interval..

CFGR

CRS configuration register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x2022BB7F, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
SYNCPOL
rw
SYNCSRC
rw
SYNCDIV
rw
FELIM
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RELOAD
rw
Toggle fields

RELOAD

Bits 0-15: Counter reload value RELOAD is the value to be loaded in the frequency error counter with each SYNC event. Refer to Section 7.4.3 for more details about counter behavior..

FELIM

Bits 16-23: Frequency error limit FELIM contains the value to be used to evaluate the captured frequency error value latched in the FECAP[15:0] bits of the CRS_ISR register. Refer to Section 7.4.4 for more details about FECAP evaluation..

SYNCDIV

Bits 24-26: SYNC divider These bits are set and cleared by software to control the division factor of the SYNC signal..

SYNCSRC

Bits 28-29: SYNC signal source selection These bits are set and cleared by software to select the SYNC signal source (see Table 28): Note: When using USB LPM (Link Power Management) and the device is in Sleep mode, the periodic USB SOF is not generated by the host. No SYNC signal is therefore provided to the CRS to calibrate the HSI48 oscillator on the run. To guarantee the required clock precision after waking up from Sleep mode, the LSE or reference clock on the GPIOs must be used as SYNC signal..

SYNCPOL

Bit 31: SYNC polarity selection This bit is set and cleared by software to select the input polarity for the SYNC signal source..

ISR

CRS interrupt and status register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

9/9 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
FECAP
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FEDIR
r
TRIMOVF
r
SYNCMISS
r
SYNCERR
r
ESYNCF
r
ERRF
r
SYNCWARNF
r
SYNCOKF
r
Toggle fields

SYNCOKF

Bit 0: SYNC event OK flag This flag is set by hardware when the measured frequency error is smaller than FELIM * 3. This means that either no adjustment of the TRIM value is needed or that an adjustment by one trimming step is enough to compensate the frequency error. An interrupt is generated if the SYNCOKIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the SYNCOKC bit in the CRS_ICR register..

SYNCWARNF

Bit 1: SYNC warning flag This flag is set by hardware when the measured frequency error is greater than or equal to FELIM * 3, but smaller than FELIM * 128. This means that to compensate the frequency error, the TRIM value must be adjusted by two steps or more. An interrupt is generated if the SYNCWARNIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the SYNCWARNC bit in the CRS_ICR register..

ERRF

Bit 2: Error flag This flag is set by hardware in case of any synchronization or trimming error. It is the logical OR of the TRIMOVF, SYNCMISS and SYNCERR bits. An interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software in reaction to setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register, which clears the TRIMOVF, SYNCMISS and SYNCERR bits..

ESYNCF

Bit 3: Expected SYNC flag This flag is set by hardware when the frequency error counter reached a zero value. An interrupt is generated if the ESYNCIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ESYNCC bit in the CRS_ICR register..

SYNCERR

Bit 8: SYNC error This flag is set by hardware when the SYNC pulse arrives before the ESYNC event and the measured frequency error is greater than or equal to FELIM * 128. This means that the frequency error is too big (internal frequency too low) to be compensated by adjusting the TRIM value, and that some other action has to be taken. An interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register..

SYNCMISS

Bit 9: SYNC missed This flag is set by hardware when the frequency error counter reaches value FELIM * 128 and no SYNC is detected, meaning either that a SYNC pulse was missed, or the frequency error is too big (internal frequency too high) to be compensated by adjusting the TRIM value, hence some other action must be taken. At this point, the frequency error counter is stopped (waiting for a next SYNC), and an interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register..

TRIMOVF

Bit 10: Trimming overflow or underflow This flag is set by hardware when the automatic trimming tries to over- or under-flow the TRIM value. An interrupt is generated if the ERRIE bit is set in the CRS_CR register. It is cleared by software by setting the ERRC bit in the CRS_ICR register..

FEDIR

Bit 15: Frequency error direction FEDIR is the counting direction of the frequency error counter latched in the time of the last SYNC event. It shows whether the actual frequency is below or above the target..

FECAP

Bits 16-31: Frequency error capture FECAP is the frequency error counter value latched in the time of the last SYNC event. Refer to Section 7.4.4 for more details about FECAP usage..

ICR

CRS interrupt flag clear register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ESYNCC
rw
ERRC
rw
SYNCWARNC
rw
SYNCOKC
rw
Toggle fields

SYNCOKC

Bit 0: SYNC event OK clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the SYNCOKF flag in the CRS_ISR register..

SYNCWARNC

Bit 1: SYNC warning clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the SYNCWARNF flag in the CRS_ISR register..

ERRC

Bit 2: Error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears TRIMOVF, SYNCMISS and SYNCERR bits and consequently also the ERRF flag in the CRS_ISR register..

ESYNCC

Bit 3: Expected SYNC clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ESYNCF flag in the CRS_ISR register..

DBG

0x40015800: DBG address block description

2/14 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 IDCODE
0x4 CR
0x8 APB_FZ1
0xc APB_FZ2
Toggle registers

IDCODE

DBG device ID code register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

2/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
REV_ID
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DEV_ID
r
Toggle fields

DEV_ID

Bits 0-11: Device identifier This field indicates the device ID. Refer to Table 152..

REV_ID

Bits 16-31: Revision identifier This field indicates the revision of the device. Refer to Table 152..

CR

DBG configuration register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DBG_STANDBY
rw
DBG_STOP
rw
Toggle fields

DBG_STOP

Bit 1: Debug Stop mode Debug options in Stop mode. Upon Stop mode exit, the software must re-establish the desired clock configuration..

DBG_STANDBY

Bit 2: Debug Standby and Shutdown modes Debug options in Standby or Shutdown mode..

APB_FZ1

DBG APB freeze register 1

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DBG_IWDG_STOP
rw
DBG_WWDG_STOP
rw
DBG_RTC_STOP
rw
DBG_TIM3_STOP
rw
DBG_TIM2_STOP
rw
Toggle fields

DBG_TIM2_STOP

Bit 0: Clocking of TIM2 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM2 when the core is halted: This bit is only available on STM32C071xx. On the other devices, it is reserved..

DBG_TIM3_STOP

Bit 1: Clocking of TIM3 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM3 when the core is halted:.

DBG_RTC_STOP

Bit 10: Clocking of RTC counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of RTC when the core is halted:.

DBG_WWDG_STOP

Bit 11: Clocking of WWDG counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of WWDG when the core is halted:.

DBG_IWDG_STOP

Bit 12: Clocking of IWDG counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of IWDG when the core is halted:.

DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT

Bit 21: SMBUS timeout when core is halted.

APB_FZ2

DBG APB freeze register 2

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DBG_TIM17_STOP
rw
DBG_TIM16_STOP
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DBG_TIM14_STOP
rw
DBG_TIM1_STOP
rw
Toggle fields

DBG_TIM1_STOP

Bit 11: Clocking of TIM1 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM1 when the core is halted:.

DBG_TIM14_STOP

Bit 15: Clocking of TIM14 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM14 when the core is halted:.

DBG_TIM16_STOP

Bit 17: Clocking of TIM16 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM16 when the core is halted:.

DBG_TIM17_STOP

Bit 18: Clocking of TIM17 counter when the core is halted This bit enables/disables the clock to the counter of TIM17 when the core is halted:.

DMA

0x40020000: DMA register bank

20/115 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 ISR
0x4 IFCR
0x8 CCR1
0xc CNDTR1
0x10 CPAR1
0x14 CMAR1
0x1c CCR2
0x20 CNDTR2
0x24 CPAR2
0x28 CMAR2
0x30 CCR3
0x34 CNDTR3
0x38 CPAR3
0x3c CMAR3
0x44 CCR4
0x48 CNDTR4
0x4c CPAR4
0x50 CMAR4
0x58 CCR5
0x5c CNDTR5
0x60 CPAR5
0x64 CMAR5
Toggle registers

ISR

DMA interrupt status register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

20/20 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TEIF5
r
HTIF5
r
TCIF5
r
GIF5
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TEIF4
r
HTIF4
r
TCIF4
r
GIF4
r
TEIF3
r
HTIF3
r
TCIF3
r
GIF3
r
TEIF2
r
HTIF2
r
TCIF2
r
GIF2
r
TEIF1
r
HTIF1
r
TCIF1
r
GIF1
r
Toggle fields

GIF1

Bit 0: Global interrupt flag for channel 1.

TCIF1

Bit 1: Transfer complete (TC) flag for channel 1.

HTIF1

Bit 2: Half transfer (HT) flag for channel 1.

TEIF1

Bit 3: Transfer error (TE) flag for channel 1.

GIF2

Bit 4: Global interrupt flag for channel 2.

TCIF2

Bit 5: Transfer complete (TC) flag for channel 2.

HTIF2

Bit 6: Half transfer (HT) flag for channel 2.

TEIF2

Bit 7: Transfer error (TE) flag for channel 2.

GIF3

Bit 8: Global interrupt flag for channel 3.

TCIF3

Bit 9: Transfer complete (TC) flag for channel 3.

HTIF3

Bit 10: Half transfer (HT) flag for channel 3.

TEIF3

Bit 11: Transfer error (TE) flag for channel 3.

GIF4

Bit 12: global interrupt flag for channel 4.

TCIF4

Bit 13: Transfer complete (TC) flag for channel 4.

HTIF4

Bit 14: Half transfer (HT) flag for channel 4.

TEIF4

Bit 15: Transfer error (TE) flag for channel 4.

GIF5

Bit 16: global interrupt flag for channel 5.

TCIF5

Bit 17: Transfer complete (TC) flag for channel 5.

HTIF5

Bit 18: Half transfer (HT) flag for channel 5.

TEIF5

Bit 19: Transfer error (TE) flag for channel 5.

IFCR

DMA interrupt flag clear register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/20 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CTEIF5
w
CHTIF5
w
CTCIF5
w
CGIF5
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CTEIF4
w
CHTIF4
w
CTCIF4
w
CGIF4
w
CTEIF3
w
CHTIF3
w
CTCIF3
w
CGIF3
w
CTEIF2
w
CHTIF2
w
CTCIF2
w
CGIF2
w
CTEIF1
w
CHTIF1
w
CTCIF1
w
CGIF1
w
Toggle fields

CGIF1

Bit 0: Global interrupt flag clear for channel 1.

CTCIF1

Bit 1: Transfer complete flag clear for channel 1.

CHTIF1

Bit 2: Half transfer flag clear for channel 1.

CTEIF1

Bit 3: Transfer error flag clear for channel 1.

CGIF2

Bit 4: Global interrupt flag clear for channel 2.

CTCIF2

Bit 5: Transfer complete flag clear for channel 2.

CHTIF2

Bit 6: Half transfer flag clear for channel 2.

CTEIF2

Bit 7: Transfer error flag clear for channel 2.

CGIF3

Bit 8: Global interrupt flag clear for channel 3.

CTCIF3

Bit 9: Transfer complete flag clear for channel 3.

CHTIF3

Bit 10: Half transfer flag clear for channel 3.

CTEIF3

Bit 11: Transfer error flag clear for channel 3.

CGIF4

Bit 12: Global interrupt flag clear for channel 4.

CTCIF4

Bit 13: Transfer complete flag clear for channel 4.

CHTIF4

Bit 14: Half transfer flag clear for channel 4.

CTEIF4

Bit 15: Transfer error flag clear for channel 4.

CGIF5

Bit 16: Global interrupt flag clear for channel 5.

CTCIF5

Bit 17: Transfer complete flag clear for channel 5.

CHTIF5

Bit 18: Half transfer flag clear for channel 5.

CTEIF5

Bit 19: Transfer error flag clear for channel 5.

CCR1

DMA channel 1 configuration register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MEM2MEM
rw
PL
rw
MSIZE
rw
PSIZE
rw
MINC
rw
PINC
rw
CIRC
rw
DIR
rw
TEIE
rw
HTIE
rw
TCIE
rw
EN
rw
Toggle fields

EN

Bit 0: Channel enable When a channel transfer error occurs, this bit is cleared by hardware. It can not be set again by software (channel x re-activated) until the TEIFx bit of the DMA_ISR register is cleared (by setting the CTEIFx bit of the DMA_IFCR register). Note: This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCIE

Bit 1: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

HTIE

Bit 2: Half transfer interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

TEIE

Bit 3: Transfer error interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

DIR

Bit 4: Data transfer direction This bit must be set only in memory-to-peripheral and peripheral-to-memory modes. Source attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Destination attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Destination attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Source attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CIRC

Bit 5: Circular mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PINC

Bit 6: Peripheral increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. n memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MINC

Bit 7: Memory increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PSIZE

Bits 8-9: Peripheral size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MSIZE

Bits 10-11: Memory size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PL

Bits 12-13: Priority level Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MEM2MEM

Bit 14: Memory-to-memory mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CNDTR1

DMA channel 1 number of data to transfer register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NDT
rw
Toggle fields

NDT

Bits 0-15: Number of data to transfer (0 to 2<sup>16</sup> - 1) This bitfield is updated by hardware when the channel is enabled: It is decremented after each single DMA read followed by write transfer, indicating the remaining amount of data items to transfer. It is kept at zero when the programmed amount of data to transfer is reached, if the channel is not in circular mode (CIRC = 0 in the DMA_CCRx register). It is reloaded automatically by the previously programmed value, when the transfer is complete, if the channel is in circular mode (CIRC = 1). If this bitfield is zero, no transfer can be served whatever the channel status (enabled or not). Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CPAR1

DMA channel 1 peripheral address register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PA
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PA
rw
Toggle fields

PA

Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data is read/written. When PSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of PA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When PSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of PA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination address if DIR = 1 and the memory source address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CMAR1

DMA channel 1 memory address register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MA
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MA
rw
Toggle fields

MA

Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the memory from/to which the data is read/written. When MSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of MA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When MSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of MA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source address if DIR = 1 and the memory destination address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CCR2

DMA channel 2 configuration register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MEM2MEM
rw
PL
rw
MSIZE
rw
PSIZE
rw
MINC
rw
PINC
rw
CIRC
rw
DIR
rw
TEIE
rw
HTIE
rw
TCIE
rw
EN
rw
Toggle fields

EN

Bit 0: Channel enable When a channel transfer error occurs, this bit is cleared by hardware. It can not be set again by software (channel x re-activated) until the TEIFx bit of the DMA_ISR register is cleared (by setting the CTEIFx bit of the DMA_IFCR register). Note: This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCIE

Bit 1: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

HTIE

Bit 2: Half transfer interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

TEIE

Bit 3: Transfer error interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

DIR

Bit 4: Data transfer direction This bit must be set only in memory-to-peripheral and peripheral-to-memory modes. Source attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Destination attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Destination attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Source attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CIRC

Bit 5: Circular mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PINC

Bit 6: Peripheral increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. n memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MINC

Bit 7: Memory increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PSIZE

Bits 8-9: Peripheral size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MSIZE

Bits 10-11: Memory size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PL

Bits 12-13: Priority level Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MEM2MEM

Bit 14: Memory-to-memory mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CNDTR2

DMA channel 2 number of data to transfer register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NDT
rw
Toggle fields

NDT

Bits 0-15: Number of data to transfer (0 to 2<sup>16</sup> - 1) This bitfield is updated by hardware when the channel is enabled: It is decremented after each single DMA read followed by write transfer, indicating the remaining amount of data items to transfer. It is kept at zero when the programmed amount of data to transfer is reached, if the channel is not in circular mode (CIRC = 0 in the DMA_CCRx register). It is reloaded automatically by the previously programmed value, when the transfer is complete, if the channel is in circular mode (CIRC = 1). If this bitfield is zero, no transfer can be served whatever the channel status (enabled or not). Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CPAR2

DMA channel 2 peripheral address register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PA
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PA
rw
Toggle fields

PA

Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data is read/written. When PSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of PA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When PSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of PA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination address if DIR = 1 and the memory source address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CMAR2

DMA channel 2 memory address register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MA
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MA
rw
Toggle fields

MA

Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the memory from/to which the data is read/written. When MSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of MA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When MSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of MA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source address if DIR = 1 and the memory destination address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CCR3

DMA channel 3 configuration register

Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MEM2MEM
rw
PL
rw
MSIZE
rw
PSIZE
rw
MINC
rw
PINC
rw
CIRC
rw
DIR
rw
TEIE
rw
HTIE
rw
TCIE
rw
EN
rw
Toggle fields

EN

Bit 0: Channel enable When a channel transfer error occurs, this bit is cleared by hardware. It can not be set again by software (channel x re-activated) until the TEIFx bit of the DMA_ISR register is cleared (by setting the CTEIFx bit of the DMA_IFCR register). Note: This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCIE

Bit 1: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

HTIE

Bit 2: Half transfer interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

TEIE

Bit 3: Transfer error interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

DIR

Bit 4: Data transfer direction This bit must be set only in memory-to-peripheral and peripheral-to-memory modes. Source attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Destination attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Destination attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Source attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CIRC

Bit 5: Circular mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PINC

Bit 6: Peripheral increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. n memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MINC

Bit 7: Memory increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PSIZE

Bits 8-9: Peripheral size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MSIZE

Bits 10-11: Memory size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PL

Bits 12-13: Priority level Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MEM2MEM

Bit 14: Memory-to-memory mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CNDTR3

DMA channel 3 number of data to transfer register

Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NDT
rw
Toggle fields

NDT

Bits 0-15: Number of data to transfer (0 to 2<sup>16</sup> - 1) This bitfield is updated by hardware when the channel is enabled: It is decremented after each single DMA read followed by write transfer, indicating the remaining amount of data items to transfer. It is kept at zero when the programmed amount of data to transfer is reached, if the channel is not in circular mode (CIRC = 0 in the DMA_CCRx register). It is reloaded automatically by the previously programmed value, when the transfer is complete, if the channel is in circular mode (CIRC = 1). If this bitfield is zero, no transfer can be served whatever the channel status (enabled or not). Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CPAR3

DMA channel 3 peripheral address register

Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PA
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PA
rw
Toggle fields

PA

Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data is read/written. When PSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of PA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When PSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of PA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination address if DIR = 1 and the memory source address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CMAR3

DMA channel 3 memory address register

Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MA
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MA
rw
Toggle fields

MA

Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the memory from/to which the data is read/written. When MSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of MA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When MSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of MA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source address if DIR = 1 and the memory destination address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CCR4

DMA channel 4 configuration register

Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MEM2MEM
rw
PL
rw
MSIZE
rw
PSIZE
rw
MINC
rw
PINC
rw
CIRC
rw
DIR
rw
TEIE
rw
HTIE
rw
TCIE
rw
EN
rw
Toggle fields

EN

Bit 0: Channel enable When a channel transfer error occurs, this bit is cleared by hardware. It can not be set again by software (channel x re-activated) until the TEIFx bit of the DMA_ISR register is cleared (by setting the CTEIFx bit of the DMA_IFCR register). Note: This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCIE

Bit 1: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

HTIE

Bit 2: Half transfer interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

TEIE

Bit 3: Transfer error interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

DIR

Bit 4: Data transfer direction This bit must be set only in memory-to-peripheral and peripheral-to-memory modes. Source attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Destination attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Destination attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Source attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CIRC

Bit 5: Circular mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PINC

Bit 6: Peripheral increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. n memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MINC

Bit 7: Memory increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PSIZE

Bits 8-9: Peripheral size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MSIZE

Bits 10-11: Memory size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PL

Bits 12-13: Priority level Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MEM2MEM

Bit 14: Memory-to-memory mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CNDTR4

DMA channel 4 number of data to transfer register

Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NDT
rw
Toggle fields

NDT

Bits 0-15: Number of data to transfer (0 to 2<sup>16</sup> - 1) This bitfield is updated by hardware when the channel is enabled: It is decremented after each single DMA read followed by write transfer, indicating the remaining amount of data items to transfer. It is kept at zero when the programmed amount of data to transfer is reached, if the channel is not in circular mode (CIRC = 0 in the DMA_CCRx register). It is reloaded automatically by the previously programmed value, when the transfer is complete, if the channel is in circular mode (CIRC = 1). If this bitfield is zero, no transfer can be served whatever the channel status (enabled or not). Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CPAR4

DMA channel 4 peripheral address register

Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PA
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PA
rw
Toggle fields

PA

Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data is read/written. When PSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of PA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When PSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of PA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination address if DIR = 1 and the memory source address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CMAR4

DMA channel 4 memory address register

Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MA
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MA
rw
Toggle fields

MA

Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the memory from/to which the data is read/written. When MSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of MA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When MSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of MA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source address if DIR = 1 and the memory destination address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CCR5

DMA channel 5 configuration register

Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MEM2MEM
rw
PL
rw
MSIZE
rw
PSIZE
rw
MINC
rw
PINC
rw
CIRC
rw
DIR
rw
TEIE
rw
HTIE
rw
TCIE
rw
EN
rw
Toggle fields

EN

Bit 0: Channel enable When a channel transfer error occurs, this bit is cleared by hardware. It can not be set again by software (channel x re-activated) until the TEIFx bit of the DMA_ISR register is cleared (by setting the CTEIFx bit of the DMA_IFCR register). Note: This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCIE

Bit 1: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

HTIE

Bit 2: Half transfer interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

TEIE

Bit 3: Transfer error interrupt enable Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

DIR

Bit 4: Data transfer direction This bit must be set only in memory-to-peripheral and peripheral-to-memory modes. Source attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Destination attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Destination attributes are defined by PSIZE and PINC, plus the DMA_CPARx register. This is still valid in a memory-to-memory mode. Source attributes are defined by MSIZE and MINC, plus the DMA_CMARx register. This is still valid in a peripheral-to-peripheral mode. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CIRC

Bit 5: Circular mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PINC

Bit 6: Peripheral increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. n memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MINC

Bit 7: Memory increment mode Defines the increment mode for each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bit identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bit identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PSIZE

Bits 8-9: Peripheral size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified peripheral. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination if DIR = 1 and the memory source if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MSIZE

Bits 10-11: Memory size Defines the data size of each DMA transfer to the identified memory. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source if DIR = 1 and the memory destination if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

PL

Bits 12-13: Priority level Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

MEM2MEM

Bit 14: Memory-to-memory mode Note: This bit is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CNDTR5

DMA channel 5 number of data to transfer register

Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NDT
rw
Toggle fields

NDT

Bits 0-15: Number of data to transfer (0 to 2<sup>16</sup> - 1) This bitfield is updated by hardware when the channel is enabled: It is decremented after each single DMA read followed by write transfer, indicating the remaining amount of data items to transfer. It is kept at zero when the programmed amount of data to transfer is reached, if the channel is not in circular mode (CIRC = 0 in the DMA_CCRx register). It is reloaded automatically by the previously programmed value, when the transfer is complete, if the channel is in circular mode (CIRC = 1). If this bitfield is zero, no transfer can be served whatever the channel status (enabled or not). Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CPAR5

DMA channel 5 peripheral address register

Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PA
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PA
rw
Toggle fields

PA

Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data is read/written. When PSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of PA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When PSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of PA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory destination address if DIR = 1 and the memory source address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral destination address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral source address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

CMAR5

DMA channel 5 memory address register

Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MA
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MA
rw
Toggle fields

MA

Bits 0-31: Peripheral address It contains the base address of the memory from/to which the data is read/written. When MSIZE[1:0] = 01 (16 bits), bit 0 of MA[31:0] is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a half-word address. When MSIZE[1:0] = 10 (32 bits), bits 1 and 0 of MA[31:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. In memory-to-memory mode, this bitfield identifies the memory source address if DIR = 1 and the memory destination address if DIR = 0. In peripheral-to-peripheral mode, this bitfield identifies the peripheral source address if DIR = 1 and the peripheral destination address if DIR = 0. Note: This bitfield is set and cleared by software. It must not be written when the channel is enabled (EN = 1). It is not read-only when the channel is enabled (EN = 1)..

DMAMUX

0x40020800: DMAMUX address block description

9/73 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CCR[0]
0x4 CCR[1]
0x8 CCR[2]
0xc CCR[3]
0x10 CCR[4]
0x80 CSR
0x84 CFR
0x100 RGCR[0]
0x104 RGCR[1]
0x108 RGCR[2]
0x10c RGCR[3]
0x140 RGSR
0x144 RGCFR
Toggle registers

CCR[0]

DMA Multiplexer Channel 0 Control register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/7 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
SYNC_ID
rw
NBREQ
rw
SPOL
rw
SE
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EGE
rw
SOIE
rw
DMAREQ_ID
rw
Toggle fields

DMAREQ_ID

Bits 0-5: DMA request identification Selects the input DMA request. See the DMAMUX table about assignments of multiplexer inputs to resources..

SOIE

Bit 8: Synchronization overrun interrupt enable.

EGE

Bit 9: Event generation enable.

SE

Bit 16: Synchronization enable.

SPOL

Bits 17-18: Synchronization polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected synchronization input:.

NBREQ

Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests minus 1 to forward Defines the number of DMA requests to forward to the DMA controller after a synchronization event, and/or the number of DMA requests before an output event is generated. This field must only be written when both SE and EGE bits are low..

SYNC_ID

Bits 24-28: Synchronization identification Selects the synchronization input (see Table 44: DMAMUX: assignment of synchronization inputs to resources)..

CCR[1]

DMA Multiplexer Channel 1 Control register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/7 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
SYNC_ID
rw
NBREQ
rw
SPOL
rw
SE
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EGE
rw
SOIE
rw
DMAREQ_ID
rw
Toggle fields

DMAREQ_ID

Bits 0-5: DMA request identification Selects the input DMA request. See the DMAMUX table about assignments of multiplexer inputs to resources..

SOIE

Bit 8: Synchronization overrun interrupt enable.

EGE

Bit 9: Event generation enable.

SE

Bit 16: Synchronization enable.

SPOL

Bits 17-18: Synchronization polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected synchronization input:.

NBREQ

Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests minus 1 to forward Defines the number of DMA requests to forward to the DMA controller after a synchronization event, and/or the number of DMA requests before an output event is generated. This field must only be written when both SE and EGE bits are low..

SYNC_ID

Bits 24-28: Synchronization identification Selects the synchronization input (see Table 44: DMAMUX: assignment of synchronization inputs to resources)..

CCR[2]

DMA Multiplexer Channel 2 Control register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/7 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
SYNC_ID
rw
NBREQ
rw
SPOL
rw
SE
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EGE
rw
SOIE
rw
DMAREQ_ID
rw
Toggle fields

DMAREQ_ID

Bits 0-5: DMA request identification Selects the input DMA request. See the DMAMUX table about assignments of multiplexer inputs to resources..

SOIE

Bit 8: Synchronization overrun interrupt enable.

EGE

Bit 9: Event generation enable.

SE

Bit 16: Synchronization enable.

SPOL

Bits 17-18: Synchronization polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected synchronization input:.

NBREQ

Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests minus 1 to forward Defines the number of DMA requests to forward to the DMA controller after a synchronization event, and/or the number of DMA requests before an output event is generated. This field must only be written when both SE and EGE bits are low..

SYNC_ID

Bits 24-28: Synchronization identification Selects the synchronization input (see Table 44: DMAMUX: assignment of synchronization inputs to resources)..

CCR[3]

DMA Multiplexer Channel 3 Control register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/7 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
SYNC_ID
rw
NBREQ
rw
SPOL
rw
SE
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EGE
rw
SOIE
rw
DMAREQ_ID
rw
Toggle fields

DMAREQ_ID

Bits 0-5: DMA request identification Selects the input DMA request. See the DMAMUX table about assignments of multiplexer inputs to resources..

SOIE

Bit 8: Synchronization overrun interrupt enable.

EGE

Bit 9: Event generation enable.

SE

Bit 16: Synchronization enable.

SPOL

Bits 17-18: Synchronization polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected synchronization input:.

NBREQ

Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests minus 1 to forward Defines the number of DMA requests to forward to the DMA controller after a synchronization event, and/or the number of DMA requests before an output event is generated. This field must only be written when both SE and EGE bits are low..

SYNC_ID

Bits 24-28: Synchronization identification Selects the synchronization input (see Table 44: DMAMUX: assignment of synchronization inputs to resources)..

CCR[4]

DMA Multiplexer Channel 4 Control register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/7 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
SYNC_ID
rw
NBREQ
rw
SPOL
rw
SE
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EGE
rw
SOIE
rw
DMAREQ_ID
rw
Toggle fields

DMAREQ_ID

Bits 0-5: DMA request identification Selects the input DMA request. See the DMAMUX table about assignments of multiplexer inputs to resources..

SOIE

Bit 8: Synchronization overrun interrupt enable.

EGE

Bit 9: Event generation enable.

SE

Bit 16: Synchronization enable.

SPOL

Bits 17-18: Synchronization polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected synchronization input:.

NBREQ

Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests minus 1 to forward Defines the number of DMA requests to forward to the DMA controller after a synchronization event, and/or the number of DMA requests before an output event is generated. This field must only be written when both SE and EGE bits are low..

SYNC_ID

Bits 24-28: Synchronization identification Selects the synchronization input (see Table 44: DMAMUX: assignment of synchronization inputs to resources)..

CSR

DMAMUX request line multiplexer interrupt channel status register

Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

5/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SOF4
r
SOF3
r
SOF2
r
SOF1
r
SOF0
r
Toggle fields

SOF0

Bit 0: Synchronization overrun event flag The flag is set when a synchronization event occurs on a DMA request line multiplexer channel x, while the DMA request counter value is lower than NBREQ. The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding CSOFx bit in DMAMUX_CFR register..

SOF1

Bit 1: Synchronization overrun event flag The flag is set when a synchronization event occurs on a DMA request line multiplexer channel x, while the DMA request counter value is lower than NBREQ. The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding CSOFx bit in DMAMUX_CFR register..

SOF2

Bit 2: Synchronization overrun event flag The flag is set when a synchronization event occurs on a DMA request line multiplexer channel x, while the DMA request counter value is lower than NBREQ. The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding CSOFx bit in DMAMUX_CFR register..

SOF3

Bit 3: Synchronization overrun event flag The flag is set when a synchronization event occurs on a DMA request line multiplexer channel x, while the DMA request counter value is lower than NBREQ. The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding CSOFx bit in DMAMUX_CFR register..

SOF4

Bit 4: Synchronization overrun event flag The flag is set when a synchronization event occurs on a DMA request line multiplexer channel x, while the DMA request counter value is lower than NBREQ. The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding CSOFx bit in DMAMUX_CFR register..

CFR

DMAMUX request line multiplexer interrupt clear flag register

Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CSOF4
w
CSOF3
w
CSOF2
w
CSOF1
w
CSOF0
w
Toggle fields

CSOF0

Bit 0: Clear synchronization overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag SOFx in the DMAMUX_CSR register..

CSOF1

Bit 1: Clear synchronization overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag SOFx in the DMAMUX_CSR register..

CSOF2

Bit 2: Clear synchronization overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag SOFx in the DMAMUX_CSR register..

CSOF3

Bit 3: Clear synchronization overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag SOFx in the DMAMUX_CSR register..

CSOF4

Bit 4: Clear synchronization overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag SOFx in the DMAMUX_CSR register..

RGCR[0]

DMAMUX request generator channel 0 configuration register

Offset: 0x100, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
GNBREQ
rw
GPOL
rw
GE
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OIE
rw
SIG_ID
rw
Toggle fields

SIG_ID

Bits 0-4: Signal identification Selects the DMA request trigger input used for the channel x of the DMA request generator.

OIE

Bit 8: Trigger overrun interrupt enable.

GE

Bit 16: DMA request generator channel x enable.

GPOL

Bits 17-18: DMA request generator trigger polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected trigger input.

GNBREQ

Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests to be generated (minus 1) Defines the number of DMA requests to be generated after a trigger event. The actual number of generated DMA requests is GNBREQ +1. Note: This field must be written only when GE bit is disabled..

RGCR[1]

DMAMUX request generator channel 1 configuration register

Offset: 0x104, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
GNBREQ
rw
GPOL
rw
GE
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OIE
rw
SIG_ID
rw
Toggle fields

SIG_ID

Bits 0-4: Signal identification Selects the DMA request trigger input used for the channel x of the DMA request generator.

OIE

Bit 8: Trigger overrun interrupt enable.

GE

Bit 16: DMA request generator channel x enable.

GPOL

Bits 17-18: DMA request generator trigger polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected trigger input.

GNBREQ

Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests to be generated (minus 1) Defines the number of DMA requests to be generated after a trigger event. The actual number of generated DMA requests is GNBREQ +1. Note: This field must be written only when GE bit is disabled..

RGCR[2]

DMAMUX request generator channel 2 configuration register

Offset: 0x108, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
GNBREQ
rw
GPOL
rw
GE
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OIE
rw
SIG_ID
rw
Toggle fields

SIG_ID

Bits 0-4: Signal identification Selects the DMA request trigger input used for the channel x of the DMA request generator.

OIE

Bit 8: Trigger overrun interrupt enable.

GE

Bit 16: DMA request generator channel x enable.

GPOL

Bits 17-18: DMA request generator trigger polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected trigger input.

GNBREQ

Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests to be generated (minus 1) Defines the number of DMA requests to be generated after a trigger event. The actual number of generated DMA requests is GNBREQ +1. Note: This field must be written only when GE bit is disabled..

RGCR[3]

DMAMUX request generator channel 3 configuration register

Offset: 0x10c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
GNBREQ
rw
GPOL
rw
GE
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OIE
rw
SIG_ID
rw
Toggle fields

SIG_ID

Bits 0-4: Signal identification Selects the DMA request trigger input used for the channel x of the DMA request generator.

OIE

Bit 8: Trigger overrun interrupt enable.

GE

Bit 16: DMA request generator channel x enable.

GPOL

Bits 17-18: DMA request generator trigger polarity Defines the edge polarity of the selected trigger input.

GNBREQ

Bits 19-23: Number of DMA requests to be generated (minus 1) Defines the number of DMA requests to be generated after a trigger event. The actual number of generated DMA requests is GNBREQ +1. Note: This field must be written only when GE bit is disabled..

RGSR

DMAMUX request generator interrupt status register

Offset: 0x140, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

4/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OF3
r
OF2
r
OF1
r
OF0
r
Toggle fields

OF0

Bit 0: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..

OF1

Bit 1: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..

OF2

Bit 2: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..

OF3

Bit 3: Trigger overrun event flag The flag is set when a new trigger event occurs on DMA request generator channel x, before the request counter underrun (the internal request counter programmed via the GNBREQ field of the DMAMUX_RGxCR register). The flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding COFx bit in the DMAMUX_RGCFR register..

RGCFR

DMAMUX request generator interrupt clear flag register

Offset: 0x144, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
COF3
w
COF2
w
COF1
w
COF0
w
Toggle fields

COF0

Bit 0: Clear trigger overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag OFx in the DMAMUX_RGSR register..

COF1

Bit 1: Clear trigger overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag OFx in the DMAMUX_RGSR register..

COF2

Bit 2: Clear trigger overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag OFx in the DMAMUX_RGSR register..

COF3

Bit 3: Clear trigger overrun event flag Writing 1 in each bit clears the corresponding overrun flag OFx in the DMAMUX_RGSR register..

EXTI

0x40021800: EXTI address block description

0/145 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 RTSR1
0x4 FTSR1
0x8 SWIER1
0xc RPR1
0x10 FPR1
0x28 RTSR2
0x2c FTSR2
0x30 SWIER2
0x34 RPR2
0x38 FPR2
0x60 EXTICR1
0x64 EXTICR2
0x68 EXTICR3
0x6c EXTICR4
0x80 IMR1
0x84 EMR1
0x90 IMR2
0x94 EMR2
Toggle registers

RTSR1

EXTI rising trigger selection register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RT15
rw
RT14
rw
RT13
rw
RT12
rw
RT11
rw
RT10
rw
RT9
rw
RT8
rw
RT7
rw
RT6
rw
RT5
rw
RT4
rw
RT3
rw
RT2
rw
RT1
rw
RT0
rw
Toggle fields

RT0

Bit 0: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT1

Bit 1: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT2

Bit 2: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT3

Bit 3: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT4

Bit 4: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT5

Bit 5: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT6

Bit 6: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT7

Bit 7: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT8

Bit 8: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT9

Bit 9: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT10

Bit 10: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT11

Bit 11: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT12

Bit 12: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT13

Bit 13: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT14

Bit 14: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

RT15

Bit 15: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. Note: The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FTSR1

EXTI falling trigger selection register 1

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FT15
rw
FT14
rw
FT13
rw
FT12
rw
FT11
rw
FT10
rw
FT9
rw
FT8
rw
FT7
rw
FT6
rw
FT5
rw
FT4
rw
FT3
rw
FT2
rw
FT1
rw
FT0
rw
Toggle fields

FT0

Bit 0: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT1

Bit 1: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT2

Bit 2: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT3

Bit 3: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT4

Bit 4: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT5

Bit 5: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT6

Bit 6: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT7

Bit 7: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT8

Bit 8: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT9

Bit 9: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT10

Bit 10: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT11

Bit 11: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT12

Bit 12: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT13

Bit 13: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT14

Bit 14: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FT15

Bit 15: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line x (x = 15 to 0). Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the corresponding line. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

SWIER1

EXTI software interrupt event register 1

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SWI15
rw
SWI14
rw
SWI13
rw
SWI12
rw
SWI11
rw
SWI10
rw
SWI9
rw
SWI8
rw
SWI7
rw
SWI6
rw
SWI5
rw
SWI4
rw
SWI3
rw
SWI2
rw
SWI1
rw
SWI0
rw
Toggle fields

SWI0

Bit 0: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI1

Bit 1: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI2

Bit 2: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI3

Bit 3: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI4

Bit 4: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI5

Bit 5: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI6

Bit 6: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI7

Bit 7: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI8

Bit 8: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI9

Bit 9: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI10

Bit 10: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI11

Bit 11: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI12

Bit 12: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI13

Bit 13: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI14

Bit 14: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

SWI15

Bit 15: Software rising edge event trigger on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the corresponding line x, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR1 and EXTI_FTSR1 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

RPR1

EXTI rising edge pending register 1

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

RPIF0

Bit 0: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF1

Bit 1: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF2

Bit 2: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF3

Bit 3: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF4

Bit 4: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF5

Bit 5: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF6

Bit 6: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF7

Bit 7: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF8

Bit 8: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF9

Bit 9: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF10

Bit 10: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF11

Bit 11: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF12

Bit 12: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF13

Bit 13: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF14

Bit 14: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RPIF15

Bit 15: Rising edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPR1

EXTI falling edge pending register 1

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

FPIF0

Bit 0: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF1

Bit 1: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF2

Bit 2: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF3

Bit 3: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF4

Bit 4: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF5

Bit 5: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF6

Bit 6: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF7

Bit 7: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF8

Bit 8: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF9

Bit 9: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF10

Bit 10: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF11

Bit 11: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF12

Bit 12: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF13

Bit 13: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF14

Bit 14: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPIF15

Bit 15: Falling edge event pending for configurable line x (x = 15 to 0) Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER1 register) on the corresponding line. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

RTSR2

EXTI rising trigger selection register 2

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RT34
rw
Toggle fields

RT34

Bit 2: Rising trigger event configuration bit of configurable line 34 Each bit enables/disables the rising edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the line 34. This configurable line is edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on this inputs. Note: If a rising edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Rising edge trigger can be set for a line with falling edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

FTSR2

EXTI falling trigger selection register 2

Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FT34
rw
Toggle fields

FT34

Bit 2: Falling trigger event configuration bit of configurable line 34. Each bit enables/disables the falling edge trigger for the event and interrupt on the line 34. The configurable lines are edge triggered; no glitch must be generated on these inputs. Note: If a falling edge on the configurable line occurs during writing of the register, the associated pending bit is not set. Falling edge trigger can be set for a line with rising edge trigger enabled. In this case, both edges generate a trigger..

SWIER2

EXTI software interrupt event register 2

Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SWI34
rw
Toggle fields

SWI34

Bit 2: Software rising edge event trigger on line 34 Setting of any bit by software triggers a rising edge event on the line 34, resulting in an interrupt, independently of EXTI_RTSR2 and EXTI_FTSR2 settings. The bits are automatically cleared by HW. Reading of any bit always returns 0..

RPR2

EXTI rising edge pending register 2

Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RPIF34
rw
Toggle fields

RPIF34

Bit 2: Rising edge event pending for configurable line 34 Each bit is set upon a rising edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER2 register) on the line 34. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

FPR2

EXTI falling edge pending register 2

Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FPIF34
rw
Toggle fields

FPIF34

Bit 2: Falling edge event pending for configurable line 34 Each bit is set upon a falling edge event generated by hardware or by software (through the EXTI_SWIER2 register) on the line 34. Each bit is cleared by writing 1 into it..

EXTICR1

EXTI external interrupt selection register

Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EXTI3
rw
EXTI2
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EXTI1
rw
EXTI0
rw
Toggle fields

EXTI0

Bits 0-7: EXTI0 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI0 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI1

Bits 8-15: EXTI1 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI1 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI2

Bits 16-23: EXTI2 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI2 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI3

Bits 24-31: EXTI3 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI3 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTICR2

EXTI external interrupt selection register

Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EXTI7
rw
EXTI6
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EXTI5
rw
EXTI4
rw
Toggle fields

EXTI4

Bits 0-7: EXTI4 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI4 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI5

Bits 8-15: EXTI5 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI5 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI6

Bits 16-23: EXTI6 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI6 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI7

Bits 24-31: EXTI7 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI7 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTICR3

EXTI external interrupt selection register

Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EXTI11
rw
EXTI10
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EXTI9
rw
EXTI8
rw
Toggle fields

EXTI8

Bits 0-7: EXTI8 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI8 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI9

Bits 8-15: EXTI9 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI9 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI10

Bits 16-23: EXTI10 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI10 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI11

Bits 24-31: EXTI11 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI11 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTICR4

EXTI external interrupt selection register

Offset: 0x6c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EXTI15
rw
EXTI14
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EXTI13
rw
EXTI12
rw
Toggle fields

EXTI12

Bits 0-7: EXTI12 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI12 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI13

Bits 8-15: EXTI13 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI13 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI14

Bits 16-23: EXTI14 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI14 external interrupt. Others reserved.

EXTI15

Bits 24-31: EXTI15 GPIO port selection These bits are written by software to select the source input for EXTI15 external interrupt. Others reserved.

IMR1

EXTI CPU wakeup with interrupt mask register 1

Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0xFFF80000, access: read-write

0/20 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
IM31
rw
IM25
rw
IM23
rw
IM19
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IM15
rw
IM14
rw
IM13
rw
IM12
rw
IM11
rw
IM10
rw
IM9
rw
IM8
rw
IM7
rw
IM6
rw
IM5
rw
IM4
rw
IM3
rw
IM2
rw
IM1
rw
IM0
rw
Toggle fields

IM0

Bit 0: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM1

Bit 1: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM2

Bit 2: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM3

Bit 3: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM4

Bit 4: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM5

Bit 5: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM6

Bit 6: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM7

Bit 7: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM8

Bit 8: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM9

Bit 9: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM10

Bit 10: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM11

Bit 11: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM12

Bit 12: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM13

Bit 13: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM14

Bit 14: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM15

Bit 15: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM19

Bit 19: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line 19 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM23

Bit 23: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line 23 Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM25

Bit 25: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line 25 Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

IM31

Bit 31: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line 31 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt, by an event on the corresponding line..

EMR1

EXTI CPU wakeup with event mask register

Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/20 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
EM31
rw
EM25
rw
EM23
rw
EM19
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EM15
rw
EM14
rw
EM13
rw
EM12
rw
EM11
rw
EM10
rw
EM9
rw
EM8
rw
EM7
rw
EM6
rw
EM5
rw
EM4
rw
EM3
rw
EM2
rw
EM1
rw
EM0
rw
Toggle fields

EM0

Bit 0: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM1

Bit 1: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM2

Bit 2: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM3

Bit 3: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM4

Bit 4: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM5

Bit 5: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM6

Bit 6: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM7

Bit 7: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM8

Bit 8: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM9

Bit 9: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM10

Bit 10: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM11

Bit 11: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM12

Bit 12: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM13

Bit 13: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM14

Bit 14: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM15

Bit 15: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line x (x = 15 to 0) Setting/clearing each bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM19

Bit 19: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line 19 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM23

Bit 23: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line 23 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM25

Bit 25: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line 25 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

EM31

Bit 31: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line 31 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the corresponding line..

IMR2

EXTI CPU wakeup with interrupt mask register 2

Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IM36
rw
IM34
rw
Toggle fields

IM34

Bit 2: CPU wakeup with interrupt mask on line 34 Setting/clearing the bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with interrupt request from the line 34..

IM36

Bit 4: CPU wake-up with interrupt mask on line 36.

EMR2

EXTI CPU wakeup with event mask register 2

Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EM36
rw
EM34
rw
Toggle fields

EM34

Bit 2: CPU wakeup with event generation mask on line 34 Setting/clearing this bit unmasks/masks the CPU wakeup with event generation on the line 34..

EM36

Bit 4: CPU wake-up with event generation mask on line 36.

FLASH

0x40022000: Spider_FLASH register block

2/65 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 ACR
0x8 KEYR
0xc OPTKEYR
0x10 SR
0x14 CR
0x20 OPTR
0x24 PCROP1ASR
0x28 PCROP1AER
0x2c WRP1AR
0x30 WRP1BR
0x34 PCROP1BSR
0x38 PCROP1BER
0x80 SECR
Toggle registers

ACR

FLASH access control register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00040600, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DBG_SWEN
rw
EMPTY
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ICRST
rw
ICEN
rw
PRFTEN
rw
LATENCY
rw
Toggle fields

LATENCY

Bits 0-2: Flash memory access latency The value in this bitfield represents the number of CPU wait states when accessing the flash memory. Other: Reserved A new write into the bitfield becomes effective when it returns the same value upon read..

PRFTEN

Bit 8: CPU Prefetch enable.

ICEN

Bit 9: CPU Instruction cache enable.

ICRST

Bit 11: CPU Instruction cache reset This bit can be written only when the instruction cache is disabled..

EMPTY

Bit 16: Main flash memory area empty This bit indicates whether the first location of the Main flash memory area was read as erased or as programmed during OBL. It is not affected by the system reset. Software may need to change this bit value after a flash memory program or erase operation. The bit can be set and reset by software..

DBG_SWEN

Bit 18: Debug access software enable Software may use this bit to enable/disable the debugger read access..

KEYR

FLASH key register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
KEY
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
KEY
w
Toggle fields

KEY

Bits 0-31: FLASH key The following values must be written consecutively to unlock the FLASH control register (FLASH_CR), thus enabling programming/erasing operations: KEY1: 0x4567 0123 KEY2: 0xCDEF 89AB.

OPTKEYR

FLASH option key register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OPTKEY
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OPTKEY
w
Toggle fields

OPTKEY

Bits 0-31: Option byte key The following values must be written consecutively to unlock the flash memory option registers, enabling option byte programming/erasing operations: KEY1: 0x0819 2A3B KEY2: 0x4C5D 6E7F.

SR

FLASH status register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

2/13 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CFGBSY
r
BSY1
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OPTVERR
rw
RDERR
rw
FASTERR
rw
MISSERR
rw
PGSERR
rw
SIZERR
rw
PGAERR
rw
WRPERR
rw
PROGERR
rw
OPERR
rw
EOP
rw
Toggle fields

EOP

Bit 0: End of operation Set by hardware when one or more flash memory operation (programming / erase) has been completed successfully. This bit is set only if the end of operation interrupts are enabled (EOPIE=1). Cleared by writing 1..

OPERR

Bit 1: Operation error Set by hardware when a flash memory operation (program / erase) completes unsuccessfully. This bit is set only if error interrupts are enabled (ERRIE=1). Cleared by writing 1 ..

PROGERR

Bit 3: Programming error Set by hardware when a double-word address to be programmed contains a value different from '0xFFFF FFFF' before programming, except if the data to write is '0x0000 0000'. Cleared by writing 1..

WRPERR

Bit 4: Write protection error Set by hardware when an address to be erased/programmed belongs to a write-protected part (by WRP, PCROP or RDP Level 1) of the flash memory. Cleared by writing 1..

PGAERR

Bit 5: Programming alignment error Set by hardware when the data to program cannot be contained in the same double word (64-bit) flash memory in case of standard programming, or if there is a change of page during fast programming. Cleared by writing 1..

SIZERR

Bit 6: Size error Set by hardware when the size of the access is a byte or half-word during a program or a fast program sequence. Only double word programming is allowed (consequently: word access). Cleared by writing 1..

PGSERR

Bit 7: Programming sequence error Set by hardware when a write access to the flash memory is performed by the code while PG or FSTPG have not been set previously. Set also by hardware when PROGERR, SIZERR, PGAERR, WRPERR, MISSERR or FASTERR is set due to a previous programming error. Cleared by writing 1..

MISSERR

Bit 8: Fast programming data miss error In Fast programming mode, 16 double words (128 bytes) must be sent to flash memory successively, and the new data must be sent to the logic control before the current data is fully programmed. MISSERR is set by hardware when the new data is not present in time. Cleared by writing 1..

FASTERR

Bit 9: Fast programming error Set by hardware when a fast programming sequence (activated by FSTPG) is interrupted due to an error (alignment, size, write protection or data miss). The corresponding status bit (PGAERR, SIZERR, WRPERR or MISSERR) is set at the same time. Cleared by writing 1..

RDERR

Bit 14: PCROP read error Set by hardware when an address to be read belongs to a read protected area of the flash memory (PCROP protection). An interrupt is generated if RDERRIE is set in FLASH_CR. Cleared by writing 1..

OPTVERR

Bit 15: Option and Engineering bits loading validity error.

BSY1

Bit 16: Busy This flag indicates that a flash memory operation requested by FLASH control register (FLASH_CR) is in progress. This bit is set at the beginning of the flash memory operation, and cleared when the operation finishes or when an error occurs..

CFGBSY

Bit 18: Programming or erase configuration busy. This flag is set and reset by hardware. For flash program operation, it is set when the first word is sent, and cleared after the second word is sent when the operation completes or ends with an error. For flash erase operation, it is set when setting the STRT bit of the FLASH_CR register and cleared when the operation completes or ends with an error. When set, a programming or erase operation is ongoing and the corresponding settings in the FLASH control register (FLASH_CR) are used (busy) and cannot be changed. Any other flash operation launch must be postponed. When cleared, the programming and erase settings in the FLASH control register (FLASH_CR) can be modified. Note: The CFGBSY bit is also set when attempting to write locked flash memory (with the first byte sent). When the CFGBSY bit is set, writing into the FLASH_CR register causes HardFault.To clear the CFGBSY bit, send a double word to the flash memory and wait until the access is finished (otherwise the CFGBSY bit remains set)..

CR

FLASH control register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0xC0000000, access: read-write

0/14 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
LOCK
rw
OPTLOCK
rw
SEC_PROT
rw
OBL_LAUNCH
rw
RDERRIE
rw
ERRIE
rw
EOPIE
rw
FSTPG
rw
OPTSTRT
rw
STRT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PNB
rw
MER1
rw
PER
rw
PG
rw
Toggle fields

PG

Bit 0: Flash memory programming enable.

PER

Bit 1: Page erase enable.

MER1

Bit 2: Mass erase When set, this bit triggers the mass erase, that is, all user pages..

PNB

Bits 3-8: Page number selection These bits select the page to erase: ... Note: Values corresponding to addresses outside the Main memory are not allowed. See Table 6 and Table 7..

STRT

Bit 16: Start erase operation This bit triggers an erase operation when set. This bit is possible to set only by software and to clear only by hardware. The hardware clears it when one of BSY1 and BSY2 flags in the FLASH_SR register transits to zero..

OPTSTRT

Bit 17: Start of modification of option bytes This bit triggers an options operation when set. This bit is set only by software, and is cleared when the BSY1 bit is cleared in FLASH_SR..

FSTPG

Bit 18: Fast programming enable.

EOPIE

Bit 24: End-of-operation interrupt enable This bit enables the interrupt generation upon setting the EOP flag in the FLASH_SR register..

ERRIE

Bit 25: Error interrupt enable This bit enables the interrupt generation upon setting the OPERR flag in the FLASH_SR register..

RDERRIE

Bit 26: PCROP read error interrupt enable This bit enables the interrupt generation upon setting the RDERR flag in the FLASH_SR register..

OBL_LAUNCH

Bit 27: Option byte load launch When set, this bit triggers the load of option bytes into option registers. It is automatically cleared upon the completion of the load. The high state of the bit indicates pending option byte load. The bit cannot be cleared by software. It cannot be written as long as OPTLOCK is set..

SEC_PROT

Bit 28: Securable memory area protection enable This bit enables the protection on securable area, provided that a non-null securable memory area size (SEC_SIZE[4:0]) is defined in option bytes. This bit is possible to set only by software and to clear only through a system reset..

OPTLOCK

Bit 30: Options Lock This bit is set only. When set, all bits concerning user option in FLASH_CR register and so option page are locked. This bit is cleared by hardware after detecting the unlock sequence. The LOCK bit must be cleared before doing the unlock sequence for OPTLOCK bit. In case of an unsuccessful unlock operation, this bit remains set until the next reset..

LOCK

Bit 31: FLASH_CR Lock This bit is set only. When set, the FLASH_CR register is locked. It is cleared by hardware after detecting the unlock sequence. In case of an unsuccessful unlock operation, this bit remains set until the next system reset..

OPTR

FLASH option register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/19 fields covered.

Toggle fields

RDP

Bits 0-7: Read protection level Other: Level 1, memories read protection active.

BOR_EN

Bit 8: Brown out reset enable.

BORR_LEV

Bits 9-10: BOR threshold at rising V<sub>DD</sub> supply Rising V<sub>DD</sub> crossings this threshold releases the reset signal..

BORF_LEV

Bits 11-12: BOR threshold at falling V<sub>DD</sub> supply Falling V<sub>DD</sub> crossings this threshold activates the reset signal..

nRST_STOP

Bit 13: None.

nRST_STDBY

Bit 14: None.

nRST_SHDW

Bit 15: None.

IWDG_SW

Bit 16: None.

IWDG_STOP

Bit 17: Independent watchdog counter freeze in Stop mode.

IWGD_STDBY

Bit 18: None.

WWDG_SW

Bit 19: Window watchdog selection.

HSE_NOT_REMAPPED

Bit 21: HSE remapping enable/disable When cleared, the bit remaps the HSE clock source from PF0-OSC_IN/PF1-OSC_OUT pins to PC14-OSCX_IN/PC15-OSCX_OUT. Thus PC14-OSCX_IN/PC15-OSCX_OUT are shared by both LSE and HSE and the two clock sources cannot be use simultaneously. On packages with less than 48 pins, the remapping is always enabled (PF0-OSC_IN/PF1-OSC_OUT are not available), regardless of this bit. As all STM32C011xx packages have less than 48 pins, this bit is only applicable to STM32C031xx. Note: On 48 pins packages, when HSE_NOT_REMAPPED is reset, HSE cannot be used in bypass mode. Refer to product errata sheet for more details..

RAM_PARITY_CHECK

Bit 22: SRAM parity check control enable/disable.

SECURE_MUXING_EN

Bit 23: Multiple-bonding security The bit allows enabling automatic I/O configuration to prevent conflicts on I/Os connected (bonded) onto the same pin. If the software sets one of the I/Os connected to the same pin as active by configuring the SYSCFG_CFGR3 register, enabling this bit automatically forces the other I/Os in digital input mode, regardless of their software configuration. When the bit is disabled, the SYSCFG_CFGR3 register setting is ignored, all GPIOs linked to a given pin are active and can be set in the mode specified by the corresponding GPIOx_MODER register. The user software must ensure that there is no conflict between GPIOs..

nBOOT_SEL

Bit 24: BOOT0 signal source selection This option bit defines the source of the BOOT0 signal..

nBOOT1

Bit 25: Boot configuration Together with the BOOT0 pin or option bit nBOOT0 (depending on nBOOT_SEL option bit configuration), this bit selects boot mode from the Main flash memory, SRAM or the System memory. Refer to Section 3: Boot configuration..

nBOOT0

Bit 26: nBOOT0 option bit.

NRST_MODE

Bits 27-28: NRST pin configuration.

IRHEN

Bit 29: Internal reset holder enable bit.

PCROP1ASR

FLASH PCROP area A start address register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PCROP1A_STRT
rw
Toggle fields

PCROP1A_STRT

Bits 0-7: PCROP1A area start offset Contains the offset of the first subpage of the PCROP1A area. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..

PCROP1AER

FLASH PCROP area A end address register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PCROP_RDP
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PCROP1A_END
rw
Toggle fields

PCROP1A_END

Bits 0-7: PCROP1A area end offset Contains the offset of the last subpage of the PCROP1A area. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..

PCROP_RDP

Bit 31: PCROP area erase upon RDP level regression This bit determines whether the PCROP area (and the totality of the PCROP area boundary pages) is erased by the mass erase triggered by the RDP level regression from Level 1 to Level 0: The software can only set this bit. It is automatically reset upon mass erase following the RDP regression from Level 1 to Level 0..

WRP1AR

FLASH WRP area A address register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
WRP1A_END
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WRP1A_STRT
rw
Toggle fields

WRP1A_STRT

Bits 0-5: WRP area A start offset This bitfield contains the offset of the first page of the WRP area A. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..

WRP1A_END

Bits 16-21: WRP area A end offset This bitfield contains the offset of the last page of the WRP area A. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..

WRP1BR

FLASH WRP area B address register

Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
WRP1B_END
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WRP1B_STRT
rw
Toggle fields

WRP1B_STRT

Bits 0-5: WRP area B start offset This bitfield contains the offset of the first page of the WRP area B. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..

WRP1B_END

Bits 16-21: WRP area B end offset This bitfield contains the offset of the last page of the WRP area B. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..

PCROP1BSR

FLASH PCROP area B start address register

Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PCROP1B_STRT
rw
Toggle fields

PCROP1B_STRT

Bits 0-7: PCROP1B area start offset Contains the offset of the first subpage of the PCROP1B area. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..

PCROP1BER

FLASH PCROP area B end address register

Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PCROP1B_END
rw
Toggle fields

PCROP1B_END

Bits 0-7: PCROP1B area end offset Contains the offset of the last subpage of the PCROP1B area. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..

SECR

FLASH security register

Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BOOT_LOCK
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SEC_SIZE
rw
Toggle fields

SEC_SIZE

Bits 0-5: Securable memory area size Contains the number of securable flash memory pages. Note: The number of effective bits depends on the size of the flash memory in the device..

BOOT_LOCK

Bit 16: used to force boot from user area If the bit is set in association with RDP level 1, the debug capabilities are disabled, except in the case of a bad OBL (mismatch)..

GPIOA

0x50000000: GPIOA address block description

16/177 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 MODER
0x4 OTYPER
0x8 OSPEEDR
0xc PUPDR
0x10 IDR
0x14 ODR
0x18 BSRR
0x1c LCKR
0x20 AFRL
0x24 AFRH
0x28 BRR
Toggle registers

MODER

GPIO port mode register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MODE15
rw
MODE14
rw
MODE13
rw
MODE12
rw
MODE11
rw
MODE10
rw
MODE9
rw
MODE8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MODE7
rw
MODE6
rw
MODE5
rw
MODE4
rw
MODE3
rw
MODE2
rw
MODE1
rw
MODE0
rw
Toggle fields

MODE0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

OTYPER

GPIO port output type register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OT15
rw
OT14
rw
OT13
rw
OT12
rw
OT11
rw
OT10
rw
OT9
rw
OT8
rw
OT7
rw
OT6
rw
OT5
rw
OT4
rw
OT3
rw
OT2
rw
OT1
rw
OT0
rw
Toggle fields

OT0

Bit 0: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT1

Bit 1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT2

Bit 2: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT3

Bit 3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT4

Bit 4: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT5

Bit 5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT6

Bit 6: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT7

Bit 7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT8

Bit 8: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT9

Bit 9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT10

Bit 10: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT11

Bit 11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT12

Bit 12: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT13

Bit 13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT14

Bit 14: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT15

Bit 15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OSPEEDR

GPIO port output speed register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OSPEED15
rw
OSPEED14
rw
OSPEED13
rw
OSPEED12
rw
OSPEED11
rw
OSPEED10
rw
OSPEED9
rw
OSPEED8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OSPEED7
rw
OSPEED6
rw
OSPEED5
rw
OSPEED4
rw
OSPEED3
rw
OSPEED2
rw
OSPEED1
rw
OSPEED0
rw
Toggle fields

OSPEED0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

PUPDR

GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PUPD15
rw
PUPD14
rw
PUPD13
rw
PUPD12
rw
PUPD11
rw
PUPD10
rw
PUPD9
rw
PUPD8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PUPD7
rw
PUPD6
rw
PUPD5
rw
PUPD4
rw
PUPD3
rw
PUPD2
rw
PUPD1
rw
PUPD0
rw
Toggle fields

PUPD0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

IDR

GPIO port input data register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

16/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

ID0

Bit 0: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID1

Bit 1: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID2

Bit 2: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID3

Bit 3: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID4

Bit 4: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID5

Bit 5: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID6

Bit 6: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID7

Bit 7: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID8

Bit 8: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID9

Bit 9: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID10

Bit 10: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID11

Bit 11: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID12

Bit 12: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID13

Bit 13: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID14

Bit 14: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID15

Bit 15: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ODR

GPIO port output data register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OD15
rw
OD14
rw
OD13
rw
OD12
rw
OD11
rw
OD10
rw
OD9
rw
OD8
rw
OD7
rw
OD6
rw
OD5
rw
OD4
rw
OD3
rw
OD2
rw
OD1
rw
OD0
rw
Toggle fields

OD0

Bit 0: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD1

Bit 1: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD2

Bit 2: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD3

Bit 3: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD4

Bit 4: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD5

Bit 5: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD6

Bit 6: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD7

Bit 7: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD8

Bit 8: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD9

Bit 9: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD10

Bit 10: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD11

Bit 11: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD12

Bit 12: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD13

Bit 13: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD14

Bit 14: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD15

Bit 15: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

BSRR

GPIO port bit set/reset register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/32 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BR15
w
BR14
w
BR13
w
BR12
w
BR11
w
BR10
w
BR9
w
BR8
w
BR7
w
BR6
w
BR5
w
BR4
w
BR3
w
BR2
w
BR1
w
BR0
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BS15
w
BS14
w
BS13
w
BS12
w
BS11
w
BS10
w
BS9
w
BS8
w
BS7
w
BS6
w
BS5
w
BS4
w
BS3
w
BS2
w
BS1
w
BS0
w
Toggle fields

BS0

Bit 0: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS1

Bit 1: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS2

Bit 2: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS3

Bit 3: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS4

Bit 4: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS5

Bit 5: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS6

Bit 6: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS7

Bit 7: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS8

Bit 8: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS9

Bit 9: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS10

Bit 10: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS11

Bit 11: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS12

Bit 12: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS13

Bit 13: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS14

Bit 14: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS15

Bit 15: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR0

Bit 16: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR1

Bit 17: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR2

Bit 18: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR3

Bit 19: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR4

Bit 20: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR5

Bit 21: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR6

Bit 22: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR7

Bit 23: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR8

Bit 24: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR9

Bit 25: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR10

Bit 26: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR11

Bit 27: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR12

Bit 28: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR13

Bit 29: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR14

Bit 30: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR15

Bit 31: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

LCKR

GPIO port configuration lock register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
LCKK
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LCK15
rw
LCK14
rw
LCK13
rw
LCK12
rw
LCK11
rw
LCK10
rw
LCK9
rw
LCK8
rw
LCK7
rw
LCK6
rw
LCK5
rw
LCK4
rw
LCK3
rw
LCK2
rw
LCK1
rw
LCK0
rw
Toggle fields

LCK0

Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK1

Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK2

Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK3

Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK4

Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK5

Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK6

Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK7

Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK8

Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK9

Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK10

Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK11

Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK12

Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK13

Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK14

Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK15

Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCKK

Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] RD LCKR RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Note: Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock. Note: After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..

AFRL

GPIO alternate function low register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AFSEL7
rw
AFSEL6
rw
AFSEL5
rw
AFSEL4
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AFSEL3
rw
AFSEL2
rw
AFSEL1
rw
AFSEL0
rw
Toggle fields

AFSEL0

Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL1

Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL2

Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL3

Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL4

Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL5

Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL6

Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL7

Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFRH

GPIO alternate function high register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AFSEL15
rw
AFSEL14
rw
AFSEL13
rw
AFSEL12
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AFSEL11
rw
AFSEL10
rw
AFSEL9
rw
AFSEL8
rw
Toggle fields

AFSEL8

Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL9

Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL10

Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL11

Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL12

Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL13

Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL14

Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL15

Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

BRR

GPIO port bit reset register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

BR0

Bit 0: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR1

Bit 1: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR2

Bit 2: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR3

Bit 3: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR4

Bit 4: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR5

Bit 5: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR6

Bit 6: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR7

Bit 7: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR8

Bit 8: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR9

Bit 9: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR10

Bit 10: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR11

Bit 11: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR12

Bit 12: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR13

Bit 13: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR14

Bit 14: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR15

Bit 15: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

GPIOB

0x50000400: GPIOB address block description

16/177 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 MODER
0x4 OTYPER
0x8 OSPEEDR
0xc PUPDR
0x10 IDR
0x14 ODR
0x18 BSRR
0x1c LCKR
0x20 AFRL
0x24 AFRH
0x28 BRR
Toggle registers

MODER

GPIO port mode register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MODE15
rw
MODE14
rw
MODE13
rw
MODE12
rw
MODE11
rw
MODE10
rw
MODE9
rw
MODE8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MODE7
rw
MODE6
rw
MODE5
rw
MODE4
rw
MODE3
rw
MODE2
rw
MODE1
rw
MODE0
rw
Toggle fields

MODE0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

OTYPER

GPIO port output type register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OT15
rw
OT14
rw
OT13
rw
OT12
rw
OT11
rw
OT10
rw
OT9
rw
OT8
rw
OT7
rw
OT6
rw
OT5
rw
OT4
rw
OT3
rw
OT2
rw
OT1
rw
OT0
rw
Toggle fields

OT0

Bit 0: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT1

Bit 1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT2

Bit 2: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT3

Bit 3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT4

Bit 4: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT5

Bit 5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT6

Bit 6: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT7

Bit 7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT8

Bit 8: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT9

Bit 9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT10

Bit 10: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT11

Bit 11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT12

Bit 12: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT13

Bit 13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT14

Bit 14: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT15

Bit 15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OSPEEDR

GPIO port output speed register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OSPEED15
rw
OSPEED14
rw
OSPEED13
rw
OSPEED12
rw
OSPEED11
rw
OSPEED10
rw
OSPEED9
rw
OSPEED8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OSPEED7
rw
OSPEED6
rw
OSPEED5
rw
OSPEED4
rw
OSPEED3
rw
OSPEED2
rw
OSPEED1
rw
OSPEED0
rw
Toggle fields

OSPEED0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

PUPDR

GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PUPD15
rw
PUPD14
rw
PUPD13
rw
PUPD12
rw
PUPD11
rw
PUPD10
rw
PUPD9
rw
PUPD8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PUPD7
rw
PUPD6
rw
PUPD5
rw
PUPD4
rw
PUPD3
rw
PUPD2
rw
PUPD1
rw
PUPD0
rw
Toggle fields

PUPD0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

IDR

GPIO port input data register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

16/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

ID0

Bit 0: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID1

Bit 1: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID2

Bit 2: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID3

Bit 3: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID4

Bit 4: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID5

Bit 5: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID6

Bit 6: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID7

Bit 7: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID8

Bit 8: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID9

Bit 9: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID10

Bit 10: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID11

Bit 11: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID12

Bit 12: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID13

Bit 13: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID14

Bit 14: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID15

Bit 15: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ODR

GPIO port output data register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OD15
rw
OD14
rw
OD13
rw
OD12
rw
OD11
rw
OD10
rw
OD9
rw
OD8
rw
OD7
rw
OD6
rw
OD5
rw
OD4
rw
OD3
rw
OD2
rw
OD1
rw
OD0
rw
Toggle fields

OD0

Bit 0: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD1

Bit 1: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD2

Bit 2: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD3

Bit 3: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD4

Bit 4: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD5

Bit 5: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD6

Bit 6: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD7

Bit 7: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD8

Bit 8: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD9

Bit 9: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD10

Bit 10: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD11

Bit 11: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD12

Bit 12: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD13

Bit 13: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD14

Bit 14: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD15

Bit 15: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

BSRR

GPIO port bit set/reset register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/32 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BR15
w
BR14
w
BR13
w
BR12
w
BR11
w
BR10
w
BR9
w
BR8
w
BR7
w
BR6
w
BR5
w
BR4
w
BR3
w
BR2
w
BR1
w
BR0
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BS15
w
BS14
w
BS13
w
BS12
w
BS11
w
BS10
w
BS9
w
BS8
w
BS7
w
BS6
w
BS5
w
BS4
w
BS3
w
BS2
w
BS1
w
BS0
w
Toggle fields

BS0

Bit 0: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS1

Bit 1: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS2

Bit 2: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS3

Bit 3: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS4

Bit 4: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS5

Bit 5: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS6

Bit 6: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS7

Bit 7: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS8

Bit 8: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS9

Bit 9: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS10

Bit 10: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS11

Bit 11: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS12

Bit 12: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS13

Bit 13: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS14

Bit 14: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS15

Bit 15: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR0

Bit 16: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR1

Bit 17: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR2

Bit 18: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR3

Bit 19: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR4

Bit 20: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR5

Bit 21: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR6

Bit 22: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR7

Bit 23: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR8

Bit 24: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR9

Bit 25: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR10

Bit 26: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR11

Bit 27: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR12

Bit 28: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR13

Bit 29: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR14

Bit 30: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR15

Bit 31: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

LCKR

GPIO port configuration lock register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
LCKK
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LCK15
rw
LCK14
rw
LCK13
rw
LCK12
rw
LCK11
rw
LCK10
rw
LCK9
rw
LCK8
rw
LCK7
rw
LCK6
rw
LCK5
rw
LCK4
rw
LCK3
rw
LCK2
rw
LCK1
rw
LCK0
rw
Toggle fields

LCK0

Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK1

Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK2

Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK3

Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK4

Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK5

Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK6

Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK7

Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK8

Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK9

Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK10

Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK11

Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK12

Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK13

Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK14

Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK15

Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCKK

Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] RD LCKR RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Note: Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock. Note: After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..

AFRL

GPIO alternate function low register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AFSEL7
rw
AFSEL6
rw
AFSEL5
rw
AFSEL4
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AFSEL3
rw
AFSEL2
rw
AFSEL1
rw
AFSEL0
rw
Toggle fields

AFSEL0

Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL1

Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL2

Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL3

Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL4

Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL5

Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL6

Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL7

Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFRH

GPIO alternate function high register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AFSEL15
rw
AFSEL14
rw
AFSEL13
rw
AFSEL12
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AFSEL11
rw
AFSEL10
rw
AFSEL9
rw
AFSEL8
rw
Toggle fields

AFSEL8

Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL9

Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL10

Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL11

Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL12

Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL13

Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL14

Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL15

Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

BRR

GPIO port bit reset register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

BR0

Bit 0: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR1

Bit 1: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR2

Bit 2: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR3

Bit 3: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR4

Bit 4: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR5

Bit 5: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR6

Bit 6: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR7

Bit 7: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR8

Bit 8: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR9

Bit 9: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR10

Bit 10: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR11

Bit 11: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR12

Bit 12: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR13

Bit 13: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR14

Bit 14: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR15

Bit 15: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

GPIOC

0x50000800: GPIOC address block description

16/177 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 MODER
0x4 OTYPER
0x8 OSPEEDR
0xc PUPDR
0x10 IDR
0x14 ODR
0x18 BSRR
0x1c LCKR
0x20 AFRL
0x24 AFRH
0x28 BRR
Toggle registers

MODER

GPIO port mode register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MODE15
rw
MODE14
rw
MODE13
rw
MODE12
rw
MODE11
rw
MODE10
rw
MODE9
rw
MODE8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MODE7
rw
MODE6
rw
MODE5
rw
MODE4
rw
MODE3
rw
MODE2
rw
MODE1
rw
MODE0
rw
Toggle fields

MODE0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

OTYPER

GPIO port output type register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OT15
rw
OT14
rw
OT13
rw
OT12
rw
OT11
rw
OT10
rw
OT9
rw
OT8
rw
OT7
rw
OT6
rw
OT5
rw
OT4
rw
OT3
rw
OT2
rw
OT1
rw
OT0
rw
Toggle fields

OT0

Bit 0: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT1

Bit 1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT2

Bit 2: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT3

Bit 3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT4

Bit 4: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT5

Bit 5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT6

Bit 6: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT7

Bit 7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT8

Bit 8: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT9

Bit 9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT10

Bit 10: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT11

Bit 11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT12

Bit 12: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT13

Bit 13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT14

Bit 14: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT15

Bit 15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OSPEEDR

GPIO port output speed register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OSPEED15
rw
OSPEED14
rw
OSPEED13
rw
OSPEED12
rw
OSPEED11
rw
OSPEED10
rw
OSPEED9
rw
OSPEED8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OSPEED7
rw
OSPEED6
rw
OSPEED5
rw
OSPEED4
rw
OSPEED3
rw
OSPEED2
rw
OSPEED1
rw
OSPEED0
rw
Toggle fields

OSPEED0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

PUPDR

GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PUPD15
rw
PUPD14
rw
PUPD13
rw
PUPD12
rw
PUPD11
rw
PUPD10
rw
PUPD9
rw
PUPD8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PUPD7
rw
PUPD6
rw
PUPD5
rw
PUPD4
rw
PUPD3
rw
PUPD2
rw
PUPD1
rw
PUPD0
rw
Toggle fields

PUPD0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

IDR

GPIO port input data register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

16/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

ID0

Bit 0: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID1

Bit 1: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID2

Bit 2: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID3

Bit 3: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID4

Bit 4: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID5

Bit 5: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID6

Bit 6: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID7

Bit 7: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID8

Bit 8: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID9

Bit 9: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID10

Bit 10: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID11

Bit 11: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID12

Bit 12: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID13

Bit 13: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID14

Bit 14: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID15

Bit 15: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ODR

GPIO port output data register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OD15
rw
OD14
rw
OD13
rw
OD12
rw
OD11
rw
OD10
rw
OD9
rw
OD8
rw
OD7
rw
OD6
rw
OD5
rw
OD4
rw
OD3
rw
OD2
rw
OD1
rw
OD0
rw
Toggle fields

OD0

Bit 0: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD1

Bit 1: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD2

Bit 2: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD3

Bit 3: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD4

Bit 4: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD5

Bit 5: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD6

Bit 6: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD7

Bit 7: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD8

Bit 8: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD9

Bit 9: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD10

Bit 10: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD11

Bit 11: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD12

Bit 12: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD13

Bit 13: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD14

Bit 14: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD15

Bit 15: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

BSRR

GPIO port bit set/reset register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/32 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BR15
w
BR14
w
BR13
w
BR12
w
BR11
w
BR10
w
BR9
w
BR8
w
BR7
w
BR6
w
BR5
w
BR4
w
BR3
w
BR2
w
BR1
w
BR0
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BS15
w
BS14
w
BS13
w
BS12
w
BS11
w
BS10
w
BS9
w
BS8
w
BS7
w
BS6
w
BS5
w
BS4
w
BS3
w
BS2
w
BS1
w
BS0
w
Toggle fields

BS0

Bit 0: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS1

Bit 1: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS2

Bit 2: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS3

Bit 3: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS4

Bit 4: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS5

Bit 5: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS6

Bit 6: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS7

Bit 7: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS8

Bit 8: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS9

Bit 9: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS10

Bit 10: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS11

Bit 11: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS12

Bit 12: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS13

Bit 13: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS14

Bit 14: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS15

Bit 15: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR0

Bit 16: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR1

Bit 17: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR2

Bit 18: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR3

Bit 19: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR4

Bit 20: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR5

Bit 21: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR6

Bit 22: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR7

Bit 23: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR8

Bit 24: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR9

Bit 25: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR10

Bit 26: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR11

Bit 27: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR12

Bit 28: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR13

Bit 29: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR14

Bit 30: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR15

Bit 31: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

LCKR

GPIO port configuration lock register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
LCKK
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LCK15
rw
LCK14
rw
LCK13
rw
LCK12
rw
LCK11
rw
LCK10
rw
LCK9
rw
LCK8
rw
LCK7
rw
LCK6
rw
LCK5
rw
LCK4
rw
LCK3
rw
LCK2
rw
LCK1
rw
LCK0
rw
Toggle fields

LCK0

Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK1

Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK2

Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK3

Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK4

Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK5

Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK6

Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK7

Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK8

Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK9

Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK10

Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK11

Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK12

Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK13

Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK14

Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK15

Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCKK

Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] RD LCKR RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Note: Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock. Note: After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..

AFRL

GPIO alternate function low register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AFSEL7
rw
AFSEL6
rw
AFSEL5
rw
AFSEL4
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AFSEL3
rw
AFSEL2
rw
AFSEL1
rw
AFSEL0
rw
Toggle fields

AFSEL0

Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL1

Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL2

Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL3

Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL4

Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL5

Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL6

Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL7

Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFRH

GPIO alternate function high register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AFSEL15
rw
AFSEL14
rw
AFSEL13
rw
AFSEL12
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AFSEL11
rw
AFSEL10
rw
AFSEL9
rw
AFSEL8
rw
Toggle fields

AFSEL8

Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL9

Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL10

Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL11

Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL12

Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL13

Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL14

Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL15

Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

BRR

GPIO port bit reset register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

BR0

Bit 0: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR1

Bit 1: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR2

Bit 2: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR3

Bit 3: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR4

Bit 4: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR5

Bit 5: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR6

Bit 6: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR7

Bit 7: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR8

Bit 8: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR9

Bit 9: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR10

Bit 10: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR11

Bit 11: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR12

Bit 12: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR13

Bit 13: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR14

Bit 14: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR15

Bit 15: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

GPIOD

0x50000c00: GPIOD address block description

16/177 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 MODER
0x4 OTYPER
0x8 OSPEEDR
0xc PUPDR
0x10 IDR
0x14 ODR
0x18 BSRR
0x1c LCKR
0x20 AFRL
0x24 AFRH
0x28 BRR
Toggle registers

MODER

GPIO port mode register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MODE15
rw
MODE14
rw
MODE13
rw
MODE12
rw
MODE11
rw
MODE10
rw
MODE9
rw
MODE8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MODE7
rw
MODE6
rw
MODE5
rw
MODE4
rw
MODE3
rw
MODE2
rw
MODE1
rw
MODE0
rw
Toggle fields

MODE0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

OTYPER

GPIO port output type register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OT15
rw
OT14
rw
OT13
rw
OT12
rw
OT11
rw
OT10
rw
OT9
rw
OT8
rw
OT7
rw
OT6
rw
OT5
rw
OT4
rw
OT3
rw
OT2
rw
OT1
rw
OT0
rw
Toggle fields

OT0

Bit 0: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT1

Bit 1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT2

Bit 2: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT3

Bit 3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT4

Bit 4: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT5

Bit 5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT6

Bit 6: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT7

Bit 7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT8

Bit 8: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT9

Bit 9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT10

Bit 10: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT11

Bit 11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT12

Bit 12: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT13

Bit 13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT14

Bit 14: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT15

Bit 15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OSPEEDR

GPIO port output speed register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OSPEED15
rw
OSPEED14
rw
OSPEED13
rw
OSPEED12
rw
OSPEED11
rw
OSPEED10
rw
OSPEED9
rw
OSPEED8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OSPEED7
rw
OSPEED6
rw
OSPEED5
rw
OSPEED4
rw
OSPEED3
rw
OSPEED2
rw
OSPEED1
rw
OSPEED0
rw
Toggle fields

OSPEED0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

PUPDR

GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PUPD15
rw
PUPD14
rw
PUPD13
rw
PUPD12
rw
PUPD11
rw
PUPD10
rw
PUPD9
rw
PUPD8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PUPD7
rw
PUPD6
rw
PUPD5
rw
PUPD4
rw
PUPD3
rw
PUPD2
rw
PUPD1
rw
PUPD0
rw
Toggle fields

PUPD0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

IDR

GPIO port input data register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

16/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

ID0

Bit 0: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID1

Bit 1: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID2

Bit 2: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID3

Bit 3: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID4

Bit 4: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID5

Bit 5: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID6

Bit 6: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID7

Bit 7: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID8

Bit 8: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID9

Bit 9: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID10

Bit 10: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID11

Bit 11: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID12

Bit 12: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID13

Bit 13: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID14

Bit 14: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID15

Bit 15: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ODR

GPIO port output data register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OD15
rw
OD14
rw
OD13
rw
OD12
rw
OD11
rw
OD10
rw
OD9
rw
OD8
rw
OD7
rw
OD6
rw
OD5
rw
OD4
rw
OD3
rw
OD2
rw
OD1
rw
OD0
rw
Toggle fields

OD0

Bit 0: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD1

Bit 1: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD2

Bit 2: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD3

Bit 3: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD4

Bit 4: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD5

Bit 5: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD6

Bit 6: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD7

Bit 7: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD8

Bit 8: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD9

Bit 9: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD10

Bit 10: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD11

Bit 11: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD12

Bit 12: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD13

Bit 13: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD14

Bit 14: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD15

Bit 15: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

BSRR

GPIO port bit set/reset register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/32 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BR15
w
BR14
w
BR13
w
BR12
w
BR11
w
BR10
w
BR9
w
BR8
w
BR7
w
BR6
w
BR5
w
BR4
w
BR3
w
BR2
w
BR1
w
BR0
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BS15
w
BS14
w
BS13
w
BS12
w
BS11
w
BS10
w
BS9
w
BS8
w
BS7
w
BS6
w
BS5
w
BS4
w
BS3
w
BS2
w
BS1
w
BS0
w
Toggle fields

BS0

Bit 0: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS1

Bit 1: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS2

Bit 2: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS3

Bit 3: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS4

Bit 4: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS5

Bit 5: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS6

Bit 6: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS7

Bit 7: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS8

Bit 8: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS9

Bit 9: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS10

Bit 10: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS11

Bit 11: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS12

Bit 12: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS13

Bit 13: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS14

Bit 14: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS15

Bit 15: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR0

Bit 16: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR1

Bit 17: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR2

Bit 18: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR3

Bit 19: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR4

Bit 20: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR5

Bit 21: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR6

Bit 22: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR7

Bit 23: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR8

Bit 24: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR9

Bit 25: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR10

Bit 26: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR11

Bit 27: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR12

Bit 28: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR13

Bit 29: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR14

Bit 30: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR15

Bit 31: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

LCKR

GPIO port configuration lock register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
LCKK
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LCK15
rw
LCK14
rw
LCK13
rw
LCK12
rw
LCK11
rw
LCK10
rw
LCK9
rw
LCK8
rw
LCK7
rw
LCK6
rw
LCK5
rw
LCK4
rw
LCK3
rw
LCK2
rw
LCK1
rw
LCK0
rw
Toggle fields

LCK0

Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK1

Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK2

Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK3

Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK4

Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK5

Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK6

Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK7

Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK8

Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK9

Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK10

Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK11

Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK12

Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK13

Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK14

Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK15

Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCKK

Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] RD LCKR RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Note: Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock. Note: After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..

AFRL

GPIO alternate function low register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AFSEL7
rw
AFSEL6
rw
AFSEL5
rw
AFSEL4
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AFSEL3
rw
AFSEL2
rw
AFSEL1
rw
AFSEL0
rw
Toggle fields

AFSEL0

Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL1

Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL2

Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL3

Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL4

Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL5

Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL6

Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL7

Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFRH

GPIO alternate function high register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AFSEL15
rw
AFSEL14
rw
AFSEL13
rw
AFSEL12
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AFSEL11
rw
AFSEL10
rw
AFSEL9
rw
AFSEL8
rw
Toggle fields

AFSEL8

Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL9

Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL10

Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL11

Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL12

Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL13

Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL14

Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL15

Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

BRR

GPIO port bit reset register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

BR0

Bit 0: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR1

Bit 1: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR2

Bit 2: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR3

Bit 3: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR4

Bit 4: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR5

Bit 5: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR6

Bit 6: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR7

Bit 7: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR8

Bit 8: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR9

Bit 9: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR10

Bit 10: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR11

Bit 11: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR12

Bit 12: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR13

Bit 13: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR14

Bit 14: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR15

Bit 15: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

GPIOF

0x50001400: GPIOF address block description

16/177 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 MODER
0x4 OTYPER
0x8 OSPEEDR
0xc PUPDR
0x10 IDR
0x14 ODR
0x18 BSRR
0x1c LCKR
0x20 AFRL
0x24 AFRH
0x28 BRR
Toggle registers

MODER

GPIO port mode register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MODE15
rw
MODE14
rw
MODE13
rw
MODE12
rw
MODE11
rw
MODE10
rw
MODE9
rw
MODE8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MODE7
rw
MODE6
rw
MODE5
rw
MODE4
rw
MODE3
rw
MODE2
rw
MODE1
rw
MODE0
rw
Toggle fields

MODE0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

MODE15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to set the I/O to one of four operating modes..

OTYPER

GPIO port output type register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OT15
rw
OT14
rw
OT13
rw
OT12
rw
OT11
rw
OT10
rw
OT9
rw
OT8
rw
OT7
rw
OT6
rw
OT5
rw
OT4
rw
OT3
rw
OT2
rw
OT1
rw
OT0
rw
Toggle fields

OT0

Bit 0: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT1

Bit 1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT2

Bit 2: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT3

Bit 3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT4

Bit 4: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT5

Bit 5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT6

Bit 6: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT7

Bit 7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT8

Bit 8: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT9

Bit 9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT10

Bit 10: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT11

Bit 11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT12

Bit 12: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT13

Bit 13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT14

Bit 14: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OT15

Bit 15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output type..

OSPEEDR

GPIO port output speed register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OSPEED15
rw
OSPEED14
rw
OSPEED13
rw
OSPEED12
rw
OSPEED11
rw
OSPEED10
rw
OSPEED9
rw
OSPEED8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OSPEED7
rw
OSPEED6
rw
OSPEED5
rw
OSPEED4
rw
OSPEED3
rw
OSPEED2
rw
OSPEED1
rw
OSPEED0
rw
Toggle fields

OSPEED0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

OSPEED15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration for I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O output speed. Refer to the device datasheet for the frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.. Note: The FT_c GPIOs cannot be set to high speed..

PUPDR

GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PUPD15
rw
PUPD14
rw
PUPD13
rw
PUPD12
rw
PUPD11
rw
PUPD10
rw
PUPD9
rw
PUPD8
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PUPD7
rw
PUPD6
rw
PUPD5
rw
PUPD4
rw
PUPD3
rw
PUPD2
rw
PUPD1
rw
PUPD0
rw
Toggle fields

PUPD0

Bits 0-1: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD1

Bits 2-3: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD2

Bits 4-5: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD3

Bits 6-7: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD4

Bits 8-9: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD5

Bits 10-11: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD6

Bits 12-13: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD7

Bits 14-15: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD8

Bits 16-17: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD9

Bits 18-19: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD10

Bits 20-21: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD11

Bits 22-23: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD12

Bits 24-25: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD13

Bits 26-27: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD14

Bits 28-29: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

PUPD15

Bits 30-31: Port x configuration I/O y These bits are written by software to configure the I/O pull-up or pull-down Note: On the same pin, this pull up/down must not be activated when a pull down/up is set through the PWR_PDCRx/PWR_PUCRx registers..

IDR

GPIO port input data register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

16/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

ID0

Bit 0: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID1

Bit 1: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID2

Bit 2: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID3

Bit 3: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID4

Bit 4: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID5

Bit 5: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID6

Bit 6: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID7

Bit 7: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID8

Bit 8: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID9

Bit 9: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID10

Bit 10: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID11

Bit 11: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID12

Bit 12: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID13

Bit 13: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID14

Bit 14: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ID15

Bit 15: Port x input data I/O y These bits are read-only. They contain the input value of the corresponding I/O port..

ODR

GPIO port output data register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OD15
rw
OD14
rw
OD13
rw
OD12
rw
OD11
rw
OD10
rw
OD9
rw
OD8
rw
OD7
rw
OD6
rw
OD5
rw
OD4
rw
OD3
rw
OD2
rw
OD1
rw
OD0
rw
Toggle fields

OD0

Bit 0: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD1

Bit 1: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD2

Bit 2: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD3

Bit 3: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD4

Bit 4: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD5

Bit 5: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD6

Bit 6: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD7

Bit 7: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD8

Bit 8: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD9

Bit 9: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD10

Bit 10: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD11

Bit 11: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD12

Bit 12: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD13

Bit 13: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD14

Bit 14: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

OD15

Bit 15: Port output data I/O y These bits can be read and written by software. Note: For atomic bit set/reset, the OD bits can be individually set and/or reset by writing to the GPIOx_BSRR register (x = A, B, C, D, F)..

BSRR

GPIO port bit set/reset register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/32 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BR15
w
BR14
w
BR13
w
BR12
w
BR11
w
BR10
w
BR9
w
BR8
w
BR7
w
BR6
w
BR5
w
BR4
w
BR3
w
BR2
w
BR1
w
BR0
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BS15
w
BS14
w
BS13
w
BS12
w
BS11
w
BS10
w
BS9
w
BS8
w
BS7
w
BS6
w
BS5
w
BS4
w
BS3
w
BS2
w
BS1
w
BS0
w
Toggle fields

BS0

Bit 0: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS1

Bit 1: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS2

Bit 2: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS3

Bit 3: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS4

Bit 4: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS5

Bit 5: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS6

Bit 6: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS7

Bit 7: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS8

Bit 8: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS9

Bit 9: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS10

Bit 10: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS11

Bit 11: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS12

Bit 12: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS13

Bit 13: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS14

Bit 14: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BS15

Bit 15: Port x set I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR0

Bit 16: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR1

Bit 17: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR2

Bit 18: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR3

Bit 19: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR4

Bit 20: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR5

Bit 21: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR6

Bit 22: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR7

Bit 23: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR8

Bit 24: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR9

Bit 25: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR10

Bit 26: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR11

Bit 27: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR12

Bit 28: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR13

Bit 29: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR14

Bit 30: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

BR15

Bit 31: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000. Note: If both BSx and BRx are set, BSx has priority..

LCKR

GPIO port configuration lock register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
LCKK
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LCK15
rw
LCK14
rw
LCK13
rw
LCK12
rw
LCK11
rw
LCK10
rw
LCK9
rw
LCK8
rw
LCK7
rw
LCK6
rw
LCK5
rw
LCK4
rw
LCK3
rw
LCK2
rw
LCK1
rw
LCK0
rw
Toggle fields

LCK0

Bit 0: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK1

Bit 1: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK2

Bit 2: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK3

Bit 3: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK4

Bit 4: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK5

Bit 5: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK6

Bit 6: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK7

Bit 7: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK8

Bit 8: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK9

Bit 9: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK10

Bit 10: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK11

Bit 11: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK12

Bit 12: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK13

Bit 13: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK14

Bit 14: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCK15

Bit 15: Port x lock I/O pin y These bits are read/write but can only be written when the LCKK bit is 0..

LCKK

Bit 16: Lock key This bit can be read any time. It can only be modified using the lock key write sequence. LOCK key write sequence: WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 0 + LCKR[15:0] WR LCKR[16] = 1 + LCKR[15:0] RD LCKR RD LCKR[16] = 1 (this read operation is optional but it confirms that the lock is active) Note: During the LOCK key write sequence, the value of LCK[15:0] must not change. Note: Any error in the lock sequence aborts the lock. Note: After the first lock sequence on any bit of the port, any read access on the LCKK bit returns 1 until the next MCU reset or peripheral reset..

AFRL

GPIO alternate function low register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AFSEL7
rw
AFSEL6
rw
AFSEL5
rw
AFSEL4
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AFSEL3
rw
AFSEL2
rw
AFSEL1
rw
AFSEL0
rw
Toggle fields

AFSEL0

Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL1

Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL2

Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL3

Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL4

Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL5

Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL6

Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL7

Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x pin y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFRH

GPIO alternate function high register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
AFSEL15
rw
AFSEL14
rw
AFSEL13
rw
AFSEL12
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
AFSEL11
rw
AFSEL10
rw
AFSEL9
rw
AFSEL8
rw
Toggle fields

AFSEL8

Bits 0-3: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL9

Bits 4-7: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL10

Bits 8-11: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL11

Bits 12-15: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL12

Bits 16-19: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL13

Bits 20-23: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL14

Bits 24-27: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

AFSEL15

Bits 28-31: Alternate function selection for port x, I/O y These bits are written by software to configure alternate function I/Os.

BRR

GPIO port bit reset register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/16 fields covered.

Toggle fields

BR0

Bit 0: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR1

Bit 1: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR2

Bit 2: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR3

Bit 3: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR4

Bit 4: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR5

Bit 5: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR6

Bit 6: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR7

Bit 7: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR8

Bit 8: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR9

Bit 9: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR10

Bit 10: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR11

Bit 11: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR12

Bit 12: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR13

Bit 13: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR14

Bit 14: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

BR15

Bit 15: Port x reset I/O y These bits are write-only. A read operation always returns 0x0000..

I2C1

0x40005400: I2C address block description

17/76 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CR1
0x4 CR2
0x8 OAR1
0xc OAR2
0x10 TIMINGR
0x14 TIMEOUTR
0x18 ISR
0x1c ICR
0x20 PECR
0x24 RXDR
0x28 TXDR
Toggle registers

CR1

I2C control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/20 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PECEN
rw
ALERTEN
rw
SMBDEN
rw
SMBHEN
rw
GCEN
rw
WUPEN
rw
NOSTRETCH
rw
SBC
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXDMAEN
rw
TXDMAEN
rw
ANFOFF
rw
DNF
rw
ERRIE
rw
TCIE
rw
STOPIE
rw
NACKIE
rw
ADDRIE
rw
RXIE
rw
TXIE
rw
PE
rw
Toggle fields

PE

Bit 0: Peripheral enable Note: When PE = 0, the I2C SCL and SDA lines are released. Internal state machines and status bits are put back to their reset value. When cleared, PE must be kept low for at least three APB clock cycles..

TXIE

Bit 1: TX interrupt enable.

RXIE

Bit 2: RX interrupt enable.

ADDRIE

Bit 3: Address match interrupt enable (slave only).

NACKIE

Bit 4: Not acknowledge received interrupt enable.

STOPIE

Bit 5: Stop detection interrupt enable.

TCIE

Bit 6: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: Any of these events generates an interrupt: Note: Transfer complete (TC) Note: Transfer complete reload (TCR).

ERRIE

Bit 7: Error interrupts enable Note: Any of these errors generates an interrupt: Note: Arbitration loss (ARLO) Note: Bus error detection (BERR) Note: Overrun/underrun (OVR) Note: Timeout detection (TIMEOUT) Note: PEC error detection (PECERR) Note: Alert pin event detection (ALERT).

DNF

Bits 8-11: Digital noise filter These bits are used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter, filters spikes with a length of up to DNF[3:0] * t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> ... Note: If the analog filter is enabled, the digital filter is added to it. This filter can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..

ANFOFF

Bit 12: Analog noise filter OFF Note: This bit can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..

TXDMAEN

Bit 14: DMA transmission requests enable.

RXDMAEN

Bit 15: DMA reception requests enable.

SBC

Bit 16: Slave byte control This bit is used to enable hardware byte control in slave mode..

NOSTRETCH

Bit 17: Clock stretching disable This bit is used to disable clock stretching in slave mode. It must be kept cleared in master mode. Note: This bit can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..

WUPEN

Bit 18: Wake-up from Stop mode enable Note: If the wake-up from Stop mode feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3. Note: WUPEN can be set only when DNF = 0000..

GCEN

Bit 19: General call enable.

SMBHEN

Bit 20: SMBus host address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

SMBDEN

Bit 21: SMBus device default address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

ALERTEN

Bit 22: SMBus alert enable Note: When ALERTEN = 0, the SMBA pin can be used as a standard GPIO. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

PECEN

Bit 23: PEC enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

CR2

I2C control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/11 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PECBYTE
rw
AUTOEND
rw
RELOAD
rw
NBYTES
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NACK
rw
STOP
rw
START
rw
HEAD10R
rw
ADD10
rw
RD_WRN
rw
SADD
rw
Toggle fields

SADD

Bits 0-9: Slave address (master mode) In 7-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 0): SADD[7:1] must be written with the 7-bit slave address to be sent. Bits SADD[9], SADD[8] and SADD[0] are don't care. In 10-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 1): SADD[9:0] must be written with the 10-bit slave address to be sent. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..

RD_WRN

Bit 10: Transfer direction (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..

ADD10

Bit 11: 10-bit addressing mode (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..

HEAD10R

Bit 12: 10-bit address header only read direction (master receiver mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..

START

Bit 13: Start generation This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware after the Start followed by the address sequence is sent, by an arbitration loss, by an address matched in slave mode, by a timeout error detection, or when PE = 0. If the I2C is already in master mode with AUTOEND = 0, setting this bit generates a Repeated start condition when RELOAD = 0, after the end of the NBYTES transfer. Otherwise, setting this bit generates a START condition once the bus is free. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: The START bit can be set even if the bus is BUSY or I2C is in slave mode. Note: This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set..

STOP

Bit 14: Stop generation (master mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE = 0. In master mode: Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect..

NACK

Bit 15: NACK generation (slave mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when the NACK is sent, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, or when PE = 0. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: This bit is used only in slave mode: in master receiver mode, NACK is automatically generated after last byte preceding STOP or RESTART condition, whatever the NACK bit value. Note: When an overrun occurs in slave receiver NOSTRETCH mode, a NACK is automatically generated, whatever the NACK bit value. Note: When hardware PEC checking is enabled (PECBYTE = 1), the PEC acknowledge value does not depend on the NACK value..

NBYTES

Bits 16-23: Number of bytes The number of bytes to be transmitted/received is programmed there. This field is don t care in slave mode with SBC = 0. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..

RELOAD

Bit 24: NBYTES reload mode This bit is set and cleared by software..

AUTOEND

Bit 25: Automatic end mode (master mode) This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: This bit has no effect in slave mode or when the RELOAD bit is set..

PECBYTE

Bit 26: Packet error checking byte This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware when the PEC is transferred, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, also when PE = 0. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set, and in slave mode when SBC = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

OAR1

I2C own address 1 register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OA1EN
rw
OA1MODE
rw
OA1
rw
Toggle fields

OA1

Bits 0-9: Interface own slave address 7-bit addressing mode: OA1[7:1] contains the 7-bit own slave address. Bits OA1[9], OA1[8] and OA1[0] are don't care. 10-bit addressing mode: OA1[9:0] contains the 10-bit own slave address. Note: These bits can be written only when OA1EN = 0..

OA1MODE

Bit 10: Own address 1 10-bit mode Note: This bit can be written only when OA1EN = 0..

OA1EN

Bit 15: Own address 1 enable.

OAR2

I2C own address 2 register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OA2EN
rw
OA2MSK
rw
OA2
rw
Toggle fields

OA2

Bits 1-7: Interface address 7-bit addressing mode: 7-bit address Note: These bits can be written only when OA2EN = 0..

OA2MSK

Bits 8-10: Own address 2 masks.

OA2EN

Bit 15: Own address 2 enable.

TIMINGR

I2C timing register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PRESC
rw
SCLDEL
rw
SDADEL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SCLH
rw
SCLL
rw
Toggle fields

SCLL

Bits 0-7: SCL low period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL low period in master mode. t<sub>SCLL </sub>= (SCLL + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SCLL is also used to generate t<sub>BUF </sub>and t<sub>SU:STA </sub>timings..

SCLH

Bits 8-15: SCL high period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL high period in master mode. t<sub>SCLH </sub>= (SCLH + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SCLH is also used to generate t<sub>SU:STO </sub>and t<sub>HD:STA </sub>timing..

SDADEL

Bits 16-19: Data hold time This field is used to generate the delay t<sub>SDADEL </sub>between SCL falling edge and SDA edge. In master and in slave modes with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during t<sub>SDADEL</sub>. t<sub>SDADEL</sub>= SDADEL x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SDADEL is used to generate t<sub>HD:DAT </sub>timing..

SCLDEL

Bits 20-23: Data setup time This field is used to generate a delay t<sub>SCLDEL</sub> = (SCLDEL + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> between SDA edge and SCL rising edge. In master and in slave modes with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during t<sub>SCLDEL</sub>. Note: t<sub>SCLDEL</sub> is used to generate t<sub>SU:DAT </sub>timing..

PRESC

Bits 28-31: Timing prescaler This field is used to prescale I2CCLK to generate the clock period t<sub>PRESC </sub>used for data setup and hold counters (refer to I2C timings), and for SCL high and low level counters (refer to I2C master initialization). t<sub>PRESC </sub>= (PRESC + 1) x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub>.

TIMEOUTR

I2C timeout register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TEXTEN
rw
TIMEOUTB
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIMOUTEN
rw
TIDLE
rw
TIMEOUTA
rw
Toggle fields

TIMEOUTA

Bits 0-11: Bus timeout A This field is used to configure: The SCL low timeout condition t<sub>TIMEOUT</sub> when TIDLE = 0 t<sub>TIMEOUT</sub>= (TIMEOUTA + 1) x 2048 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> The bus idle condition (both SCL and SDA high) when TIDLE = 1 t<sub>IDLE</sub>= (TIMEOUTA + 1) x 4 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> Note: These bits can be written only when TIMOUTEN = 0..

TIDLE

Bit 12: Idle clock timeout detection Note: This bit can be written only when TIMOUTEN = 0..

TIMOUTEN

Bit 15: Clock timeout enable.

TIMEOUTB

Bits 16-27: Bus timeout B This field is used to configure the cumulative clock extension timeout: Master mode: the master cumulative clock low extend time (t<sub>LOW:MEXT</sub>) is detected Slave mode: the slave cumulative clock low extend time (t<sub>LOW:SEXT</sub>) is detected t<sub>LOW:EXT </sub>= (TIMEOUTB + TIDLE = 01) x 2048 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> Note: These bits can be written only when TEXTEN = 0..

TEXTEN

Bit 31: Extended clock timeout enable.

ISR

I2C interrupt and status register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write

15/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADDCODE
r
DIR
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BUSY
r
ALERT
r
TIMEOUT
r
PECERR
r
OVR
r
ARLO
r
BERR
r
TCR
r
TC
r
STOPF
r
NACKF
r
ADDR
r
RXNE
r
TXIS
rw
TXE
rw
Toggle fields

TXE

Bit 0: Transmit data register empty (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to 1 by software in order to flush the transmit data register I2C_TXDR. Note: This bit is set by hardware when PE = 0..

TXIS

Bit 1: Transmit interrupt status (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty and the data to be transmitted must be written in the I2C_TXDR register. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to 1 by software only when NOSTRETCH = 1, to generate a TXIS event (interrupt if TXIE = 1 or DMA request if TXDMAEN = 1). Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

RXNE

Bit 2: Receive data register not empty (receivers) This bit is set by hardware when the received data is copied into the I2C_RXDR register, and is ready to be read. It is cleared when I2C_RXDR is read. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

ADDR

Bit 3: Address matched (slave mode) This bit is set by hardware as soon as the received slave address matched with one of the enabled slave addresses. It is cleared by software by setting ADDRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

NACKF

Bit 4: Not acknowledge received flag This flag is set by hardware when a NACK is received after a byte transmission. It is cleared by software by setting the NACKCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

STOPF

Bit 5: Stop detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a STOP condition is detected on the bus and the peripheral is involved in this transfer: as a master, provided that the STOP condition is generated by the peripheral. as a slave, provided that the peripheral has been addressed previously during this transfer. It is cleared by software by setting the STOPCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

TC

Bit 6: Transfer complete (master mode) This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD = 0, AUTOEND = 0 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when START bit or STOP bit is set. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

TCR

Bit 7: Transfer complete reload This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD = 1 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when NBYTES is written to a non-zero value. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: This flag is only for master mode, or for slave mode when the SBC bit is set..

BERR

Bit 8: Bus error This flag is set by hardware when a misplaced Start or STOP condition is detected whereas the peripheral is involved in the transfer. The flag is not set during the address phase in slave mode. It is cleared by software by setting the BERRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

ARLO

Bit 9: Arbitration lost This flag is set by hardware in case of arbitration loss. It is cleared by software by setting the ARLOCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

OVR

Bit 10: Overrun/underrun (slave mode) This flag is set by hardware in slave mode with NOSTRETCH = 1, when an overrun/underrun error occurs. It is cleared by software by setting the OVRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

PECERR

Bit 11: PEC error in reception This flag is set by hardware when the received PEC does not match with the PEC register content. A NACK is automatically sent after the wrong PEC reception. It is cleared by software by setting the PECCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

TIMEOUT

Bit 12: Timeout or t<sub>LOW</sub> detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a timeout or extended clock timeout occurred. It is cleared by software by setting the TIMEOUTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

ALERT

Bit 13: SMBus alert This flag is set by hardware when SMBHEN = 1 (SMBus host configuration), ALERTEN = 1 and an SMBALERT event (falling edge) is detected on SMBA pin. It is cleared by software by setting the ALERTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

BUSY

Bit 15: Bus busy This flag indicates that a communication is in progress on the bus. It is set by hardware when a START condition is detected, and cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE = 0..

DIR

Bit 16: Transfer direction (slave mode) This flag is updated when an address match event occurs (ADDR = 1)..

ADDCODE

Bits 17-23: Address match code (slave mode) These bits are updated with the received address when an address match event occurs (ADDR = 1). In the case of a 10-bit address, ADDCODE provides the 10-bit header followed by the two MSBs of the address..

ICR

I2C interrupt clear register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/9 fields covered.

Toggle fields

ADDRCF

Bit 3: Address matched flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ADDR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Writing 1 to this bit also clears the START bit in the I2C_CR2 register..

NACKCF

Bit 4: Not acknowledge flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the NACKF flag in I2C_ISR register..

STOPCF

Bit 5: STOP detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the STOPF flag in the I2C_ISR register..

BERRCF

Bit 8: Bus error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the BERRF flag in the I2C_ISR register..

ARLOCF

Bit 9: Arbitration lost flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARLO flag in the I2C_ISR register..

OVRCF

Bit 10: Overrun/underrun flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the OVR flag in the I2C_ISR register..

PECCF

Bit 11: PEC error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the PECERR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

TIMOUTCF

Bit 12: Timeout detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the TIMEOUT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

ALERTCF

Bit 13: Alert flag clear Note: Writing 1 to this bit clears the ALERT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

PECR

I2C PEC register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PEC
r
Toggle fields

PEC

Bits 0-7: Packet error checking register This field contains the internal PEC when PECEN=1. The PEC is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

RXDR

I2C receive data register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXDATA
r
Toggle fields

RXDATA

Bits 0-7: 8-bit receive data Data byte received from the I<sup>2</sup>C bus.

TXDR

I2C transmit data register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TXDATA
rw
Toggle fields

TXDATA

Bits 0-7: 8-bit transmit data Data byte to be transmitted to the I<sup>2</sup>C bus Note: These bits can be written only when TXE = 1..

I2C2

0x40005800: I2C address block description

17/76 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CR1
0x4 CR2
0x8 OAR1
0xc OAR2
0x10 TIMINGR
0x14 TIMEOUTR
0x18 ISR
0x1c ICR
0x20 PECR
0x24 RXDR
0x28 TXDR
Toggle registers

CR1

I2C control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/20 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PECEN
rw
ALERTEN
rw
SMBDEN
rw
SMBHEN
rw
GCEN
rw
WUPEN
rw
NOSTRETCH
rw
SBC
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXDMAEN
rw
TXDMAEN
rw
ANFOFF
rw
DNF
rw
ERRIE
rw
TCIE
rw
STOPIE
rw
NACKIE
rw
ADDRIE
rw
RXIE
rw
TXIE
rw
PE
rw
Toggle fields

PE

Bit 0: Peripheral enable Note: When PE = 0, the I2C SCL and SDA lines are released. Internal state machines and status bits are put back to their reset value. When cleared, PE must be kept low for at least three APB clock cycles..

TXIE

Bit 1: TX interrupt enable.

RXIE

Bit 2: RX interrupt enable.

ADDRIE

Bit 3: Address match interrupt enable (slave only).

NACKIE

Bit 4: Not acknowledge received interrupt enable.

STOPIE

Bit 5: Stop detection interrupt enable.

TCIE

Bit 6: Transfer complete interrupt enable Note: Any of these events generates an interrupt: Note: Transfer complete (TC) Note: Transfer complete reload (TCR).

ERRIE

Bit 7: Error interrupts enable Note: Any of these errors generates an interrupt: Note: Arbitration loss (ARLO) Note: Bus error detection (BERR) Note: Overrun/underrun (OVR) Note: Timeout detection (TIMEOUT) Note: PEC error detection (PECERR) Note: Alert pin event detection (ALERT).

DNF

Bits 8-11: Digital noise filter These bits are used to configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter, filters spikes with a length of up to DNF[3:0] * t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> ... Note: If the analog filter is enabled, the digital filter is added to it. This filter can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..

ANFOFF

Bit 12: Analog noise filter OFF Note: This bit can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..

TXDMAEN

Bit 14: DMA transmission requests enable.

RXDMAEN

Bit 15: DMA reception requests enable.

SBC

Bit 16: Slave byte control This bit is used to enable hardware byte control in slave mode..

NOSTRETCH

Bit 17: Clock stretching disable This bit is used to disable clock stretching in slave mode. It must be kept cleared in master mode. Note: This bit can be programmed only when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0)..

WUPEN

Bit 18: Wake-up from Stop mode enable Note: If the wake-up from Stop mode feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3. Note: WUPEN can be set only when DNF = 0000..

GCEN

Bit 19: General call enable.

SMBHEN

Bit 20: SMBus host address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

SMBDEN

Bit 21: SMBus device default address enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

ALERTEN

Bit 22: SMBus alert enable Note: When ALERTEN = 0, the SMBA pin can be used as a standard GPIO. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

PECEN

Bit 23: PEC enable Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

CR2

I2C control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/11 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PECBYTE
rw
AUTOEND
rw
RELOAD
rw
NBYTES
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
NACK
rw
STOP
rw
START
rw
HEAD10R
rw
ADD10
rw
RD_WRN
rw
SADD
rw
Toggle fields

SADD

Bits 0-9: Slave address (master mode) In 7-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 0): SADD[7:1] must be written with the 7-bit slave address to be sent. Bits SADD[9], SADD[8] and SADD[0] are don't care. In 10-bit addressing mode (ADD10 = 1): SADD[9:0] must be written with the 10-bit slave address to be sent. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..

RD_WRN

Bit 10: Transfer direction (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..

ADD10

Bit 11: 10-bit addressing mode (master mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..

HEAD10R

Bit 12: 10-bit address header only read direction (master receiver mode) Note: Changing this bit when the START bit is set is not allowed..

START

Bit 13: Start generation This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware after the Start followed by the address sequence is sent, by an arbitration loss, by an address matched in slave mode, by a timeout error detection, or when PE = 0. If the I2C is already in master mode with AUTOEND = 0, setting this bit generates a Repeated start condition when RELOAD = 0, after the end of the NBYTES transfer. Otherwise, setting this bit generates a START condition once the bus is free. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: The START bit can be set even if the bus is BUSY or I2C is in slave mode. Note: This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set..

STOP

Bit 14: Stop generation (master mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE = 0. In master mode: Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect..

NACK

Bit 15: NACK generation (slave mode) The bit is set by software, cleared by hardware when the NACK is sent, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, or when PE = 0. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: This bit is used only in slave mode: in master receiver mode, NACK is automatically generated after last byte preceding STOP or RESTART condition, whatever the NACK bit value. Note: When an overrun occurs in slave receiver NOSTRETCH mode, a NACK is automatically generated, whatever the NACK bit value. Note: When hardware PEC checking is enabled (PECBYTE = 1), the PEC acknowledge value does not depend on the NACK value..

NBYTES

Bits 16-23: Number of bytes The number of bytes to be transmitted/received is programmed there. This field is don t care in slave mode with SBC = 0. Note: Changing these bits when the START bit is set is not allowed..

RELOAD

Bit 24: NBYTES reload mode This bit is set and cleared by software..

AUTOEND

Bit 25: Automatic end mode (master mode) This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: This bit has no effect in slave mode or when the RELOAD bit is set..

PECBYTE

Bit 26: Packet error checking byte This bit is set by software, and cleared by hardware when the PEC is transferred, or when a STOP condition or an Address matched is received, also when PE = 0. Note: Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. Note: This bit has no effect when RELOAD is set, and in slave mode when SBC = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

OAR1

I2C own address 1 register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OA1EN
rw
OA1MODE
rw
OA1
rw
Toggle fields

OA1

Bits 0-9: Interface own slave address 7-bit addressing mode: OA1[7:1] contains the 7-bit own slave address. Bits OA1[9], OA1[8] and OA1[0] are don't care. 10-bit addressing mode: OA1[9:0] contains the 10-bit own slave address. Note: These bits can be written only when OA1EN = 0..

OA1MODE

Bit 10: Own address 1 10-bit mode Note: This bit can be written only when OA1EN = 0..

OA1EN

Bit 15: Own address 1 enable.

OAR2

I2C own address 2 register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OA2EN
rw
OA2MSK
rw
OA2
rw
Toggle fields

OA2

Bits 1-7: Interface address 7-bit addressing mode: 7-bit address Note: These bits can be written only when OA2EN = 0..

OA2MSK

Bits 8-10: Own address 2 masks.

OA2EN

Bit 15: Own address 2 enable.

TIMINGR

I2C timing register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PRESC
rw
SCLDEL
rw
SDADEL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SCLH
rw
SCLL
rw
Toggle fields

SCLL

Bits 0-7: SCL low period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL low period in master mode. t<sub>SCLL </sub>= (SCLL + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SCLL is also used to generate t<sub>BUF </sub>and t<sub>SU:STA </sub>timings..

SCLH

Bits 8-15: SCL high period (master mode) This field is used to generate the SCL high period in master mode. t<sub>SCLH </sub>= (SCLH + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SCLH is also used to generate t<sub>SU:STO </sub>and t<sub>HD:STA </sub>timing..

SDADEL

Bits 16-19: Data hold time This field is used to generate the delay t<sub>SDADEL </sub>between SCL falling edge and SDA edge. In master and in slave modes with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during t<sub>SDADEL</sub>. t<sub>SDADEL</sub>= SDADEL x t<sub>PRESC</sub> Note: SDADEL is used to generate t<sub>HD:DAT </sub>timing..

SCLDEL

Bits 20-23: Data setup time This field is used to generate a delay t<sub>SCLDEL</sub> = (SCLDEL + 1) x t<sub>PRESC</sub> between SDA edge and SCL rising edge. In master and in slave modes with NOSTRETCH = 0, the SCL line is stretched low during t<sub>SCLDEL</sub>. Note: t<sub>SCLDEL</sub> is used to generate t<sub>SU:DAT </sub>timing..

PRESC

Bits 28-31: Timing prescaler This field is used to prescale I2CCLK to generate the clock period t<sub>PRESC </sub>used for data setup and hold counters (refer to I2C timings), and for SCL high and low level counters (refer to I2C master initialization). t<sub>PRESC </sub>= (PRESC + 1) x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub>.

TIMEOUTR

I2C timeout register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TEXTEN
rw
TIMEOUTB
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIMOUTEN
rw
TIDLE
rw
TIMEOUTA
rw
Toggle fields

TIMEOUTA

Bits 0-11: Bus timeout A This field is used to configure: The SCL low timeout condition t<sub>TIMEOUT</sub> when TIDLE = 0 t<sub>TIMEOUT</sub>= (TIMEOUTA + 1) x 2048 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> The bus idle condition (both SCL and SDA high) when TIDLE = 1 t<sub>IDLE</sub>= (TIMEOUTA + 1) x 4 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> Note: These bits can be written only when TIMOUTEN = 0..

TIDLE

Bit 12: Idle clock timeout detection Note: This bit can be written only when TIMOUTEN = 0..

TIMOUTEN

Bit 15: Clock timeout enable.

TIMEOUTB

Bits 16-27: Bus timeout B This field is used to configure the cumulative clock extension timeout: Master mode: the master cumulative clock low extend time (t<sub>LOW:MEXT</sub>) is detected Slave mode: the slave cumulative clock low extend time (t<sub>LOW:SEXT</sub>) is detected t<sub>LOW:EXT </sub>= (TIMEOUTB + TIDLE = 01) x 2048 x t<sub>I2CCLK</sub> Note: These bits can be written only when TEXTEN = 0..

TEXTEN

Bit 31: Extended clock timeout enable.

ISR

I2C interrupt and status register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write

15/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADDCODE
r
DIR
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BUSY
r
ALERT
r
TIMEOUT
r
PECERR
r
OVR
r
ARLO
r
BERR
r
TCR
r
TC
r
STOPF
r
NACKF
r
ADDR
r
RXNE
r
TXIS
rw
TXE
rw
Toggle fields

TXE

Bit 0: Transmit data register empty (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to 1 by software in order to flush the transmit data register I2C_TXDR. Note: This bit is set by hardware when PE = 0..

TXIS

Bit 1: Transmit interrupt status (transmitters) This bit is set by hardware when the I2C_TXDR register is empty and the data to be transmitted must be written in the I2C_TXDR register. It is cleared when the next data to be sent is written in the I2C_TXDR register. This bit can be written to 1 by software only when NOSTRETCH = 1, to generate a TXIS event (interrupt if TXIE = 1 or DMA request if TXDMAEN = 1). Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

RXNE

Bit 2: Receive data register not empty (receivers) This bit is set by hardware when the received data is copied into the I2C_RXDR register, and is ready to be read. It is cleared when I2C_RXDR is read. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

ADDR

Bit 3: Address matched (slave mode) This bit is set by hardware as soon as the received slave address matched with one of the enabled slave addresses. It is cleared by software by setting ADDRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

NACKF

Bit 4: Not acknowledge received flag This flag is set by hardware when a NACK is received after a byte transmission. It is cleared by software by setting the NACKCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

STOPF

Bit 5: Stop detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a STOP condition is detected on the bus and the peripheral is involved in this transfer: as a master, provided that the STOP condition is generated by the peripheral. as a slave, provided that the peripheral has been addressed previously during this transfer. It is cleared by software by setting the STOPCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

TC

Bit 6: Transfer complete (master mode) This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD = 0, AUTOEND = 0 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when START bit or STOP bit is set. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

TCR

Bit 7: Transfer complete reload This flag is set by hardware when RELOAD = 1 and NBYTES data have been transferred. It is cleared by software when NBYTES is written to a non-zero value. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: This flag is only for master mode, or for slave mode when the SBC bit is set..

BERR

Bit 8: Bus error This flag is set by hardware when a misplaced Start or STOP condition is detected whereas the peripheral is involved in the transfer. The flag is not set during the address phase in slave mode. It is cleared by software by setting the BERRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

ARLO

Bit 9: Arbitration lost This flag is set by hardware in case of arbitration loss. It is cleared by software by setting the ARLOCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

OVR

Bit 10: Overrun/underrun (slave mode) This flag is set by hardware in slave mode with NOSTRETCH = 1, when an overrun/underrun error occurs. It is cleared by software by setting the OVRCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

PECERR

Bit 11: PEC error in reception This flag is set by hardware when the received PEC does not match with the PEC register content. A NACK is automatically sent after the wrong PEC reception. It is cleared by software by setting the PECCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

TIMEOUT

Bit 12: Timeout or t<sub>LOW</sub> detection flag This flag is set by hardware when a timeout or extended clock timeout occurred. It is cleared by software by setting the TIMEOUTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

ALERT

Bit 13: SMBus alert This flag is set by hardware when SMBHEN = 1 (SMBus host configuration), ALERTEN = 1 and an SMBALERT event (falling edge) is detected on SMBA pin. It is cleared by software by setting the ALERTCF bit. Note: This bit is cleared by hardware when PE = 0. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

BUSY

Bit 15: Bus busy This flag indicates that a communication is in progress on the bus. It is set by hardware when a START condition is detected, and cleared by hardware when a STOP condition is detected, or when PE = 0..

DIR

Bit 16: Transfer direction (slave mode) This flag is updated when an address match event occurs (ADDR = 1)..

ADDCODE

Bits 17-23: Address match code (slave mode) These bits are updated with the received address when an address match event occurs (ADDR = 1). In the case of a 10-bit address, ADDCODE provides the 10-bit header followed by the two MSBs of the address..

ICR

I2C interrupt clear register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/9 fields covered.

Toggle fields

ADDRCF

Bit 3: Address matched flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ADDR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Writing 1 to this bit also clears the START bit in the I2C_CR2 register..

NACKCF

Bit 4: Not acknowledge flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the NACKF flag in I2C_ISR register..

STOPCF

Bit 5: STOP detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the STOPF flag in the I2C_ISR register..

BERRCF

Bit 8: Bus error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the BERRF flag in the I2C_ISR register..

ARLOCF

Bit 9: Arbitration lost flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the ARLO flag in the I2C_ISR register..

OVRCF

Bit 10: Overrun/underrun flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the OVR flag in the I2C_ISR register..

PECCF

Bit 11: PEC error flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the PECERR flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

TIMOUTCF

Bit 12: Timeout detection flag clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the TIMEOUT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

ALERTCF

Bit 13: Alert flag clear Note: Writing 1 to this bit clears the ALERT flag in the I2C_ISR register. Note: If the SMBus feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and forced by hardware to 0. Refer to Section 25.3..

PECR

I2C PEC register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PEC
r
Toggle fields

PEC

Bits 0-7: Packet error checking register This field contains the internal PEC when PECEN=1. The PEC is cleared by hardware when PE = 0..

RXDR

I2C receive data register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXDATA
r
Toggle fields

RXDATA

Bits 0-7: 8-bit receive data Data byte received from the I<sup>2</sup>C bus.

TXDR

I2C transmit data register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TXDATA
rw
Toggle fields

TXDATA

Bits 0-7: 8-bit transmit data Data byte to be transmitted to the I<sup>2</sup>C bus Note: These bits can be written only when TXE = 1..

IWDG

0x40003000: IWDG address block description

3/7 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 KR
0x4 PR
0x8 RLR
0xc SR
0x10 WINR
Toggle registers

KR

IWDG key register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
KEY
w
Toggle fields

KEY

Bits 0-15: Key value (write only, read 0x0000) These bits must be written by software at regular intervals with the key value 0xAAAA, otherwise the watchdog generates a reset when the counter reaches 0. Writing the key value 0x5555 to enable access to the IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers (see Section 22.3.4: Register access protection) Writing the key value 0xCCCC starts the watchdog (except if the hardware watchdog option is selected).

PR

IWDG prescaler register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PR
rw
Toggle fields

PR

Bits 0-2: Prescaler divider These bits are write access protected see Section 22.3.4: Register access protection. They are written by software to select the prescaler divider feeding the counter clock. PVU bit of the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) must be reset in order to be able to change the prescaler divider. Note: Reading this register returns the prescaler value from the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain. This value may not be up to date/valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing. For this reason the value read from this register is valid only when the PVU bit in the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) is reset..

RLR

IWDG reload register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000FFF, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RL
rw
Toggle fields

RL

Bits 0-11: Watchdog counter reload value These bits are write access protected see Register access protection. They are written by software to define the value to be loaded in the watchdog counter each time the value 0xAAAA is written in the IWDG key register (IWDG_KR). The watchdog counter counts down from this value. The timeout period is a function of this value and the clock prescaler. Refer to the datasheet for the timeout information. The RVU bit in the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) must be reset to be able to change the reload value. Note: Reading this register returns the reload value from the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain. This value may not be up to date/valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing on it. For this reason the value read from this register is valid only when the RVU bit in the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) is reset..

SR

IWDG status register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

3/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WVU
r
RVU
r
PVU
r
Toggle fields

PVU

Bit 0: Watchdog prescaler value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the prescaler value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the prescaler update operation is completed in the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain (takes up to five LSI cycles). Prescaler value can be updated only when PVU bit is reset..

RVU

Bit 1: Watchdog counter reload value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the reload value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the reload value update operation is completed in the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain (takes up to five LSI cycles). Reload value can be updated only when RVU bit is reset..

WVU

Bit 2: Watchdog counter window value update This bit is set by hardware to indicate that an update of the window value is ongoing. It is reset by hardware when the reload value update operation is completed in the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain (takes up to five LSI cycles). Window value can be updated only when WVU bit is reset..

WINR

IWDG window register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000FFF, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WIN
rw
Toggle fields

WIN

Bits 0-11: Watchdog counter window value These bits are write access protected, see Section 22.3.4, they contain the high limit of the window value to be compared with the downcounter. To prevent a reset, the downcounter must be reloaded when its value is lower than the window register value and greater than 0x0 The WVU bit in the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) must be reset in order to be able to change the reload value. Note: Reading this register returns the reload value from the V<sub>DD</sub> voltage domain. This value may not be valid if a write operation to this register is ongoing. For this reason the value read from this register is valid only when the WVU bit in the IWDG status register (IWDG_SR) is reset..

PWR

0x40007000: PWR address block description

10/161 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CR1
0x4 CR2
0x8 CR3
0xc CR4
0x10 SR1
0x14 SR2
0x18 SCR
0x20 PUCRA
0x24 PDCRA
0x28 PUCRB
0x2c PDCRB
0x30 PUCRC
0x34 PDCRC
0x38 PUCRD
0x3c PDCRD
0x48 PUCRF
0x4c PDCRF
0x70 BKP0R
0x74 BKP1R
0x78 BKP2R
0x7c BKP3R
Toggle registers

CR1

PWR control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000208, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FPD_SLP
rw
FPD_STOP
rw
LPMS
rw
Toggle fields

LPMS

Bits 0-2: Low-power mode selection These bits select the low-power mode entered when CPU enters deepsleep mode. 1XX: Shutdown mode.

FPD_STOP

Bit 3: Flash memory powered down during Stop mode This bit determines whether the Flash memory is put in power-down mode or remains in idle mode when the device enters Stop mode..

FPD_SLP

Bit 5: Flash memory powered down during Sleep mode This bit determines whether the Flash memory is put in power-down mode or remains in idle mode when the device enters Sleep mode..

CR2

PWR control register 1

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000100, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PVM_VDDIO2
rw
Toggle fields

PVM_VDDIO2

Bits 8-9: supply voltage monitoring.

CR3

PWR control register 3

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00008000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EIWUL
rw
APC
rw
EWUP6
rw
EWUP5
rw
EWUP4
rw
EWUP3
rw
EWUP2
rw
EWUP1
rw
Toggle fields

EWUP1

Bit 0: Enable WKUP1 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP1 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured via the WP1 bit of the PWR_CR4 register..

EWUP2

Bit 1: Enable WKUP2 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP2 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured via the WP2 bit of the PWR_CR4 register..

EWUP3

Bit 2: Enable WKUP3 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP3 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured via the WP3 bit of the PWR_CR4 register..

EWUP4

Bit 3: Enable WKUP4 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP4 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured via the WP4 bit in the PWR_CR4 register..

EWUP5

Bit 4: Enable WKUP5 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP5 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured through WP5 bit in the PWR_CR4 register..

EWUP6

Bit 5: Enable WKUP6 wakeup pin When this bit is set, the WKUP6 external wakeup pin is enabled and triggers a wakeup event when a rising or a falling edge occurs. The active edge is configured through WP6 bit in the PWR_CR4 register..

APC

Bit 10: Apply pull-up and pull-down configuration This bit determines whether the I/O pull-up and pull-down configurations defined in the PWR_PUCRx and PWR_PDCRx registers are applied..

EIWUL

Bit 15: Enable internal wakeup line When set, a rising edge on the internal wakeup line triggers a wakeup event..

CR4

PWR control register 4

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WP6
rw
WP5
rw
WP4
rw
WP3
rw
WP2
rw
WP1
rw
Toggle fields

WP1

Bit 0: WKUP1 wakeup pin polarity WKUP1 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.

WP2

Bit 1: WKUP2 wakeup pin polarity WKUP2 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.

WP3

Bit 2: WKUP3 wakeup pin polarity WKUP3 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.

WP4

Bit 3: WKUP4 wakeup pin polarity WKUP4 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.

WP5

Bit 4: WKUP5 wakeup pin polarity WKUP5 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.

WP6

Bit 5: WKUP6 wakeup pin polarity WKUP6 external wakeup signal polarity (level or edge) to generate wakeup condition:.

SR1

PWR status register 1

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

8/8 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WUFI
r
SBF
r
WUF6
r
WUF5
r
WUF4
r
WUF3
r
WUF2
r
WUF1
r
Toggle fields

WUF1

Bit 0: Wakeup flag 1 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP1 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF1 bit of the PWR_SCR register..

WUF2

Bit 1: Wakeup flag 2 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP2 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF2 bit of the PWR_SCR register..

WUF3

Bit 2: Wakeup flag 3 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP3 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF3 bit of the PWR_SCR register..

WUF4

Bit 3: Wakeup flag 4 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP4 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF4 bit of the PWR_SCR register..

WUF5

Bit 4: Wakeup flag 5 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP5 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF5 bit of the PWR_SCR register..

WUF6

Bit 5: Wakeup flag 6 This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on WKUP6 wakeup pin. It is cleared by setting the CWUF6 bit of the PWR_SCR register..

SBF

Bit 8: Standby flag This bit is set by hardware when the device enters Standby mode and is cleared by setting the CSBF bit in the PWR_SCR register, or by a power-on reset. It is not cleared by the system reset..

WUFI

Bit 15: Wakeup flag internal This bit is set when a wakeup condition is detected on the internal wakeup line. It is cleared when all internal wakeup sources are cleared..

SR2

PWR status register 2

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

2/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PVM_VDDIO2_OUT
r
FLASH_RDY
r
Toggle fields

FLASH_RDY

Bit 7: Flash ready flag This bit is set by hardware to indicate when the Flash memory is ready to be accessed after wakeup from power-down. To place the Flash memory in power-down, set either FPD_SLP or FPD_STP bit. Note: If the system boots from SRAM, the user application must wait till FLASH_RDY bit is set, prior to jumping to Flash memory..

PVM_VDDIO2_OUT

Bit 13: V<sub>DDIO2</sub> supply voltage monitoring output flag This flag indicates the readiness of the V<sub>DDIO2</sub> supply voltage (excess of 1.2 V). The flag is cleared when the PVM of V<sub>DDIO2</sub> is disabled (PVM_VDDIO2[0] = 0). Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on the other products..

SCR

PWR status clear register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/7 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CSBF
w
CWUF6
w
CWUF5
w
CWUF4
w
CWUF3
w
CWUF2
w
CWUF1
w
Toggle fields

CWUF1

Bit 0: Clear wakeup flag 1 Setting this bit clears the WUF1 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..

CWUF2

Bit 1: Clear wakeup flag 2 Setting this bit clears the WUF2 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..

CWUF3

Bit 2: Clear wakeup flag 3 Setting this bit clears the WUF3 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..

CWUF4

Bit 3: Clear wakeup flag 4 Setting this bit clears the WUF4 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..

CWUF5

Bit 4: Clear wakeup flag 5 Setting this bit clears the WUF5 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..

CWUF6

Bit 5: Clear wakeup flag 6 Setting this bit clears the WUF6 flag in the PWR_SR1 register..

CSBF

Bit 8: Clear standby flag Setting this bit clears the SBF flag in the PWR_SR1 register..

PUCRA

PWR Port A pull-up control register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PU15
rw
PU14
rw
PU13
rw
PU12
rw
PU11
rw
PU10
rw
PU9
rw
PU8
rw
PU7
rw
PU6
rw
PU5
rw
PU4
rw
PU3
rw
PU2
rw
PU1
rw
PU0
rw
Toggle fields

PU0

Bit 0: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU1

Bit 1: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU2

Bit 2: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU3

Bit 3: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU4

Bit 4: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU5

Bit 5: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU6

Bit 6: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU7

Bit 7: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU8

Bit 8: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU9

Bit 9: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU10

Bit 10: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU11

Bit 11: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU12

Bit 12: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU13

Bit 13: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU14

Bit 14: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU15

Bit 15: Port A pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PDCRA

PWR Port A pull-down control register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PD15
rw
PD14
rw
PD13
rw
PD12
rw
PD11
rw
PD10
rw
PD9
rw
PD8
rw
PD7
rw
PD6
rw
PD5
rw
PD4
rw
PD3
rw
PD2
rw
PD1
rw
PD0
rw
Toggle fields

PD0

Bit 0: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD1

Bit 1: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD2

Bit 2: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD3

Bit 3: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD4

Bit 4: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD5

Bit 5: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD6

Bit 6: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD7

Bit 7: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD8

Bit 8: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD9

Bit 9: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD10

Bit 10: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD11

Bit 11: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD12

Bit 12: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD13

Bit 13: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD14

Bit 14: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD15

Bit 15: Port A pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PA[i] I/O. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PUCRB

PWR Port B pull-up control register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PU15
rw
PU14
rw
PU13
rw
PU12
rw
PU11
rw
PU10
rw
PU9
rw
PU8
rw
PU7
rw
PU6
rw
PU5
rw
PU4
rw
PU3
rw
PU2
rw
PU1
rw
PU0
rw
Toggle fields

PU0

Bit 0: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU1

Bit 1: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU2

Bit 2: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU3

Bit 3: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU4

Bit 4: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU5

Bit 5: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU6

Bit 6: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU7

Bit 7: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU8

Bit 8: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU9

Bit 9: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU10

Bit 10: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU11

Bit 11: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU12

Bit 12: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU13

Bit 13: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU14

Bit 14: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU15

Bit 15: Port B pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU7 and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PDCRB

PWR Port B pull-down control register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PD15
rw
PD14
rw
PD13
rw
PD12
rw
PD11
rw
PD10
rw
PD9
rw
PD8
rw
PD7
rw
PD6
rw
PD5
rw
PD4
rw
PD3
rw
PD2
rw
PD1
rw
PD0
rw
Toggle fields

PD0

Bit 0: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD1

Bit 1: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD2

Bit 2: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD3

Bit 3: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD4

Bit 4: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD5

Bit 5: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD6

Bit 6: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD7

Bit 7: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD8

Bit 8: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD9

Bit 9: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD10

Bit 10: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD11

Bit 11: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD12

Bit 12: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD13

Bit 13: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD14

Bit 14: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD15

Bit 15: Port B pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PB[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD7 and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PUCRC

PWR Port C pull-up control register

Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PU15
rw
PU14
rw
PU13
rw
PU12
rw
PU11
rw
PU10
rw
PU9
rw
PU8
rw
PU7
rw
PU6
rw
PU5
rw
PU4
rw
PU3
rw
PU2
rw
PU1
rw
PU0
rw
Toggle fields

PU0

Bit 0: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU1

Bit 1: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU2

Bit 2: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU3

Bit 3: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU4

Bit 4: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU5

Bit 5: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU6

Bit 6: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU7

Bit 7: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU8

Bit 8: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU9

Bit 9: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU10

Bit 10: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU11

Bit 11: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU12

Bit 12: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU13

Bit 13: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU14

Bit 14: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU15

Bit 15: Port C pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU15 and PU14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PU15 to PU13, PU7, and PU6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PDCRC

PWR Port C pull-down control register

Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PD15
rw
PD14
rw
PD13
rw
PD12
rw
PD11
rw
PD10
rw
PD9
rw
PD8
rw
PD7
rw
PD6
rw
PD5
rw
PD4
rw
PD3
rw
PD2
rw
PD1
rw
PD0
rw
Toggle fields

PD0

Bit 0: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD1

Bit 1: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD2

Bit 2: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD3

Bit 3: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD4

Bit 4: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD5

Bit 5: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD6

Bit 6: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD7

Bit 7: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD8

Bit 8: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD9

Bit 9: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD10

Bit 10: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD11

Bit 11: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD12

Bit 12: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD13

Bit 13: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD14

Bit 14: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD15

Bit 15: Port C pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PC[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD15 and PD14 are available. On STM32C031xx, only PD15 to PD13, PD7, and PD6 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PUCRD

PWR Port D pull-up control register

Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/9 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PU9
rw
PU8
rw
PU6
rw
PU5
rw
PU4
rw
PU3
rw
PU2
rw
PU1
rw
PU0
rw
Toggle fields

PU0

Bit 0: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU1

Bit 1: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU2

Bit 2: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU3

Bit 3: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU4

Bit 4: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU5

Bit 5: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU6

Bit 6: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PU3 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU8

Bit 8: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Only available on STM32C071xx. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU9

Bit 9: Port D pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PD[i] I/O. Only available on STM32C071xx. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PDCRD

PWR Port D pull-down control register

Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/9 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PD9
rw
PD8
rw
PD6
rw
PD5
rw
PD4
rw
PD3
rw
PD2
rw
PD1
rw
PD0
rw
Toggle fields

PD0

Bit 0: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD1

Bit 1: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD2

Bit 2: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD3

Bit 3: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD4

Bit 4: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD5

Bit 5: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD6

Bit 6: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Not available on STM32C011xx. On STM32C031xx, only PD3 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD8

Bit 8: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Only available on STM32C071xx. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD9

Bit 9: Port D pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PD[i] I/O. Only available on STM32C071xx. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PUCRF

PWR Port F pull-up control register

Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PU3
rw
PU2
rw
PU1
rw
PU0
rw
Toggle fields

PU0

Bit 0: Port F pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PU2 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU1

Bit 1: Port F pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PU2 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU2

Bit 2: Port F pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PU2 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PU3

Bit 3: Port F pull-up bit i Setting PUi bit while the corresponding PDi bit is zero and the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-up device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PU2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PU2 to PU0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-up device must not be activated when a pull-down device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PDCRF

PWR Port F pull-down control register

Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PD3
rw
PD2
rw
PD1
rw
PD0
rw
Toggle fields

PD0

Bit 0: Port F pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PD2 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD1

Bit 1: Port F pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PD2 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD2

Bit 2: Port F pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PD2 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

PD3

Bit 3: Port F pull-down bit i Setting PDi bit while the APC bit of the PWR_CR3 register is set activates a pull-down device on the PF[i] I/O. On STM32C011xx, only PD2 is available. On STM32C031xx, only PD2 to PD0 are available. Note: For the same pin, this pull-down device must not be activated when a pull-up device is set through the GPIOx_PUPDR register..

BKP0R

PWR backup 0 register

Offset: 0x70, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BKP
rw
Toggle fields

BKP

Bits 0-15: Backup bitfield This bitfield retains information when the device is in Standby..

BKP1R

PWR backup 1 register

Offset: 0x74, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BKP
rw
Toggle fields

BKP

Bits 0-15: Backup bitfield This bitfield retains information when the device is in Standby..

BKP2R

PWR backup 2 register

Offset: 0x78, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BKP
rw
Toggle fields

BKP

Bits 0-15: Backup bitfield This bitfield retains information when the device is in Standby..

BKP3R

PWR backup 3 register

Offset: 0x7c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BKP
rw
Toggle fields

BKP

Bits 0-15: Backup bitfield This bitfield retains information when the device is in Standby..

RCC

0x40021000: RCC address block description

22/151 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CR
0x4 ICSCR
0x8 CFGR
0x14 CRRCR
0x18 CIER
0x1c CIFR
0x20 CICR
0x24 IOPRSTR
0x28 AHBRSTR
0x2c APBRSTR1
0x30 APBRSTR2
0x34 IOPENR
0x38 AHBENR
0x3c APBENR1
0x40 APBENR2
0x44 IOPSMENR
0x48 AHBSMENR
0x4c APBSMENR1
0x50 APBSMENR2
0x54 CCIPR1
0x58 CCIPR2
0x5c CSR1
0x60 CSR2
Toggle registers

CR

RCC clock control register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00001540, access: read-write

2/12 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
HSIUSB48RDY
rw
HSIUSB48ON
rw
CSSON
rw
HSEBYP
rw
HSERDY
r
HSEON
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
HSIDIV
rw
HSIRDY
r
HSIKERON
rw
HSION
rw
HSIKERDIV
rw
SYSDIV
rw
Toggle fields

SYSDIV

Bits 2-4: Clock division factor for system clock Set and cleared by software. SYSCLK is result of the division by: Note: This bitfield is only available on STM32C071xx..

HSIKERDIV

Bits 5-7: HSI48 kernel clock division factor This bitfield controlled by software sets the division factor of the kernel clock divider to produce HSIKER clock:.

HSION

Bit 8: HSI48 clock enable Set and cleared by software and hardware, with hardware taking priority. Kept low by hardware as long as the device is in a low-power mode. Kept high by hardware as long as the system is clocked with a clock derived from HSI48. This includes the exit from low-power modes and the system clock fall-back to HSI48 upon failing HSE oscillator clock selected as system clock source..

HSIKERON

Bit 9: HSI48 always-enable for peripheral kernels. Set and cleared by software. Setting the bit activates the HSI48 oscillator in Run and Stop modes, regardless of the HSION bit state. The HSI48 clock can only feed USART1, USART2, and I2C1 peripherals configured with HSI48 as kernel clock. Note: Keeping the HSI48 active in Stop mode allows speeding up the serial interface communication as the HSI48 clock is ready immediately upon exiting Stop mode..

HSIRDY

Bit 10: HSI48 clock ready flag Set by hardware when the HSI48 oscillator is enabled through HSION and ready to use (stable). Note: Upon clearing HSION, HSIRDY goes low after six HSI48 clock cycles..

HSIDIV

Bits 11-13: HSI48 clock division factor This bitfield controlled by software sets the division factor of the HSI48 clock divider to produce HSISYS clock:.

HSEON

Bit 16: HSE clock enable Set and cleared by software. Cleared by hardware to stop the HSE oscillator when entering Stop, or Standby, or Shutdown mode. This bit cannot be cleared if the HSE oscillator is used directly or indirectly as the system clock..

HSERDY

Bit 17: HSE clock ready flag Set by hardware to indicate that the HSE oscillator is stable and ready for use. Note: Upon clearing HSEON, HSERDY goes low after six HSE clock cycles..

HSEBYP

Bit 18: HSE crystal oscillator bypass Set and cleared by software. When the bit is set, the internal HSE oscillator is bypassed for use of an external clock. The external clock must then be enabled with the HSEON bit set. Write access to the bit is only effective when the HSE oscillator is disabled..

CSSON

Bit 19: Clock security system enable Set by software to enable the clock security system. When the bit is set, the clock detector is enabled by hardware when the HSE oscillator is ready, and disabled by hardware if a HSE clock failure is detected. The bit is cleared by hardware upon reset..

HSIUSB48ON

Bit 22: HSIUSB48 clock enable Set and cleared by software and hardware, with hardware taking priority. Kept low by hardware as long as the device is in a low-power mode. Kept high by hardware as long as the system is clocked from HSIUSB48. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

HSIUSB48RDY

Bit 23: HSIUSB48 clock ready flag Set by hardware when the HSIUSB48 oscillator is enabled through HSIUSB48ON and ready to use (stable). Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

ICSCR

RCC internal clock source calibration register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00004000, access: read-write

1/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
HSITRIM
rw
HSICAL
r
Toggle fields

HSICAL

Bits 0-7: HSI48 clock calibration This bitfield directly acts on the HSI48 clock frequency. Its value is a sum of an internal factory-programmed number and the value of the HSITRIM[6:0] bitfield. In the factory, the internal number is set to calibrate the HSI48 clock frequency to 48 MHz (with HSITRIM[6:0] left at its reset value). Refer to the device datasheet for HSI48 calibration accuracy and for the frequency trimming granularity. Note: The trimming effect presents discontinuities at HSICAL[7:0] multiples of 64..

HSITRIM

Bits 8-14: HSI48 clock trimming The value of this bitfield contributes to the HSICAL[7:0] bitfield value. It allows HSI48 clock frequency user trimming. The HSI48 frequency accuracy as stated in the device datasheet applies when this bitfield is left at its reset value..

CFGR

RCC clock configuration register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MCOPRE
rw
MCOSEL
rw
MCO2PRE
rw
MCO2SEL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PPRE
rw
HPRE
rw
SWS
r
SW
rw
Toggle fields

SW

Bits 0-2: System clock switch This bitfield is controlled by software and hardware. The bitfield selects the clock for SYSCLK as follows: Others: Reserved The setting is forced by hardware to 000 (HSISYS selected) when the MCU exits Stop, or Standby, or Shutdown mode, or when the setting is 001 (HSE selected) and HSE oscillator failure is detected..

SWS

Bits 3-5: System clock switch status This bitfield is controlled by hardware to indicate the clock source used as system clock: Others: Reserved.

HPRE

Bits 8-11: AHB prescaler This bitfield is controlled by software. To produce HCLK clock, it sets the division factor of SYSCLK clock as follows: 0xxx: 1.

PPRE

Bits 12-14: APB prescaler This bitfield is controlled by software. To produce PCLK clock, it sets the division factor of HCLK clock as follows: 0xx: 1.

MCO2SEL

Bits 16-19: Microcontroller clock output 2 clock selector This bitfield is controlled by software. It sets the clock selector for MCO2 output as follows: Other: reserved, must not be used Note: This clock output may have some truncated cycles at startup or during MCO2 clock source switching. On STM32C011xx and STM32C031xx, MCOSEL[3] is reserved..

MCO2PRE

Bits 20-23: Microcontroller clock output 2 prescaler This bitfield is controlled by software. It sets the division factor of the clock sent to the MCO2 output as follows: ... Other: Reserved It is highly recommended to set this field before the MCO2 output is enabled. Note: Values above 0111 are only significant for STM32C071xx. On STM32C011xx and STM32C031xx devices, MCOPRE[3] is reserved..

MCOSEL

Bits 24-27: Microcontroller clock output clock selector This bitfield is controlled by software. It sets the clock selector for MCO output as follows: Other: reserved, must not be used Note: This clock output may have some truncated cycles at startup or during MCO clock source switching. On STM32C011xx and STM32C031xx, MCOSEL[3] is reserved..

MCOPRE

Bits 28-31: Microcontroller clock output prescaler This bitfield is controlled by software. It sets the division factor of the clock sent to the MCO output as follows: ... Other: Reserved It is highly recommended to set this field before the MCO output is enabled. Note: Values above 0111 are only significant for STM32C071xx. On STM32C011xx and STM32C031xx devices, MCOPRE[3] is reserved..

CRRCR

RCC clock recovery RC register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
HSIUSB48CAL
r
Toggle fields

HSIUSB48CAL

Bits 0-8: HSIUSB48 clock calibration These bits are initialized at startup with the factory-programmed HSIUSB48 calibration trim value..

CIER

RCC clock interrupt enable register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
HSERDYIE
rw
HSIRDYIE
rw
HSIUSB48RDYIE
rw
LSERDYIE
rw
LSIRDYIE
rw
Toggle fields

LSIRDYIE

Bit 0: LSI ready interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the LSI oscillator stabilization:.

LSERDYIE

Bit 1: LSE ready interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the LSE oscillator stabilization:.

HSIUSB48RDYIE

Bit 2: HSIUSB48 ready interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the HSIUSB48 oscillator stabilization: Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

HSIRDYIE

Bit 3: HSI48 ready interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the HSI48 oscillator stabilization:.

HSERDYIE

Bit 4: HSE ready interrupt enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable interrupt caused by the HSE oscillator stabilization:.

CIFR

RCC clock interrupt flag register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

7/7 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LSECSSF
r
CSSF
r
HSERDYF
r
HSIRDYF
r
HSIUSB48RDYF
r
LSERDYF
r
LSIRDYF
r
Toggle fields

LSIRDYF

Bit 0: LSI ready interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon LSE clock getting ready. Set by hardware when the LSI clock becomes stable and LSIRDYDIE is set. Cleared by software setting the LSIRDYC bit..

LSERDYF

Bit 1: LSE ready interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon LSE clock getting ready. Set by hardware when the LSE clock becomes stable and LSERDYDIE is set. Cleared by software setting the LSERDYC bit..

HSIUSB48RDYF

Bit 2: HSIUSB48 ready interrupt flag Set by hardware when the HSIUSB48 clock becomes stable and HSIUSB48RDYIE is set as a response to setting HSIUSB48ON (refer to RCC clock control register (RCC_CR)). When HSIUSB48ON is not set but the HSIUSB48 oscillator is enabled by the peripheral through a clock request, this bit is not set and no interrupt is generated. Cleared by software setting the HSIUSB48RDYC bit. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

HSIRDYF

Bit 3: HSI48 ready interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon HSI48 clock getting ready. Set by hardware when the HSI48 clock becomes stable and HSIRDYIE is set in response to setting the HSION (refer to RCC clock control register (RCC_CR)). When HSION is not set but the HSI48 oscillator is enabled by the peripheral through a clock request, this bit is not set and no interrupt is generated. Cleared by software setting the HSIRDYC bit..

HSERDYF

Bit 4: HSE ready interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon HSE clock getting ready. Set by hardware when the HSE clock becomes stable and HSERDYIE is set. Cleared by software setting the HSERDYC bit..

CSSF

Bit 8: HSE clock security system interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon HSE clock failure. Set by hardware when a failure is detected in the HSE oscillator. Cleared by software setting the CSSC bit..

LSECSSF

Bit 9: LSE clock security system interrupt flag This flag indicates a pending interrupt upon LSE clock failure. Set by hardware when a failure is detected in the LSE oscillator. Cleared by software by setting the LSECSSC bit..

CICR

RCC clock interrupt clear register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/7 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LSECSSC
w
CSSC
w
HSERDYC
w
HSIRDYC
w
HSIUSB48RDYC
w
LSERDYC
w
LSIRDYC
w
Toggle fields

LSIRDYC

Bit 0: LSI ready interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the LSIRDYF flag..

LSERDYC

Bit 1: LSE ready interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the LSERDYF flag..

HSIUSB48RDYC

Bit 2: HSIUSB48 ready interrupt clear This bit is set software to clear the HSIUSB48RDYF flag. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

HSIRDYC

Bit 3: HSI48 ready interrupt clear This bit is set software to clear the HSIRDYF flag..

HSERDYC

Bit 4: HSE ready interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the HSERDYF flag..

CSSC

Bit 8: Clock security system interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the HSECSSF flag..

LSECSSC

Bit 9: LSE Clock security system interrupt clear This bit is set by software to clear the LSECSSF flag..

IOPRSTR

RCC I/O port reset register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
GPIOFRST
rw
GPIODRST
rw
GPIOCRST
rw
GPIOBRST
rw
GPIOARST
rw
Toggle fields

GPIOARST

Bit 0: I/O port A reset This bit is set and cleared by software..

GPIOBRST

Bit 1: I/O port B reset This bit is set and cleared by software..

GPIOCRST

Bit 2: I/O port C reset This bit is set and cleared by software..

GPIODRST

Bit 3: I/O port D reset This bit is set and cleared by software..

GPIOFRST

Bit 5: I/O port F reset This bit is set and cleared by software..

AHBRSTR

RCC AHB peripheral reset register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CRCRST
rw
FLASHRST
rw
DMA1RST
rw
Toggle fields

DMA1RST

Bit 0: DMA1 and DMAMUX reset Set and cleared by software..

FLASHRST

Bit 8: Flash memory interface reset Set and cleared by software. This bit can only be set when the Flash memory is in power down mode..

CRCRST

Bit 12: CRC reset Set and cleared by software..

APBRSTR1

RCC APB peripheral reset register 1

Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/10 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PWRRST
rw
DBGRST
rw
I2C2RST
rw
I2C1RST
rw
USART2RST
rw
CRSRST
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SPI2RST
rw
USBRST
rw
TIM3RST
rw
TIM2RST
rw
Toggle fields

TIM2RST

Bit 0: TIM2 timer reset Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

TIM3RST

Bit 1: TIM3 timer reset Set and cleared by software..

USBRST

Bit 13: USB reset Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

SPI2RST

Bit 14: SPI2 reset Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

CRSRST

Bit 16: CRS reset Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

USART2RST

Bit 17: USART2 reset Set and cleared by software..

I2C1RST

Bit 21: I2C1 reset Set and cleared by software..

I2C2RST

Bit 22: I2C2 reset Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

DBGRST

Bit 27: Debug support reset Set and cleared by software..

PWRRST

Bit 28: Power interface reset Set and cleared by software..

APBRSTR2

RCC APB peripheral reset register 2

Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADCRST
rw
TIM17RST
rw
TIM16RST
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIM14RST
rw
USART1RST
rw
SPI1RST
rw
TIM1RST
rw
SYSCFGRST
rw
Toggle fields

SYSCFGRST

Bit 0: SYSCFG reset Set and cleared by software..

TIM1RST

Bit 11: TIM1 timer reset Set and cleared by software..

SPI1RST

Bit 12: SPI1 reset Set and cleared by software..

USART1RST

Bit 14: USART1 reset Set and cleared by software..

TIM14RST

Bit 15: TIM14 timer reset Set and cleared by software..

TIM16RST

Bit 17: TIM16 timer reset Set and cleared by software..

TIM17RST

Bit 18: TIM16 timer reset Set and cleared by software..

ADCRST

Bit 20: ADC reset Set and cleared by software..

IOPENR

RCC I/O port clock enable register

Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
GPIOFEN
rw
GPIODEN
rw
GPIOCEN
rw
GPIOBEN
rw
GPIOAEN
rw
Toggle fields

GPIOAEN

Bit 0: I/O port A clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

GPIOBEN

Bit 1: I/O port B clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

GPIOCEN

Bit 2: I/O port C clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

GPIODEN

Bit 3: I/O port D clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

GPIOFEN

Bit 5: I/O port F clock enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

AHBENR

RCC AHB peripheral clock enable register

Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000100, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CRCEN
rw
FLASHEN
rw
DMA1EN
rw
Toggle fields

DMA1EN

Bit 0: DMA1 and DMAMUX clock enable Set and cleared by software. DMAMUX is enabled as long as at least one DMA peripheral is enabled..

FLASHEN

Bit 8: Flash memory interface clock enable Set and cleared by software. This bit can only be cleared when the Flash memory is in power down mode..

CRCEN

Bit 12: CRC clock enable Set and cleared by software..

APBENR1

RCC APB peripheral clock enable register 1

Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PWREN
rw
DBGEN
rw
I2C2EN
rw
I2C1EN
rw
USART2EN
rw
CRSEN
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SPI2EN
rw
USBEN
rw
WWDGEN
rw
RTCAPBEN
rw
TIM3EN
rw
TIM2EN
rw
Toggle fields

TIM2EN

Bit 0: TIM2 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..

TIM3EN

Bit 1: TIM3 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..

RTCAPBEN

Bit 10: RTC APB clock enable Set and cleared by software..

WWDGEN

Bit 11: WWDG clock enable Set by software to enable the window watchdog clock. Cleared by hardware system reset This bit can also be set by hardware if the WWDG_SW option bit is 0..

USBEN

Bit 13: USB clock enable Set and cleared by software..

SPI2EN

Bit 14: SPI2 clock enable Set and cleared by software..

CRSEN

Bit 16: CRS clock enable Set and cleared by software..

USART2EN

Bit 17: USART2 clock enable Set and cleared by software..

I2C1EN

Bit 21: I2C1 clock enable Set and cleared by software..

I2C2EN

Bit 22: I2C2 clock enable Set and cleared by software..

DBGEN

Bit 27: Debug support clock enable Set and cleared by software..

PWREN

Bit 28: Power interface clock enable Set and cleared by software..

APBENR2

RCC APB peripheral clock enable register 2

Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADCEN
rw
TIM17EN
rw
TIM16EN
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIM14EN
rw
USART1EN
rw
SPI1EN
rw
TIM1EN
rw
SYSCFGEN
rw
Toggle fields

SYSCFGEN

Bit 0: SYSCFG clock enable Set and cleared by software..

TIM1EN

Bit 11: TIM1 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..

SPI1EN

Bit 12: SPI1 clock enable Set and cleared by software..

USART1EN

Bit 14: USART1 clock enable Set and cleared by software..

TIM14EN

Bit 15: TIM14 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..

TIM16EN

Bit 17: TIM16 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..

TIM17EN

Bit 18: TIM16 timer clock enable Set and cleared by software..

ADCEN

Bit 20: ADC clock enable Set and cleared by software..

IOPSMENR

RCC I/O port in Sleep mode clock enable register

Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x0000002F, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
GPIOFSMEN
rw
GPIODSMEN
rw
GPIOCSMEN
rw
GPIOBSMEN
rw
GPIOASMEN
rw
Toggle fields

GPIOASMEN

Bit 0: I/O port A clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

GPIOBSMEN

Bit 1: I/O port B clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

GPIOCSMEN

Bit 2: I/O port C clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

GPIODSMEN

Bit 3: I/O port D clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

GPIOFSMEN

Bit 5: I/O port F clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

AHBSMENR

RCC AHB peripheral clock enable in Sleep/Stop mode register

Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00001301, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CRCSMEN
rw
SRAMSMEN
rw
FLASHSMEN
rw
DMA1SMEN
rw
Toggle fields

DMA1SMEN

Bit 0: DMA1 and DMAMUX clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software. Clock to DMAMUX during Sleep mode is enabled as long as the clock in Sleep mode is enabled to at least one DMA peripheral..

FLASHSMEN

Bit 8: Flash memory interface clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software. This bit can be activated only when the Flash memory is in power down mode..

SRAMSMEN

Bit 9: SRAM clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

CRCSMEN

Bit 12: CRC clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

APBSMENR1

RCC APB peripheral clock enable in Sleep/Stop mode register 1

Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x18636C03, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PWRSMEN
rw
DBGSMEN
rw
I2C2SMEN
rw
I2C1SMEN
rw
USART2SMEN
rw
CRSSMEN
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SPI2SMEN
rw
USBSMEN
rw
WWDGSMEN
rw
RTCAPBSMEN
rw
TIM3SMEN
rw
TIM2SMEN
rw
Toggle fields

TIM2SMEN

Bit 0: TIM2 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

TIM3SMEN

Bit 1: TIM3 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

RTCAPBSMEN

Bit 10: RTC APB clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

WWDGSMEN

Bit 11: WWDG clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software..

USBSMEN

Bit 13: USB clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

SPI2SMEN

Bit 14: SPI2 clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

CRSSMEN

Bit 16: CRS clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

USART2SMEN

Bit 17: USART2 clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software..

I2C1SMEN

Bit 21: I2C1 clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software..

I2C2SMEN

Bit 22: I2C2 clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software. Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other devices..

DBGSMEN

Bit 27: Debug support clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

PWRSMEN

Bit 28: Power interface clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

APBSMENR2

RCC APB peripheral clock enable in Sleep/Stop mode register 2

Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x0016D801, access: read-write

0/8 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADCSMEN
rw
TIM17SMEN
rw
TIM16SMEN
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIM14SMEN
rw
USART1SMEN
rw
SPI1SMEN
rw
TIM1SMEN
rw
SYSCFGSMEN
rw
Toggle fields

SYSCFGSMEN

Bit 0: SYSCFG clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software..

TIM1SMEN

Bit 11: TIM1 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

SPI1SMEN

Bit 12: SPI1 clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

USART1SMEN

Bit 14: USART1 clock enable during Sleep and Stop modes Set and cleared by software..

TIM14SMEN

Bit 15: TIM14 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

TIM16SMEN

Bit 17: TIM16 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

TIM17SMEN

Bit 18: TIM16 timer clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

ADCSMEN

Bit 20: ADC clock enable during Sleep mode Set and cleared by software..

CCIPR1

RCC peripherals independent clock configuration register 1

Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADCSEL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
I2S1SEL
rw
I2C1SEL
rw
USART1SEL
rw
Toggle fields

USART1SEL

Bits 0-1: USART1 clock source selection This bitfield is controlled by software to select USART1 clock source as follows:.

I2C1SEL

Bits 12-13: I2C1 clock source selection This bitfield is controlled by software to select I2C1 clock source as follows:.

I2S1SEL

Bits 14-15: I2S1 clock source selection This bitfield is controlled by software to select I2S1 clock source as follows:.

ADCSEL

Bits 30-31: ADCs clock source selection This bitfield is controlled by software to select the asynchronous clock source for ADC:.

CCIPR2

RCC peripherals independent clock configuration register 2

Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
USBSEL
rw
Toggle fields

USBSEL

Bit 12: USB clock source selection Set and cleared by software..

CSR1

RCC control/status register 1

Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

2/11 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
LSCOSEL
rw
LSCOEN
rw
RTCRST
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RTCEN
rw
RTCSEL
rw
LSECSSD
r
LSECSSON
rw
LSEDRV
rw
LSEBYP
rw
LSERDY
r
LSEON
rw
Toggle fields

LSEON

Bit 0: LSE oscillator enable Set and cleared by software to enable LSE oscillator:.

LSERDY

Bit 1: LSE oscillator ready Set and cleared by hardware to indicate when the external 32 kHz oscillator is ready (stable): After the LSEON bit is cleared, LSERDY goes low after 6 external low-speed oscillator clock cycles..

LSEBYP

Bit 2: LSE oscillator bypass Set and cleared by software to bypass the LSE oscillator (in debug mode). This bit can be written only when the external 32 kHz oscillator is disabled (LSEON=0 and LSERDY=0)..

LSEDRV

Bit 3: LSE oscillator drive capability Set by software to select the LSE oscillator drive capability as follows: Applicable when the LSE oscillator is in Xtal mode, as opposed to bypass mode..

LSECSSON

Bit 5: CSS on LSE enable Set by software to enable the clock security system on LSE (32 kHz) oscillator as follows: LSECSSON must be enabled after the LSE oscillator is enabled (LSEON bit enabled) and ready (LSERDY flag set by hardware), and after the RTCSEL bit is selected. Once enabled, this bit cannot be disabled, except after a LSE failure detection (LSECSSD =1). In that case the software must disable the LSECSSON bit..

LSECSSD

Bit 6: CSS on LSE failure Detection Set by hardware to indicate when a failure is detected by the clock security system on the external 32 kHz oscillator (LSE):.

RTCSEL

Bits 8-9: RTC clock source selection Set by software to select the clock source for the RTC as follows: Once the RTC clock source is selected, it cannot be changed anymore unless the RTC domain is reset, or unless a failure is detected on LSE (LSECSSD is set). The RTCRST bit can be used to reset this bitfield to 00..

RTCEN

Bit 15: RTC clock enable Set and cleared by software. The bit enables clock to RTC and TAMP..

RTCRST

Bit 16: RTC domain software reset Set and cleared by software to reset the RTC domain:.

LSCOEN

Bit 24: Low-speed clock output (LSCO) enable Set and cleared by software..

LSCOSEL

Bit 25: Low-speed clock output selection Set and cleared by software to select the low-speed output clock:.

CSR2

RCC control/status register 2

Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

8/10 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
LPWRRSTF
r
WWDGRSTF
r
IWDGRSTF
r
SFTRSTF
r
PWRRSTF
r
PINRSTF
r
OBLRSTF
r
RMVF
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LSIRDY
r
LSION
rw
Toggle fields

LSION

Bit 0: LSI oscillator enable Set and cleared by software to enable/disable the LSI oscillator:.

LSIRDY

Bit 1: LSI oscillator ready Set and cleared by hardware to indicate when the LSI oscillator is ready (stable): After the LSION bit is cleared, LSIRDY goes low after 3 LSI oscillator clock cycles. This bit can be set even if LSION = 0 if the LSI is requested by the Clock Security System on LSE, by the Independent Watchdog or by the RTC..

RMVF

Bit 23: Remove reset flags Set by software to clear the reset flags..

OBLRSTF

Bit 25: Option byte loader reset flag Set by hardware when a reset from the Option byte loading occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..

PINRSTF

Bit 26: Pin reset flag Set by hardware when a reset from the NRST pin occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..

PWRRSTF

Bit 27: BOR or POR/PDR flag Set by hardware when a BOR or POR/PDR occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..

SFTRSTF

Bit 28: Software reset flag Set by hardware when a software reset occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..

IWDGRSTF

Bit 29: Independent window watchdog reset flag Set by hardware when an independent watchdog reset domain occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..

WWDGRSTF

Bit 30: Window watchdog reset flag Set by hardware when a window watchdog reset occurs. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit..

LPWRRSTF

Bit 31: Low-power reset flag Set by hardware when a reset occurs due to illegal Stop, or Standby, or Shutdown mode entry. Cleared by setting the RMVF bit. This operates only if nRST_STOP, or nRST_STDBY or nRST_SHDW option bits are cleared..

RTC

0x40002800: RTC address block description

25/87 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 TR
0x4 DR
0x8 SSR
0xc ICSR
0x10 PRER
0x18 CR
0x24 WPR
0x28 CALR
0x2c SHIFTR
0x30 TSTR
0x34 TSDR
0x38 TSSSR
0x40 ALRMAR
0x44 ALRMASSR
0x50 SR
0x54 MISR
0x5c SCR
Toggle registers

TR

RTC time register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/7 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PM
rw
HT
rw
HU
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MNT
rw
MNU
rw
ST
rw
SU
rw
Toggle fields

SU

Bits 0-3: Second units in BCD format.

ST

Bits 4-6: Second tens in BCD format.

MNU

Bits 8-11: Minute units in BCD format.

MNT

Bits 12-14: Minute tens in BCD format.

HU

Bits 16-19: Hour units in BCD format.

HT

Bits 20-21: Hour tens in BCD format.

PM

Bit 22: AM/PM notation.

DR

RTC date register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00002101, access: read-write

0/7 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
YT
rw
YU
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WDU
rw
MT
rw
MU
rw
DT
rw
DU
rw
Toggle fields

DU

Bits 0-3: Date units in BCD format.

DT

Bits 4-5: Date tens in BCD format.

MU

Bits 8-11: Month units in BCD format.

MT

Bit 12: Month tens in BCD format.

WDU

Bits 13-15: Week day units ....

YU

Bits 16-19: Year units in BCD format.

YT

Bits 20-23: Year tens in BCD format.

SSR

RTC sub second register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SS
r
Toggle fields

SS

Bits 0-15: Sub second value SS[15:0] is the value in the synchronous prescaler counter. The fraction of a second is given by the formula below: Second fraction = (PREDIV_S - SS) / (PREDIV_S + 1) Note: SS can be larger than PREDIV_S only after a shift operation. In that case, the correct time/date is one second less than as indicated by RTC_TR/RTC_DR..

ICSR

RTC initialization control and status register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000007, access: read-write

5/7 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RECALPF
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
INIT
rw
INITF
r
RSF
rw
INITS
r
SHPF
r
ALRAWF
r
Toggle fields

ALRAWF

Bit 0: Alarm A write flag This bit is set by hardware when alarm A values can be changed, after the ALRAE bit has been set to 0 in RTC_CR. It is cleared by hardware in initialization mode..

SHPF

Bit 3: Shift operation pending This flag is set by hardware as soon as a shift operation is initiated by a write to the RTC_SHIFTR register. It is cleared by hardware when the corresponding shift operation has been executed. Writing to the SHPF bit has no effect..

INITS

Bit 4: Initialization status flag This bit is set by hardware when the calendar year field is different from 0 (Power-on reset state)..

RSF

Bit 5: Registers synchronization flag This bit is set by hardware each time the calendar registers are copied into the shadow registers (RTC_SSR, RTC_TR and RTC_DR). This bit is cleared by hardware in initialization mode, while a shift operation is pending (SHPF = 1), or when in bypass shadow register mode (BYPSHAD = 1). This bit can also be cleared by software. It is cleared either by software or by hardware in initialization mode..

INITF

Bit 6: Initialization flag When this bit is set to 1, the RTC is in initialization state, and the time, date and prescaler registers can be updated..

INIT

Bit 7: Initialization mode.

RECALPF

Bit 16: Recalibration pending Flag The RECALPF status flag is automatically set to 1 when software writes to the RTC_CALR register, indicating that the RTC_CALR register is blocked. When the new calibration settings are taken into account, this bit returns to 0. Refer to Re-calibration on-the-fly..

PRER

RTC prescaler register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x007F00FF, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PREDIV_A
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PREDIV_S
rw
Toggle fields

PREDIV_S

Bits 0-14: Synchronous prescaler factor This is the synchronous division factor: ck_spre frequency = ck_apre frequency/(PREDIV_S+1).

PREDIV_A

Bits 16-22: Asynchronous prescaler factor This is the asynchronous division factor: ck_apre frequency = RTCCLK frequency/(PREDIV_A+1).

CR

RTC control register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/18 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OUT2EN
rw
TAMPALRM_TYPE
rw
TAMPALRM_PU
rw
COE
rw
OSEL
rw
POL
rw
COSEL
rw
BKP
rw
SUB1H
w
ADD1H
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TSIE
rw
ALRAIE
rw
TSE
rw
ALRAE
rw
FMT
rw
BYPSHAD
rw
REFCKON
rw
TSEDGE
rw
Toggle fields

TSEDGE

Bit 3: Timestamp event active edge TSE must be reset when TSEDGE is changed to avoid unwanted TSF setting..

REFCKON

Bit 4: RTC_REFIN reference clock detection enable (50 or 60 Hz) Note: PREDIV_S must be 0x00FF..

BYPSHAD

Bit 5: Bypass the shadow registers Note: If the frequency of the APB1 clock is less than seven times the frequency of RTCCLK, BYPSHAD must be set to 1..

FMT

Bit 6: Hour format.

ALRAE

Bit 8: Alarm A enable.

TSE

Bit 11: timestamp enable.

ALRAIE

Bit 12: Alarm A interrupt enable.

TSIE

Bit 15: Timestamp interrupt enable.

ADD1H

Bit 16: Add 1 hour (summer time change) When this bit is set outside initialization mode, 1 hour is added to the calendar time. This bit is always read as 0..

SUB1H

Bit 17: Subtract 1 hour (winter time change) When this bit is set outside initialization mode, 1 hour is subtracted to the calendar time if the current hour is not 0. This bit is always read as 0. Setting this bit has no effect when current hour is 0..

BKP

Bit 18: Backup This bit can be written by the user to memorize whether the daylight saving time change has been performed or not..

COSEL

Bit 19: Calibration output selection When COE = 1, this bit selects which signal is output on CALIB. These frequencies are valid for RTCCLK at 32.768 kHz and prescalers at their default values (PREDIV_A = 127 and PREDIV_S = 255). Refer to Section 24.3.14: Calibration clock output..

POL

Bit 20: Output polarity This bit is used to configure the polarity of TAMPALRM output..

OSEL

Bits 21-22: Output selection These bits are used to select the flag to be routed to TAMPALRM output..

COE

Bit 23: Calibration output enable This bit enables the CALIB output.

TAMPALRM_PU

Bit 29: TAMPALRM pull-up enable.

TAMPALRM_TYPE

Bit 30: TAMPALRM output type.

OUT2EN

Bit 31: RTC_OUT2 output enable.

WPR

RTC write protection register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
KEY
w
Toggle fields

KEY

Bits 0-7: Write protection key This byte is written by software. Reading this byte always returns 0x00. Refer to RTC register write protection for a description of how to unlock RTC register write protection..

CALR

RTC calibration register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CALP
rw
CALW8
rw
CALW16
rw
CALM
rw
Toggle fields

CALM

Bits 0-8: Calibration minus The frequency of the calendar is reduced by masking CALM out of 2<sup>20</sup> RTCCLK pulses (32 seconds if the input frequency is 32768 Hz). This decreases the frequency of the calendar with a resolution of 0.9537 ppm. To increase the frequency of the calendar, this feature should be used in conjunction with CALP. See Section 24.3.12: RTC smooth digital calibration on page 606..

CALW16

Bit 13: Use a 16-second calibration cycle period When CALW16 is set to 1, the 16-second calibration cycle period is selected. This bit must not be set to 1 if CALW8 = 1. Note: CALM[0] is stuck at 0 when CALW16 = 1. Refer to Section 24.3.12: RTC smooth digital calibration..

CALW8

Bit 14: Use an 8-second calibration cycle period When CALW8 is set to 1, the 8-second calibration cycle period is selected. Note: CALM[1:0] are stuck at 00 when CALW8 = 1. Refer to Section 24.3.12: RTC smooth digital calibration..

CALP

Bit 15: Increase frequency of RTC by 488.5 ppm This feature is intended to be used in conjunction with CALM, which lowers the frequency of the calendar with a fine resolution. if the input frequency is 32768 Hz, the number of RTCCLK pulses added during a 32-second window is calculated as follows: (512 CALP) - CALM. Refer to Section 24.3.12: RTC smooth digital calibration..

SHIFTR

RTC shift control register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADD1S
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SUBFS
w
Toggle fields

SUBFS

Bits 0-14: Subtract a fraction of a second These bits are write only and is always read as zero. Writing to this bit has no effect when a shift operation is pending (when SHPF = 1, in RTC_ICSR). The value which is written to SUBFS is added to the synchronous prescaler counter. Since this counter counts down, this operation effectively subtracts from (delays) the clock by: Delay (seconds) = SUBFS / (PREDIV_S + 1) A fraction of a second can effectively be added to the clock (advancing the clock) when the ADD1S function is used in conjunction with SUBFS, effectively advancing the clock by: Advance (seconds) = (1 - (SUBFS / (PREDIV_S + 1))). Note: Writing to SUBFS causes RSF to be cleared. Software can then wait until RSF = 1 to be sure that the shadow registers have been updated with the shifted time..

ADD1S

Bit 31: Add one second This bit is write only and is always read as zero. Writing to this bit has no effect when a shift operation is pending (when SHPF = 1, in RTC_ICSR). This function is intended to be used with SUBFS (see description below) in order to effectively add a fraction of a second to the clock in an atomic operation..

TSTR

RTC timestamp time register

Offset: 0x30, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

7/7 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
PM
r
HT
r
HU
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MNT
r
MNU
r
ST
r
SU
r
Toggle fields

SU

Bits 0-3: Second units in BCD format..

ST

Bits 4-6: Second tens in BCD format..

MNU

Bits 8-11: Minute units in BCD format..

MNT

Bits 12-14: Minute tens in BCD format..

HU

Bits 16-19: Hour units in BCD format..

HT

Bits 20-21: Hour tens in BCD format..

PM

Bit 22: AM/PM notation.

TSDR

RTC timestamp date register

Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

5/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WDU
r
MT
r
MU
r
DT
r
DU
r
Toggle fields

DU

Bits 0-3: Date units in BCD format.

DT

Bits 4-5: Date tens in BCD format.

MU

Bits 8-11: Month units in BCD format.

MT

Bit 12: Month tens in BCD format.

WDU

Bits 13-15: Week day units.

TSSSR

RTC timestamp sub second register

Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SS
r
Toggle fields

SS

Bits 0-15: Sub second value SS[15:0] is the value of the synchronous prescaler counter when the timestamp event occurred..

ALRMAR

RTC alarm A register

Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/14 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MSK4
rw
WDSEL
rw
DT
rw
DU
rw
MSK3
rw
PM
rw
HT
rw
HU
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MSK2
rw
MNT
rw
MNU
rw
MSK1
rw
ST
rw
SU
rw
Toggle fields

SU

Bits 0-3: Second units in BCD format..

ST

Bits 4-6: Second tens in BCD format..

MSK1

Bit 7: Alarm A seconds mask.

MNU

Bits 8-11: Minute units in BCD format.

MNT

Bits 12-14: Minute tens in BCD format.

MSK2

Bit 15: Alarm A minutes mask.

HU

Bits 16-19: Hour units in BCD format.

HT

Bits 20-21: Hour tens in BCD format.

PM

Bit 22: AM/PM notation.

MSK3

Bit 23: Alarm A hours mask.

DU

Bits 24-27: Date units or day in BCD format.

DT

Bits 28-29: Date tens in BCD format.

WDSEL

Bit 30: Week day selection.

MSK4

Bit 31: Alarm A date mask.

ALRMASSR

RTC alarm A sub second register

Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MASKSS
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SS
rw
Toggle fields

SS

Bits 0-14: Sub seconds value This value is compared with the contents of the synchronous prescaler counter to determine if alarm A is to be activated. Only bits 0 up MASKSS-1 are compared..

MASKSS

Bits 24-27: Mask the most-significant bits starting at this bit ... The overflow bits of the synchronous counter (bits 15) is never compared. This bit can be different from 0 only after a shift operation. Note: The overflow bits of the synchronous counter (bits 15) is never compared. This bit can be different from 0 only after a shift operation..

SR

RTC status register

Offset: 0x50, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

3/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TSOVF
r
TSF
r
ALRAF
r
Toggle fields

ALRAF

Bit 0: Alarm A flag This flag is set by hardware when the time/date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) match the alarm A register (RTC_ALRMAR)..

TSF

Bit 3: Timestamp flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp event occurs..

TSOVF

Bit 4: Timestamp overflow flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp event occurs while TSF is already set. It is recommended to check and then clear TSOVF only after clearing the TSF bit. Otherwise, an overflow might not be noticed if a timestamp event occurs immediately before the TSF bit is cleared..

MISR

RTC masked interrupt status register

Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

3/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TSOVMF
r
TSMF
r
ALRAMF
r
Toggle fields

ALRAMF

Bit 0: Alarm A masked flag This flag is set by hardware when the alarm A interrupt occurs..

TSMF

Bit 3: Timestamp masked flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp interrupt occurs..

TSOVMF

Bit 4: Timestamp overflow masked flag This flag is set by hardware when a timestamp interrupt occurs while TSMF is already set. It is recommended to check and then clear TSOVF only after clearing the TSF bit. Otherwise, an overflow might not be noticed if a timestamp event occurs immediately before the TSF bit is cleared..

SCR

RTC status clear register

Offset: 0x5c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CTSOVF
w
CTSF
w
CALRAF
w
Toggle fields

CALRAF

Bit 0: Clear alarm A flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the ALRAF bit in the RTC_SR register..

CTSF

Bit 3: Clear timestamp flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the TSOVF bit in the RTC_SR register..

CTSOVF

Bit 4: Clear timestamp overflow flag Writing 1 in this bit clears the TSOVF bit in the RTC_SR register. It is recommended to check and then clear TSOVF only after clearing the TSF bit. Otherwise, an overflow might not be noticed if a timestamp event occurs immediately before the TSF bit is cleared..

SPI1

0x40013000: SPI address block description

13/54 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 (16-bit) CR1
0x4 (16-bit) CR2
0x8 (16-bit) SR
0xc (16-bit) DR
0xc (8-bit) DR8
0x10 (16-bit) CRCPR
0x14 (16-bit) RXCRCR
0x18 (16-bit) TXCRCR
0x1c (16-bit) I2SCFGR
0x20 (16-bit) I2SPR
Toggle registers

CR1

SPI control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/14 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BIDIMODE
rw
BIDIOE
rw
CRCEN
rw
CRCNEXT
rw
CRCL
rw
RXONLY
rw
SSM
rw
SSI
rw
LSBFIRST
rw
SPE
rw
BR
rw
MSTR
rw
CPOL
rw
CPHA
rw
Toggle fields

CPHA

Bit 0: Clock phase Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode except the case when CRC is applied at TI mode..

CPOL

Bit 1: Clock polarity Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode except the case when CRC is applied at TI mode..

MSTR

Bit 2: Master selection Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

BR

Bits 3-5: Baud rate control Note: These bits should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

SPE

Bit 6: SPI enable Note: When disabling the SPI, follow the procedure described in Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

LSBFIRST

Bit 7: Frame format Note: 1. This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: 2. This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..

SSI

Bit 8: Internal slave select This bit has an effect only when the SSM bit is set. The value of this bit is forced onto the NSS pin and the I/O value of the NSS pin is ignored. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..

SSM

Bit 9: Software slave management When the SSM bit is set, the NSS pin input is replaced with the value from the SSI bit. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..

RXONLY

Bit 10: Receive only mode enabled. This bit enables simplex communication using a single unidirectional line to receive data exclusively. Keep BIDIMODE bit clear when receive only mode is active.This bit is also useful in a multislave system in which this particular slave is not accessed, the output from the accessed slave is not corrupted. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

CRCL

Bit 11: CRC length This bit is set and cleared by software to select the CRC length. Note: This bit should be written only when SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 ) for correct operation. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

CRCNEXT

Bit 12: Transmit CRC next Note: This bit has to be written as soon as the last data is written in the SPI1_DR register. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

CRCEN

Bit 13: Hardware CRC calculation enable Note: This bit should be written only when SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 ) for correct operation. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

BIDIOE

Bit 14: Output enable in bidirectional mode This bit combined with the BIDIMODE bit selects the direction of transfer in bidirectional mode. Note: In master mode, the MOSI pin is used and in slave mode, the MISO pin is used. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

BIDIMODE

Bit 15: Bidirectional data mode enable. This bit enables half-duplex communication using common single bidirectional data line. Keep RXONLY bit clear when bidirectional mode is active. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

CR2

SPI control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000700, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LDMA_TX
rw
LDMA_RX
rw
FRXTH
rw
DS
rw
TXEIE
rw
RXNEIE
rw
ERRIE
rw
FRF
rw
NSSP
rw
SSOE
rw
TXDMAEN
rw
RXDMAEN
rw
Toggle fields

RXDMAEN

Bit 0: Rx buffer DMA enable When this bit is set, a DMA request is generated whenever the RXNE flag is set..

TXDMAEN

Bit 1: Tx buffer DMA enable When this bit is set, a DMA request is generated whenever the TXE flag is set..

SSOE

Bit 2: SS output enable Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..

NSSP

Bit 3: NSS pulse management This bit is used in master mode only. it allows the SPI to generate an NSS pulse between two consecutive data when doing continuous transfers. In the case of a single data transfer, it forces the NSS pin high level after the transfer. It has no meaning if CPHA = 1 , or FRF = 1 . Note: 1. This bit must be written only when the SPI is disabled (SPE=0). Note: 2. This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..

FRF

Bit 4: Frame format 1 SPI TI mode Note: This bit must be written only when the SPI is disabled (SPE=0). Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

ERRIE

Bit 5: Error interrupt enable This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition occurs (CRCERR, OVR, MODF in SPI mode, FRE at TI mode and UDR, OVR, and FRE in I<sup>2</sup>S mode)..

RXNEIE

Bit 6: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable.

TXEIE

Bit 7: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable.

DS

Bits 8-11: Data size These bits configure the data length for SPI transfers. If software attempts to write one of the Not used values, they are forced to the value 0111 (8-bit) Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

FRXTH

Bit 12: FIFO reception threshold This bit is used to set the threshold of the RXFIFO that triggers an RXNE event Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

LDMA_RX

Bit 13: Last DMA transfer for reception This bit is used in data packing mode, to define if the total number of data to receive by DMA is odd or even. It has significance only if the RXDMAEN bit in the SPI1_CR2 register is set and if packing mode is used (data length =< 8-bit and write access to SPI1_DR is 16-bit wide). It has to be written when the SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 in the SPI1_CR1 register). Note: Refer to Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789 if the CRCEN bit is set. Note: This bit is not used in I S mode..

LDMA_TX

Bit 14: Last DMA transfer for transmission This bit is used in data packing mode, to define if the total number of data to transmit by DMA is odd or even. It has significance only if the TXDMAEN bit in the SPI1_CR2 register is set and if packing mode is used (data length =< 8-bit and write access to SPI1_DR is 16-bit wide). It has to be written when the SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 in the SPI1_CR1 register). Note: Refer to Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789 if the CRCEN bit is set. Note: This bit is not used in I S mode..

SR

SPI status register

Offset: 0x8, size: 16, reset: 0x00000002, access: read-write

10/11 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FTLVL
r
FRLVL
r
FRE
r
BSY
r
OVR
r
MODF
r
CRCERR
rw
UDR
r
CHSIDE
r
TXE
r
RXNE
r
Toggle fields

RXNE

Bit 0: Receive buffer not empty.

TXE

Bit 1: Transmit buffer empty.

CHSIDE

Bit 2: Channel side Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode. It has no significance in PCM mode..

UDR

Bit 3: Underrun flag This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to I2S error flags on page 821 for the software sequence. Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode..

CRCERR

Bit 4: CRC error flag Note: This flag is set by hardware and cleared by software writing 0. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

MODF

Bit 5: Mode fault This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to Section : Mode fault (MODF) on page 799 for the software sequence. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

OVR

Bit 6: Overrun flag This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to I2S error flags on page 821 for the software sequence..

BSY

Bit 7: Busy flag This flag is set and cleared by hardware. Note: The BSY flag must be used with caution: refer to Section 27.5.10: SPI status flags and Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789..

FRE

Bit 8: Frame format error This flag is used for SPI in TI slave mode and I<sup>2</sup>S slave mode. Refer to Section 27.5.11: SPI error flags and Section 27.7.8: I2S error flags. This flag is set by hardware and reset when SPI1_SR is read by software..

FRLVL

Bits 9-10: FIFO reception level These bits are set and cleared by hardware. Note: These bits are not used in I S mode and in SPI receive-only mode while CRC calculation is enabled..

FTLVL

Bits 11-12: FIFO transmission level These bits are set and cleared by hardware. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

DR

SPI data register

Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DR
rw
Toggle fields

DR

Bits 0-15: Data register Data received or to be transmitted The data register serves as an interface between the Rx and Tx FIFOs. When the data register is read, RxFIFO is accessed while the write to data register accesses TxFIFO (See Section 27.5.9: Data transmission and reception procedures). Note: Data is always right-aligned. Unused bits are ignored when writing to the register, and read as zero when the register is read. The Rx threshold setting must always correspond with the read access currently used..

DR8

Direct 8-bit access to data register

Offset: 0xc, size: 8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DR
rw
Toggle fields

DR

Bits 0-7: Data register.

Allowed values: 0x0-0xff

CRCPR

SPI CRC polynomial register

Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000007, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CRCPOLY
rw
Toggle fields

CRCPOLY

Bits 0-15: CRC polynomial register This register contains the polynomial for the CRC calculation. The CRC polynomial (0x0007) is the reset value of this register. Another polynomial can be configured as required..

RXCRCR

SPI Rx CRC register

Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXCRC
r
Toggle fields

RXCRC

Bits 0-15: Rx CRC register When CRC calculation is enabled, the RXCRC[15:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently received bytes. This register is reset when the CRCEN bit in SPI1_CR1 register is written to 1. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI1_CRCPR register. Only the 8 LSB bits are considered when the CRC frame format is set to be 8-bit length (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 is cleared). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC8 standard. The entire 16-bits of this register are considered when a 16-bit CRC frame format is selected (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 register is set). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC16 standard. Note: A read to this register when the BSY Flag is set could return an incorrect value. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

TXCRCR

SPI Tx CRC register

Offset: 0x18, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TXCRC
r
Toggle fields

TXCRC

Bits 0-15: Tx CRC register When CRC calculation is enabled, the TXCRC[7:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently transmitted bytes. This register is reset when the CRCEN bit of SPI1_CR1 is written to 1. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI1_CRCPR register. Only the 8 LSB bits are considered when the CRC frame format is set to be 8-bit length (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 is cleared). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC8 standard. The entire 16-bits of this register are considered when a 16-bit CRC frame format is selected (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 register is set). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC16 standard. Note: A read to this register when the BSY flag is set could return an incorrect value. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

I2SCFGR

SPI1_I2S configuration register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/9 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ASTRTEN
rw
I2SMOD
rw
I2SE
rw
I2SCFG
rw
PCMSYNC
rw
I2SSTD
rw
CKPOL
rw
DATLEN
rw
CHLEN
rw
Toggle fields

CHLEN

Bit 0: Channel length (number of bits per audio channel) The bit write operation has a meaning only if DATLEN = 00 otherwise the channel length is fixed to 32-bit by hardware whatever the value filled in. Note: For correct operation, this bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..

DATLEN

Bits 1-2: Data length to be transferred Note: For correct operation, these bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..

CKPOL

Bit 3: Inactive state clock polarity Note: For correct operation, this bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: It is not used in SPI mode. Note: The bit CKPOL does not affect the CK edge sensitivity used to receive or transmit the SD and WS signals..

I2SSTD

Bits 4-5: I2S standard selection For more details on I<sup>2</sup>S standards, refer to Section 27.7.2 on page 805 Note: For correct operation, these bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..

PCMSYNC

Bit 7: PCM frame synchronization Note: This bit has a meaning only if I2SSTD = 11 (PCM standard is used). Note: It is not used in SPI mode..

I2SCFG

Bits 8-9: I2S configuration mode Note: These bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..

I2SE

Bit 10: I2S enable Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode..

I2SMOD

Bit 11: I2S mode selection Note: This bit should be configured when the SPI is disabled..

ASTRTEN

Bit 12: Asynchronous start enable. When the I2S is enabled in slave mode, the hardware starts the transfer when the I2S clock is received and an appropriate transition is detected on the WS signal. When the I2S is enabled in slave mode, the hardware starts the transfer when the I2S clock is received and the appropriate level is detected on the WS signal. Note: The appropriate transition is a falling edge on WS signal when I<sup>2</sup>S Philips Standard is used, or a rising edge for other standards. Note: The appropriate level is a low level on WS signal when I<sup>2</sup>S Philips Standard is used, or a high level for other standards. Note: Please refer to Section 27.7.3: Start-up description for additional information..

I2SPR

SPI1_I2S prescaler register

Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000002, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MCKOE
rw
ODD
rw
I2SDIV
rw
Toggle fields

I2SDIV

Bits 0-7: I2S linear prescaler I2SDIV [7:0] = 0 or I2SDIV [7:0] = 1 are forbidden values. Refer to Section 27.7.3 on page 812. Note: These bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. They are used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..

ODD

Bit 8: Odd factor for the prescaler Refer to Section 27.7.3 on page 812. Note: This bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. It is used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..

MCKOE

Bit 9: Master clock output enable Note: This bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. It is used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..

SPI2

0x40003800: SPI address block description

13/54 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 (16-bit) CR1
0x4 (16-bit) CR2
0x8 (16-bit) SR
0xc (16-bit) DR
0xc (8-bit) DR8
0x10 (16-bit) CRCPR
0x14 (16-bit) RXCRCR
0x18 (16-bit) TXCRCR
0x1c (16-bit) I2SCFGR
0x20 (16-bit) I2SPR
Toggle registers

CR1

SPI control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/14 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BIDIMODE
rw
BIDIOE
rw
CRCEN
rw
CRCNEXT
rw
CRCL
rw
RXONLY
rw
SSM
rw
SSI
rw
LSBFIRST
rw
SPE
rw
BR
rw
MSTR
rw
CPOL
rw
CPHA
rw
Toggle fields

CPHA

Bit 0: Clock phase Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode except the case when CRC is applied at TI mode..

CPOL

Bit 1: Clock polarity Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode except the case when CRC is applied at TI mode..

MSTR

Bit 2: Master selection Note: This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

BR

Bits 3-5: Baud rate control Note: These bits should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

SPE

Bit 6: SPI enable Note: When disabling the SPI, follow the procedure described in Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

LSBFIRST

Bit 7: Frame format Note: 1. This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. Note: 2. This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..

SSI

Bit 8: Internal slave select This bit has an effect only when the SSM bit is set. The value of this bit is forced onto the NSS pin and the I/O value of the NSS pin is ignored. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..

SSM

Bit 9: Software slave management When the SSM bit is set, the NSS pin input is replaced with the value from the SSI bit. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..

RXONLY

Bit 10: Receive only mode enabled. This bit enables simplex communication using a single unidirectional line to receive data exclusively. Keep BIDIMODE bit clear when receive only mode is active.This bit is also useful in a multislave system in which this particular slave is not accessed, the output from the accessed slave is not corrupted. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

CRCL

Bit 11: CRC length This bit is set and cleared by software to select the CRC length. Note: This bit should be written only when SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 ) for correct operation. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

CRCNEXT

Bit 12: Transmit CRC next Note: This bit has to be written as soon as the last data is written in the SPI1_DR register. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

CRCEN

Bit 13: Hardware CRC calculation enable Note: This bit should be written only when SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 ) for correct operation. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

BIDIOE

Bit 14: Output enable in bidirectional mode This bit combined with the BIDIMODE bit selects the direction of transfer in bidirectional mode. Note: In master mode, the MOSI pin is used and in slave mode, the MISO pin is used. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

BIDIMODE

Bit 15: Bidirectional data mode enable. This bit enables half-duplex communication using common single bidirectional data line. Keep RXONLY bit clear when bidirectional mode is active. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

CR2

SPI control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000700, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LDMA_TX
rw
LDMA_RX
rw
FRXTH
rw
DS
rw
TXEIE
rw
RXNEIE
rw
ERRIE
rw
FRF
rw
NSSP
rw
SSOE
rw
TXDMAEN
rw
RXDMAEN
rw
Toggle fields

RXDMAEN

Bit 0: Rx buffer DMA enable When this bit is set, a DMA request is generated whenever the RXNE flag is set..

TXDMAEN

Bit 1: Tx buffer DMA enable When this bit is set, a DMA request is generated whenever the TXE flag is set..

SSOE

Bit 2: SS output enable Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..

NSSP

Bit 3: NSS pulse management This bit is used in master mode only. it allows the SPI to generate an NSS pulse between two consecutive data when doing continuous transfers. In the case of a single data transfer, it forces the NSS pin high level after the transfer. It has no meaning if CPHA = 1 , or FRF = 1 . Note: 1. This bit must be written only when the SPI is disabled (SPE=0). Note: 2. This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode and SPI TI mode..

FRF

Bit 4: Frame format 1 SPI TI mode Note: This bit must be written only when the SPI is disabled (SPE=0). Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

ERRIE

Bit 5: Error interrupt enable This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition occurs (CRCERR, OVR, MODF in SPI mode, FRE at TI mode and UDR, OVR, and FRE in I<sup>2</sup>S mode)..

RXNEIE

Bit 6: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable.

TXEIE

Bit 7: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable.

DS

Bits 8-11: Data size These bits configure the data length for SPI transfers. If software attempts to write one of the Not used values, they are forced to the value 0111 (8-bit) Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

FRXTH

Bit 12: FIFO reception threshold This bit is used to set the threshold of the RXFIFO that triggers an RXNE event Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

LDMA_RX

Bit 13: Last DMA transfer for reception This bit is used in data packing mode, to define if the total number of data to receive by DMA is odd or even. It has significance only if the RXDMAEN bit in the SPI1_CR2 register is set and if packing mode is used (data length =< 8-bit and write access to SPI1_DR is 16-bit wide). It has to be written when the SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 in the SPI1_CR1 register). Note: Refer to Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789 if the CRCEN bit is set. Note: This bit is not used in I S mode..

LDMA_TX

Bit 14: Last DMA transfer for transmission This bit is used in data packing mode, to define if the total number of data to transmit by DMA is odd or even. It has significance only if the TXDMAEN bit in the SPI1_CR2 register is set and if packing mode is used (data length =< 8-bit and write access to SPI1_DR is 16-bit wide). It has to be written when the SPI is disabled (SPE = 0 in the SPI1_CR1 register). Note: Refer to Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789 if the CRCEN bit is set. Note: This bit is not used in I S mode..

SR

SPI status register

Offset: 0x8, size: 16, reset: 0x00000002, access: read-write

10/11 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FTLVL
r
FRLVL
r
FRE
r
BSY
r
OVR
r
MODF
r
CRCERR
rw
UDR
r
CHSIDE
r
TXE
r
RXNE
r
Toggle fields

RXNE

Bit 0: Receive buffer not empty.

TXE

Bit 1: Transmit buffer empty.

CHSIDE

Bit 2: Channel side Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode. It has no significance in PCM mode..

UDR

Bit 3: Underrun flag This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to I2S error flags on page 821 for the software sequence. Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode..

CRCERR

Bit 4: CRC error flag Note: This flag is set by hardware and cleared by software writing 0. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

MODF

Bit 5: Mode fault This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to Section : Mode fault (MODF) on page 799 for the software sequence. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

OVR

Bit 6: Overrun flag This flag is set by hardware and reset by a software sequence. Refer to I2S error flags on page 821 for the software sequence..

BSY

Bit 7: Busy flag This flag is set and cleared by hardware. Note: The BSY flag must be used with caution: refer to Section 27.5.10: SPI status flags and Procedure for disabling the SPI on page 789..

FRE

Bit 8: Frame format error This flag is used for SPI in TI slave mode and I<sup>2</sup>S slave mode. Refer to Section 27.5.11: SPI error flags and Section 27.7.8: I2S error flags. This flag is set by hardware and reset when SPI1_SR is read by software..

FRLVL

Bits 9-10: FIFO reception level These bits are set and cleared by hardware. Note: These bits are not used in I S mode and in SPI receive-only mode while CRC calculation is enabled..

FTLVL

Bits 11-12: FIFO transmission level These bits are set and cleared by hardware. Note: This bit is not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

DR

SPI data register

Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DR
rw
Toggle fields

DR

Bits 0-15: Data register Data received or to be transmitted The data register serves as an interface between the Rx and Tx FIFOs. When the data register is read, RxFIFO is accessed while the write to data register accesses TxFIFO (See Section 27.5.9: Data transmission and reception procedures). Note: Data is always right-aligned. Unused bits are ignored when writing to the register, and read as zero when the register is read. The Rx threshold setting must always correspond with the read access currently used..

DR8

Direct 8-bit access to data register

Offset: 0xc, size: 8, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DR
rw
Toggle fields

DR

Bits 0-7: Data register.

Allowed values: 0x0-0xff

CRCPR

SPI CRC polynomial register

Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000007, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CRCPOLY
rw
Toggle fields

CRCPOLY

Bits 0-15: CRC polynomial register This register contains the polynomial for the CRC calculation. The CRC polynomial (0x0007) is the reset value of this register. Another polynomial can be configured as required..

RXCRCR

SPI Rx CRC register

Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXCRC
r
Toggle fields

RXCRC

Bits 0-15: Rx CRC register When CRC calculation is enabled, the RXCRC[15:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently received bytes. This register is reset when the CRCEN bit in SPI1_CR1 register is written to 1. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI1_CRCPR register. Only the 8 LSB bits are considered when the CRC frame format is set to be 8-bit length (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 is cleared). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC8 standard. The entire 16-bits of this register are considered when a 16-bit CRC frame format is selected (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 register is set). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC16 standard. Note: A read to this register when the BSY Flag is set could return an incorrect value. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

TXCRCR

SPI Tx CRC register

Offset: 0x18, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TXCRC
r
Toggle fields

TXCRC

Bits 0-15: Tx CRC register When CRC calculation is enabled, the TXCRC[7:0] bits contain the computed CRC value of the subsequently transmitted bytes. This register is reset when the CRCEN bit of SPI1_CR1 is written to 1. The CRC is calculated serially using the polynomial programmed in the SPI1_CRCPR register. Only the 8 LSB bits are considered when the CRC frame format is set to be 8-bit length (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 is cleared). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC8 standard. The entire 16-bits of this register are considered when a 16-bit CRC frame format is selected (CRCL bit in the SPI1_CR1 register is set). CRC calculation is done based on any CRC16 standard. Note: A read to this register when the BSY flag is set could return an incorrect value. Note: These bits are not used in I<sup>2</sup>S mode..

I2SCFGR

SPI1_I2S configuration register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/9 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ASTRTEN
rw
I2SMOD
rw
I2SE
rw
I2SCFG
rw
PCMSYNC
rw
I2SSTD
rw
CKPOL
rw
DATLEN
rw
CHLEN
rw
Toggle fields

CHLEN

Bit 0: Channel length (number of bits per audio channel) The bit write operation has a meaning only if DATLEN = 00 otherwise the channel length is fixed to 32-bit by hardware whatever the value filled in. Note: For correct operation, this bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..

DATLEN

Bits 1-2: Data length to be transferred Note: For correct operation, these bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..

CKPOL

Bit 3: Inactive state clock polarity Note: For correct operation, this bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: It is not used in SPI mode. Note: The bit CKPOL does not affect the CK edge sensitivity used to receive or transmit the SD and WS signals..

I2SSTD

Bits 4-5: I2S standard selection For more details on I<sup>2</sup>S standards, refer to Section 27.7.2 on page 805 Note: For correct operation, these bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..

PCMSYNC

Bit 7: PCM frame synchronization Note: This bit has a meaning only if I2SSTD = 11 (PCM standard is used). Note: It is not used in SPI mode..

I2SCFG

Bits 8-9: I2S configuration mode Note: These bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..

I2SE

Bit 10: I2S enable Note: This bit is not used in SPI mode..

I2SMOD

Bit 11: I2S mode selection Note: This bit should be configured when the SPI is disabled..

ASTRTEN

Bit 12: Asynchronous start enable. When the I2S is enabled in slave mode, the hardware starts the transfer when the I2S clock is received and an appropriate transition is detected on the WS signal. When the I2S is enabled in slave mode, the hardware starts the transfer when the I2S clock is received and the appropriate level is detected on the WS signal. Note: The appropriate transition is a falling edge on WS signal when I<sup>2</sup>S Philips Standard is used, or a rising edge for other standards. Note: The appropriate level is a low level on WS signal when I<sup>2</sup>S Philips Standard is used, or a high level for other standards. Note: Please refer to Section 27.7.3: Start-up description for additional information..

I2SPR

SPI1_I2S prescaler register

Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000002, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MCKOE
rw
ODD
rw
I2SDIV
rw
Toggle fields

I2SDIV

Bits 0-7: I2S linear prescaler I2SDIV [7:0] = 0 or I2SDIV [7:0] = 1 are forbidden values. Refer to Section 27.7.3 on page 812. Note: These bits should be configured when the I2S is disabled. They are used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: They are not used in SPI mode..

ODD

Bit 8: Odd factor for the prescaler Refer to Section 27.7.3 on page 812. Note: This bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. It is used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..

MCKOE

Bit 9: Master clock output enable Note: This bit should be configured when the I2S is disabled. It is used only when the I2S is in master mode. Note: It is not used in SPI mode..

SYSCFG

0x40010000: Spider_SYSCFG register block

46/67 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CFGR1
0x18 CFGR2
0x3c CFGR3
0x80 ITLINE0
0x84 ITLINE1
0x88 ITLINE2
0x8c ITLINE3
0x90 ITLINE4
0x94 ITLINE5
0x98 ITLINE6
0x9c ITLINE7
0xa0 ITLINE8
0xa4 ITLINE9
0xa8 ITLINE10
0xac ITLINE11
0xb0 ITLINE12
0xb4 ITLINE13
0xb8 ITLINE14
0xbc ITLINE15
0xc0 ITLINE16
0xcc ITLINE19
0xd4 ITLINE21
0xd8 ITLINE22
0xdc ITLINE23
0xe0 ITLINE24
0xe4 ITLINE25
0xe8 ITLINE26
0xec ITLINE27
0xf0 ITLINE28
Toggle registers

CFGR1

SYSCFG configuration register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/14 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
I2C_PC14_FMP
rw
I2C_PA10_FMP
rw
I2C_PA9_FMP
rw
I2C2_FMP
rw
I2C1_FMP
rw
I2C_PB9_FMP
rw
I2C_PB8_FMP
rw
I2C_PB7_FMP
rw
I2C_PB6_FMP
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IR_MOD
rw
IR_POL
rw
PA12_RMP
rw
PA11_RMP
rw
MEM_MODE
rw
Toggle fields

MEM_MODE

Bits 0-1: Memory mapping selection bits This bitfield controlled by software selects the memory internally mapped at the address 0x0000 0000. Its reset value is determined by the boot mode configuration. Refer to Section 3: Boot configuration for more details. x0: Main Flash memory.

PA11_RMP

Bit 3: PA11 pin remapping This bit is set and cleared by software. When set, it remaps the PA11 pin to operate as PA9 GPIO port, instead as PA11 GPIO port. Note: If the PINMUX2[1:0] bitfield of the SYSCFG_CFGR3 register is at 00, PA11_RMP must be kept at 0 to prevent conflict due to two GPIO outputs with different output levels connected to the same pin..

PA12_RMP

Bit 4: PA12 pin remapping This bit is set and cleared by software. When set, it remaps the PA12 pin to operate as PA10 GPIO port, instead as PA12 GPIO port. Note: If the PINMUX4[1:0] bitfield of the SYSCFG_CFGR3 register is at 00, PA12_RMP must be kept at 0 to prevent conflict due to two GPIO outputs with different output levels connected to the same pin..

IR_POL

Bit 5: IR output polarity selection.

IR_MOD

Bits 6-7: IR Modulation Envelope signal selection This bitfield selects the signal for IR modulation envelope:.

I2C_PB6_FMP

Bit 16: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PB6 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PB6 I/O port..

I2C_PB7_FMP

Bit 17: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PB7 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PB7 I/O port..

I2C_PB8_FMP

Bit 18: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PB8 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PB8 I/O port. Note: Not available on STM32C011xx..

I2C_PB9_FMP

Bit 19: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PB9 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PB9 I/O port. Note: Not available on STM32C011xx..

I2C1_FMP

Bit 20: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for I2C1 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on I/O ports configured as I2C1 through GPIOx_AFR registers..

I2C2_FMP

Bit 21: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for I2C2 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on I/O ports configured as I2C2 through GPIOx_AFR registers. Note: Only applicable to STM32C071xx. Reserved on the other products..

I2C_PA9_FMP

Bit 22: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PA9 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PA9 I/O port..

I2C_PA10_FMP

Bit 23: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PA10 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PA10 I/O port..

I2C_PC14_FMP

Bit 24: Fast Mode Plus (FM+) enable for PC14 This bit is set and cleared by software. It enables I<sup>2</sup>C FM+ driving capability on PC14 I/O port. Note: Not available on STM32C011xx..

CFGR2

SYSCFG configuration register 2

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LOCKUP_LOCK
rw
Toggle fields

LOCKUP_LOCK

Bit 0: Cortex<Superscript> <Default Font>-M0+ LOCKUP enable This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. When set, it enables the connection of Cortex<Superscript> <Default Font>-M0+ LOCKUP (HardFault) output to the TIM1/16/17 Break input..

CFGR3

SYSCFG configuration register 3

Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PINMUX5
rw
PINMUX4
rw
PINMUX3
rw
PINMUX2
rw
PINMUX1
rw
PINMUX0
rw
Toggle fields

PINMUX0

Bits 0-1: Pin GPIO multiplexer 0 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin. 1x: Reserved 1x: Reserved.

PINMUX1

Bits 2-3: Pin GPIO multiplexer 1 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin. 1x: Reserved.

PINMUX2

Bits 4-5: Pin GPIO multiplexer 2 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin. 1x: Reserved Note: The PA11_RMP bit of the SYSCFG_CFGR1 takes priority over the selection through this bitfield. Refer to the description of the SYSCFG_CFGR1 register for more details..

PINMUX3

Bits 6-7: Pin GPIO multiplexer 3 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin. 1x: Reserved.

PINMUX4

Bits 8-9: Pin GPIO multiplexer 4 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin. 1x: Reserved Note: The PA12_RMP bit of the SYSCFG_CFGR1 takes priority over the selection through this bitfield. Refer to the description of the SYSCFG_CFGR1 register for more details..

PINMUX5

Bits 10-11: Pin GPIO multiplexer 5 This bit is set by software and cleared by system reset. It assigns a GPIO to a pin..

ITLINE0

SYSCFG interrupt line 0 status register

Offset: 0x80, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WWDG
r
Toggle fields

WWDG

Bit 0: Window watchdog interrupt pending flag.

ITLINE1

SYSCFG interrupt line 1 status register

Offset: 0x84, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PVM_VDDIO2_OUT
r
Toggle fields

PVM_VDDIO2_OUT

Bit 1: V<sub>DDIO2</sub> supply monitoring interrupt request pending (EXTI line 34).

ITLINE2

SYSCFG interrupt line 2 status register

Offset: 0x88, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RTC
r
Toggle fields

RTC

Bit 1: RTC interrupt request pending (EXTI line 19).

ITLINE3

SYSCFG interrupt line 3 status register

Offset: 0x8c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FLASH_ITF
r
Toggle fields

FLASH_ITF

Bit 1: Flash interface interrupt request pending.

ITLINE4

SYSCFG interrupt line 4 status register

Offset: 0x90, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

2/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CRS
r
RCC
r
Toggle fields

RCC

Bit 0: Reset and clock control interrupt request pending.

CRS

Bit 1: CRS interrupt request pending Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on other products..

ITLINE5

SYSCFG interrupt line 5 status register

Offset: 0x94, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

2/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EXTI1
r
EXTI0
r
Toggle fields

EXTI0

Bit 0: EXTI line 0 interrupt request pending.

EXTI1

Bit 1: EXTI line 1 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE6

SYSCFG interrupt line 6 status register

Offset: 0x98, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

2/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EXTI3
r
EXTI2
r
Toggle fields

EXTI2

Bit 0: EXTI line 2 interrupt request pending.

EXTI3

Bit 1: EXTI line 3 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE7

SYSCFG interrupt line 7 status register

Offset: 0x9c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

12/12 fields covered.

Toggle fields

EXTI4

Bit 0: EXTI line 4 interrupt request pending.

EXTI5

Bit 1: EXTI line 5 interrupt request pending.

EXTI6

Bit 2: EXTI line 6 interrupt request pending.

EXTI7

Bit 3: EXTI line 7 interrupt request pending.

EXTI8

Bit 4: EXTI line 8 interrupt request pending.

EXTI9

Bit 5: EXTI line 9 interrupt request pending.

EXTI10

Bit 6: EXTI line 10 interrupt request pending.

EXTI11

Bit 7: EXTI line 11 interrupt request pending.

EXTI12

Bit 8: EXTI line 12 interrupt request pending.

EXTI13

Bit 9: EXTI line 13 interrupt request pending.

EXTI14

Bit 10: EXTI line 14 interrupt request pending.

EXTI15

Bit 11: EXTI line 15 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE8

SYSCFG interrupt line 8 status register

Offset: 0xa0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
USB
r
Toggle fields

USB

Bit 0: USB interrupt request pending.

ITLINE9

SYSCFG interrupt line 9 status register

Offset: 0xa4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DMA1_CH1
r
Toggle fields

DMA1_CH1

Bit 0: DMA1 channel 1interrupt request pending.

ITLINE10

SYSCFG interrupt line 10 status register

Offset: 0xa8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

2/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DMA1_CH3
r
DMA1_CH2
r
Toggle fields

DMA1_CH2

Bit 0: DMA1 channel 2 interrupt request pending.

DMA1_CH3

Bit 1: DMA1 channel 3 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE11

SYSCFG interrupt line 11 status register

Offset: 0xac, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

3/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DMA_CH5
r
DMA_CH4
r
DMAMUX
r
Toggle fields

DMAMUX

Bit 0: DMAMUX interrupt request pending.

DMA_CH4

Bit 1: DMA channel 5 interrupt request pending Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on the other products..

DMA_CH5

Bit 2: DMA channel 5 interrupt request pending Note: Only applicable on STM32C071xx, reserved on the other products..

ITLINE12

SYSCFG interrupt line 12 status register

Offset: 0xb0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ADC
r
Toggle fields

ADC

Bit 0: ADC interrupt request pending.

ITLINE13

SYSCFG interrupt line 13 status register

Offset: 0xb4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

4/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIM1_BRK
r
TIM1_UPD
r
TIM1_TRG
r
TIM1_CCU
r
Toggle fields

TIM1_CCU

Bit 0: Timer 1 commutation interrupt request pending.

TIM1_TRG

Bit 1: Timer 1 trigger interrupt request pending.

TIM1_UPD

Bit 2: Timer 1 update interrupt request pending.

TIM1_BRK

Bit 3: Timer 1 break interrupt request pending.

ITLINE14

SYSCFG interrupt line 14 status register

Offset: 0xb8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIM1_CC
r
Toggle fields

TIM1_CC

Bit 0: Timer 1 capture compare interrupt request pending.

ITLINE15

SYSCFG interrupt line 15 status register

Offset: 0xbc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIM2
r
Toggle fields

TIM2

Bit 0: TIM2 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE16

SYSCFG interrupt line 16 status register

Offset: 0xc0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIM3
r
Toggle fields

TIM3

Bit 0: Timer 3 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE19

SYSCFG interrupt line 19 status register

Offset: 0xcc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIM14
r
Toggle fields

TIM14

Bit 0: Timer 14 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE21

SYSCFG interrupt line 21 status register

Offset: 0xd4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIM16
r
Toggle fields

TIM16

Bit 0: Timer 16 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE22

SYSCFG interrupt line 22 status register

Offset: 0xd8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TIM17
r
Toggle fields

TIM17

Bit 0: Timer 17 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE23

SYSCFG interrupt line 23 status register

Offset: 0xdc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
I2C1
r
Toggle fields

I2C1

Bit 0: I2C1 interrupt request pending, combined with EXTI line 23.

ITLINE24

SYSCFG interrupt line 24 status register

Offset: 0xe0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
I2C2
r
Toggle fields

I2C2

Bit 0: I2C2 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE25

SYSCFG interrupt line 25 status register

Offset: 0xe4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SPI1
r
Toggle fields

SPI1

Bit 0: SPI1 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE26

SYSCFG interrupt line 26 status register

Offset: 0xe8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SPI2
r
Toggle fields

SPI2

Bit 0: SPI2 interrupt request pending.

ITLINE27

SYSCFG interrupt line 27 status register

Offset: 0xec, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
USART1
r
Toggle fields

USART1

Bit 0: USART1 interrupt request pending, combined with EXTI line 25.

ITLINE28

SYSCFG interrupt line 28 status register

Offset: 0xf0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
USART2
r
Toggle fields

USART2

Bit 0: USART2 interrupt request pending (EXTI line 26).

TIM1

0x40012c00: TIM1 address block description

1/181 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 (16-bit) CR1
0x4 CR2
0x8 SMCR
0xc (16-bit) DIER
0x10 SR
0x14 (16-bit) EGR
0x18 CCMR1_Input
0x18 CCMR1_Output
0x1c CCMR2_Input
0x1c CCMR2_Output
0x20 CCER
0x24 CNT
0x28 (16-bit) PSC
0x2c (16-bit) ARR
0x30 (16-bit) RCR
0x34 (16-bit) CCR1
0x38 (16-bit) CCR2
0x3c (16-bit) CCR3
0x40 (16-bit) CCR4
0x44 BDTR
0x48 (16-bit) DCR
0x4c DMAR
0x54 CCMR3
0x58 CCR5
0x5c (16-bit) CCR6
0x60 AF1
0x64 AF2
0x68 TISEL
Toggle registers

CR1

TIM1 control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/9 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
UIFREMAP
rw
CKD
rw
ARPE
rw
CMS
rw
DIR
rw
OPM
rw
URS
rw
UDIS
rw
CEN
rw
Toggle fields

CEN

Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock, gated mode and encoder mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware..

UDIS

Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..

URS

Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.

OPM

Bit 3: One pulse mode.

DIR

Bit 4: Direction Note: This bit is read only when the timer is configured in Center-aligned mode or Encoder mode..

CMS

Bits 5-6: Center-aligned mode selection Note: Switch from edge-aligned mode to center-aligned mode as long as the counter is enabled (CEN=1) is not allowed.

ARPE

Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.

CKD

Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and the dead-time and sampling clock (t<sub>DTS</sub>)used by the dead-time generators and the digital filters (ETR, TIx): Note: t<sub>DTS</sub> = 1/f<sub>DTS</sub>, t<sub>CK_INT</sub> = 1/f<sub>CK_INT</sub>..

UIFREMAP

Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.

CR2

TIM1 control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/15 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MMS2
rw
OIS6
rw
OIS5
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OIS4
rw
OIS3N
rw
OIS3
rw
OIS2N
rw
OIS2
rw
OIS1N
rw
OIS1
rw
TI1S
rw
MMS
rw
CCDS
rw
CCUS
rw
CCPC
rw
Toggle fields

CCPC

Bit 0: Capture/compare preloaded control Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..

CCUS

Bit 2: Capture/compare control update selection Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..

CCDS

Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.

MMS

Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits allow selected information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (TRGO). The combination is as follows: Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..

TI1S

Bit 7: TI1 selection.

OIS1

Bit 8: Output Idle state 1 (OC1 output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

OIS1N

Bit 9: Output Idle state 1 (OC1N output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

OIS2

Bit 10: Output Idle state 2 (OC2 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.

OIS2N

Bit 11: Output Idle state 2 (OC2N output) Refer to OIS1N bit.

OIS3

Bit 12: Output Idle state 3 (OC3 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.

OIS3N

Bit 13: Output Idle state 3 (OC3N output) Refer to OIS1N bit.

OIS4

Bit 14: Output Idle state 4 (OC4 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.

OIS5

Bit 16: Output Idle state 5 (OC5 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.

OIS6

Bit 18: Output Idle state 6 (OC6 output) Refer to OIS1 bit.

MMS2

Bits 20-23: Master mode selection 2 These bits allow the information to be sent to ADC for synchronization (TRGO2) to be selected. The combination is as follows: Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..

SMCR

TIM1 slave mode control register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/10 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TS2
rw
SMS2
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ETP
rw
ECE
rw
ETPS
rw
ETF
rw
MSM
rw
TS1
rw
OCCS
rw
SMS1
rw
Toggle fields

SMS1

Bits 0-2: SMS[2:0]: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (TRGI) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. Codes above 1000: Reserved. Note: The gated mode must not be used if TI1F_ED is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, TI1F_ED outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the TRGO or the TRGO2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..

OCCS

Bit 3: OCREF clear selection This bit is used to select the OCREF clear source..

TS1

Bits 4-6: TS[2:0]: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See Table 73: TIM1 internal trigger connection on page 395 for more details on ITRx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..

MSM

Bit 7: Master/slave mode.

ETF

Bits 8-11: External trigger filter This bit-field then defines the frequency used to sample ETRP signal and the length of the digital filter applied to ETRP. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.

ETPS

Bits 12-13: External trigger prescaler External trigger signal ETRP frequency must be at most 1/4 of f<sub>CK_INT</sub> frequency. A prescaler can be enabled to reduce ETRP frequency. It is useful when inputting fast external clocks..

ECE

Bit 14: External clock enable This bit enables External clock mode 2. Note: Setting the ECE bit has the same effect as selecting external clock mode 1 with TRGI connected to ETRF (SMS=111 and TS=00111). It is possible to simultaneously use external clock mode 2 with the following slave modes: reset mode, gated mode and trigger mode. Nevertheless, TRGI must not be connected to ETRF in this case (TS bits must not be 00111). Note: If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is ETRF..

ETP

Bit 15: External trigger polarity This bit selects whether ETR or ETR is used for trigger operations.

SMS2

Bit 16: SMS[3].

TS2

Bits 20-21: TS[4:3].

DIER

TIM1 DMA/interrupt enable register

Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/15 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TDE
rw
COMDE
rw
CC4DE
rw
CC3DE
rw
CC2DE
rw
CC1DE
rw
UDE
rw
BIE
rw
TIE
rw
COMIE
rw
CC4IE
rw
CC3IE
rw
CC2IE
rw
CC1IE
rw
UIE
rw
Toggle fields

UIE

Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.

CC1IE

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.

CC2IE

Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt enable.

CC3IE

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt enable.

CC4IE

Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt enable.

COMIE

Bit 5: COM interrupt enable.

TIE

Bit 6: Trigger interrupt enable.

BIE

Bit 7: Break interrupt enable.

UDE

Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.

CC1DE

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request enable.

CC2DE

Bit 10: Capture/Compare 2 DMA request enable.

CC3DE

Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 DMA request enable.

CC4DE

Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 DMA request enable.

COMDE

Bit 13: COM DMA request enable.

TDE

Bit 14: Trigger DMA request enable.

SR

TIM1 status register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CC6IF
rw
CC5IF
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SBIF
rw
CC4OF
rw
CC3OF
rw
CC2OF
rw
CC1OF
rw
B2IF
rw
BIF
rw
TIF
rw
COMIF
rw
CC4IF
rw
CC3IF
rw
CC2IF
rw
CC1IF
rw
UIF
rw
Toggle fields

UIF

Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by a trigger event (refer to Section 17.4.3: TIM1 slave mode control register (TIM1_SMCR)), if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..

CC1IF

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..

CC2IF

Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.

CC3IF

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.

CC4IF

Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.

COMIF

Bit 5: COM interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on COM event (when Capture/compare Control bits - CCxE, CCxNE, OCxM - have been updated). It is cleared by software..

TIF

Bit 6: Trigger interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on the TRG trigger event (active edge detected on TRGI input when the slave mode controller is enabled in all modes but gated mode. It is set when the counter starts or stops when gated mode is selected. It is cleared by software..

BIF

Bit 7: Break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the break input is not active..

B2IF

Bit 8: Break 2 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break 2 input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the break 2 input is not active..

CC1OF

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 ..

CC2OF

Bit 10: Capture/Compare 2 overcapture flag Refer to CC1OF description.

CC3OF

Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag Refer to CC1OF description.

CC4OF

Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag Refer to CC1OF description.

SBIF

Bit 13: System Break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the system break input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the system break input is not active. This flag must be reset to re-start PWM operation..

CC5IF

Bit 16: Compare 5 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description (Note: Channel 5 can only be configured as output).

CC6IF

Bit 17: Compare 6 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description (Note: Channel 6 can only be configured as output).

EGR

TIM1 event generation register

Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/9 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
B2G
w
BG
w
TG
w
COMG
w
CC4G
w
CC3G
w
CC2G
w
CC1G
w
UG
w
Toggle fields

UG

Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

CC1G

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..

CC2G

Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 generation Refer to CC1G description.

CC3G

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 generation Refer to CC1G description.

CC4G

Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 generation Refer to CC1G description.

COMG

Bit 5: Capture/Compare control update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware Note: This bit acts only on channels having a complementary output..

TG

Bit 6: Trigger generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

BG

Bit 7: Break generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

B2G

Bit 8: Break 2 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

CCMR1_Input

TIM1 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IC2F
rw
IC2PSC
rw
CC2S
rw
IC1F
rw
IC1PSC
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 Selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC1PSC

Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (IC1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E= 0 (TIMx_CCER register)..

IC1F

Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample TI1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to TI1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.

CC2S

Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC2PSC

Bits 10-11: Input capture 2 prescaler Refer to IC1PSC[1:0] description..

IC2F

Bits 12-15: Input capture 2 filter Refer to IC1F[3:0] description..

CCMR1_Output

TIM1 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OC2M_3
rw
OC1M_3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OC2CE
rw
OC2M
rw
OC2PE
rw
OC2FE
rw
CC2S
rw
OC1CE
rw
OC1M
rw
OC1PE
rw
OC1FE
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC1FE

Bit 2: Output Compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..

OC1PE

Bit 3: Output Compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output)..

OC1M

Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output). Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode. Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit field is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the OC1M active bits take the new value from the preloaded bits only when a COM event is generated. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..

OC1CE

Bit 7: Output Compare 1 clear enable.

CC2S

Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC2FE

Bit 10: Output Compare 2 fast enable Refer to OC1FE description..

OC2PE

Bit 11: Output Compare 2 preload enable Refer to OC1PE description..

OC2M

Bits 12-14: OC2M[2:0]: Output Compare 2 mode Refer to OC1M[3:0] description..

OC2CE

Bit 15: Output Compare 2 clear enable Refer to OC1CE description..

OC1M_3

Bit 16: OC1M[3].

OC2M_3

Bit 24: OC2M[3].

CCMR2_Input

TIM1 capture/compare mode register 2

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IC4F
rw
IC4PSC
rw
CC4S
rw
IC3F
rw
IC3PSC
rw
CC3S
rw
Toggle fields

CC3S

Bits 0-1: Capture/compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC3PSC

Bits 2-3: Input capture 3 prescaler Refer to IC1PSC[1:0] description..

IC3F

Bits 4-7: Input capture 3 filter Refer to IC1F[3:0] description..

CC4S

Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC4PSC

Bits 10-11: Input capture 4 prescaler Refer to IC1PSC[1:0] description..

IC4F

Bits 12-15: Input capture 4 filter Refer to IC1F[3:0] description..

CCMR2_Output

TIM1 capture/compare mode register 2

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OC4M_3
rw
OC3M_3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OC4CE
rw
OC4M
rw
OC4PE
rw
OC4FE
rw
CC4S
rw
OC3CE
rw
OC3M
rw
OC3PE
rw
OC3FE
rw
CC3S
rw
Toggle fields

CC3S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC3FE

Bit 2: Output compare 3 fast enable Refer to OC1FE description..

OC3PE

Bit 3: Output compare 3 preload enable Refer to OC1PE description..

OC3M

Bits 4-6: OC3M[2:0]: Output compare 3 mode Refer to OC1M[3:0] description..

OC3CE

Bit 7: Output compare 3 clear enable Refer to OC1CE description..

CC4S

Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC4FE

Bit 10: Output compare 4 fast enable Refer to OC1FE description..

OC4PE

Bit 11: Output compare 4 preload enable Refer to OC1PE description..

OC4M

Bits 12-14: OC4M[2:0]: Output compare 4 mode Refer to OC3M[3:0] description..

OC4CE

Bit 15: Output compare 4 clear enable Refer to OC1CE description..

OC3M_3

Bit 16: OC3M[3].

OC4M_3

Bit 24: OC4M[3].

CCER

TIM1 capture/compare enable register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/19 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CC6P
rw
CC6E
rw
CC5P
rw
CC5E
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC4NP
rw
CC4P
rw
CC4E
rw
CC3NP
rw
CC3NE
rw
CC3P
rw
CC3E
rw
CC2NP
rw
CC2NE
rw
CC2P
rw
CC2E
rw
CC1NP
rw
CC1NE
rw
CC1P
rw
CC1E
rw
Toggle fields

CC1E

Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable When CC1 channel is configured as output, the OC1 level depends on MOE, OSSI, OSSR, OIS1, OIS1N and CC1NE bits, regardless of the CC1E bits state. Refer to Table 74 for details. Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1E active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..

CC1P

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: The configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..

CC1NE

Bit 2: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output enable On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NE active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..

CC1NP

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1. Refer to CC1P description. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (channel configured as output). On channels having a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..

CC2E

Bit 4: Capture/Compare 2 output enable Refer to CC1E description.

CC2P

Bit 5: Capture/Compare 2 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.

CC2NE

Bit 6: Capture/Compare 2 complementary output enable Refer to CC1NE description.

CC2NP

Bit 7: Capture/Compare 2 complementary output polarity Refer to CC1NP description.

CC3E

Bit 8: Capture/Compare 3 output enable Refer to CC1E description.

CC3P

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 3 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.

CC3NE

Bit 10: Capture/Compare 3 complementary output enable Refer to CC1NE description.

CC3NP

Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 complementary output polarity Refer to CC1NP description.

CC4E

Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 output enable Refer to CC1E description.

CC4P

Bit 13: Capture/Compare 4 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.

CC4NP

Bit 15: Capture/Compare 4 complementary output polarity Refer to CC1NP description.

CC5E

Bit 16: Capture/Compare 5 output enable Refer to CC1E description.

CC5P

Bit 17: Capture/Compare 5 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.

CC6E

Bit 20: Capture/Compare 6 output enable Refer to CC1E description.

CC6P

Bit 21: Capture/Compare 6 output polarity Refer to CC1P description.

CNT

TIM1 counter

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UIFCPY
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CNT
rw
Toggle fields

CNT

Bits 0-15: Counter value.

UIFCPY

Bit 31: UIF copy This bit is a read-only copy of the UIF bit of the TIMx_ISR register. If the UIFREMAP bit in the TIMxCR1 is reset, bit 31 is reserved and read at 0..

PSC

TIM1 prescaler

Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PSC
rw
Toggle fields

PSC

Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency (CK_CNT) is equal to f<sub>CK_PSC</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in reset mode )..

ARR

TIM1 auto-reload register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 16, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ARR
rw
Toggle fields

ARR

Bits 0-15: Auto-reload value ARR is the value to be loaded in the actual auto-reload register. Refer to the Section 17.3.1: Time-base unit on page 331 for more details about ARR update and behavior. The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null..

RCR

TIM1 repetition counter register

Offset: 0x30, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
REP
rw
Toggle fields

REP

Bits 0-15: Repetition counter value These bits allow the user to set-up the update rate of the compare registers (i.e. periodic transfers from preload to active registers) when preload registers are enable, as well as the update interrupt generation rate, if this interrupt is enable. Each time the REP_CNT related downcounter reaches zero, an update event is generated and it restarts counting from REP value. As REP_CNT is reloaded with REP value only at the repetition update event U_RC, any write to the TIMx_RCR register is not taken in account until the next repetition update event. It means in PWM mode (REP+1) corresponds to: the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode..

CCR1

TIM1 capture/compare register 1

Offset: 0x34, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR1
rw
Toggle fields

CCR1

Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1). The TIMx_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..

CCR2

TIM1 capture/compare register 2

Offset: 0x38, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR2
rw
Toggle fields

CCR2

Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 2 value If channel CC2 is configured as output: CCR2 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 2 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC2PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 2 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC2 output. If channel CC2 is configured as input: CCR2 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 2 event (IC2). The TIMx_CCR2 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..

CCR3

TIM1 capture/compare register 3

Offset: 0x3c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR3
rw
Toggle fields

CCR3

Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare value If channel CC3 is configured as output: CCR3 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 3 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC3PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 3 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC3 output. If channel CC3 is configured as input: CCR3 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 3 event (IC3). The TIMx_CCR3 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..

CCR4

TIM1 capture/compare register 4

Offset: 0x40, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR4
rw
Toggle fields

CCR4

Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare value If channel CC4 is configured as output: CCR4 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 4 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC4PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 4 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC4 output. If channel CC4 is configured as input: CCR4 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 4 event (IC4). The TIMx_CCR4 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..

BDTR

TIM1 break and dead-time register

Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/16 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BK2BID
rw
BKBID
rw
BK2DSRM
rw
BKDSRM
rw
BK2P
rw
BK2E
rw
BK2F
rw
BKF
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MOE
rw
AOE
rw
BKP
rw
BKE
rw
OSSR
rw
OSSI
rw
LOCK
rw
DTG
rw
Toggle fields

DTG

Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup.

LOCK

Bits 8-9: Lock configuration These bits offer a write protection against software errors. Note: The LOCK bits can be written only once after the reset. Once the TIMx_BDTR register has been written, their content is frozen until the next reset..

OSSI

Bit 10: Off-state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 due to a break event or by a software write, on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 17.4.11: TIM1 capture/compare enable register (TIM1_CCER)). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

OSSR

Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels having a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 17.4.11: TIM1 capture/compare enable register (TIM1_CCER)). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BKE

Bit 12: Break enable This bit enables the complete break protection (including all sources connected to bk_acth and BRK sources, as per Figure 100: Break and Break2 circuitry overview). Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

BKP

Bit 13: Break polarity Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

AOE

Bit 14: Automatic output enable Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

MOE

Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as one of the break inputs is active (BRK or BRK2). It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. In response to a break event or if MOE is written to 0: OC and OCN outputs are disabled or forced to idle state depending on the OSSI bit. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 17.4.11: TIM1 capture/compare enable register (TIM1_CCER))..

BKF

Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output: Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BK2F

Bits 20-23: Break 2 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK2 input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK2. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output: Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BK2E

Bit 24: Break 2 enable Note: The BRK2 must only be used with OSSR = OSSI = 1. Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

BK2P

Bit 25: Break 2 polarity Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

BKDSRM

Bit 26: Break Disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

BK2DSRM

Bit 27: Break2 Disarm Refer to BKDSRM description.

BKBID

Bit 28: Break Bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

BK2BID

Bit 29: Break2 bidirectional Refer to BKBID description.

DCR

TIM1 DMA control register

Offset: 0x48, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DBL
rw
DBA
rw
Toggle fields

DBA

Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bits vector defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ....

DBL

Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit vector defines the length of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address), i.e. the number of transfers. Transfers can be in half-words or in bytes (see example below). ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 bytes & DBA = TIMx_CR1. If DBL = 7 bytes and DBA = TIMx_CR1 represents the address of the byte to be transferred, the address of the transfer should be given by the following equation: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA + (DMA index), where DMA index = DBL In this example, 7 bytes are added to (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA, which gives us the address from/to which the data is copied. In this case, the transfer is done to 7 registers starting from the following address: (TIMx_CR1 address) + DBA According to the configuration of the DMA Data Size, several cases may occur: If the DMA Data Size is configured in half-words, 16-bit data is transferred to each of the 7 registers. If the DMA Data Size is configured in bytes, the data is also transferred to 7 registers: the first register contains the first MSB byte, the second register, the first LSB byte and so on. So with the transfer Timer, one also has to specify the size of data transferred by DMA..

DMAR

TIM1 DMA address for full transfer

Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DMAB
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DMAB
rw
Toggle fields

DMAB

Bits 0-31: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..

CCMR3

TIM1 capture/compare mode register 3

Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/10 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OC6M_1
rw
OC5M_1
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OC6CE
rw
OC6M
rw
OC6PE
rw
OC6FE
rw
OC5CE
rw
OC5M
rw
OC5PE
rw
OC5FE
rw
Toggle fields

OC5FE

Bit 2: Output compare 5 fast enable Refer to OC1FE description..

OC5PE

Bit 3: Output compare 5 preload enable Refer to OC1PE description..

OC5M

Bits 4-6: OC5M[2:0]: Output compare 5 mode Refer to OC1M description..

OC5CE

Bit 7: Output compare 5 clear enable Refer to OC1CE description..

OC6FE

Bit 10: Output compare 6 fast enable Refer to OC1FE description..

OC6PE

Bit 11: Output compare 6 preload enable Refer to OC1PE description..

OC6M

Bits 12-14: OC6M[2:0]: Output compare 6 mode Refer to OC1M description..

OC6CE

Bit 15: Output compare 6 clear enable Refer to OC1CE description..

OC5M_1

Bit 16: OC5M[3].

OC6M_1

Bit 24: OC6M[3].

CCR5

TIM1 capture/compare register 5

Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
GC5C3
rw
GC5C2
rw
GC5C1
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR5
rw
Toggle fields

CCR5

Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 5 value CCR5 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 5 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR3 register (bit OC5PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 5 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC5 output..

GC5C1

Bit 29: Group Channel 5 and Channel 1 Distortion on Channel 1 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR1). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..

GC5C2

Bit 30: Group Channel 5 and Channel 2 Distortion on Channel 2 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR1). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..

GC5C3

Bit 31: Group Channel 5 and Channel 3 Distortion on Channel 3 output: This bit can either have immediate effect or be preloaded and taken into account after an update event (if preload feature is selected in TIMxCCMR2). Note: it is also possible to apply this distortion on combined PWM signals..

CCR6

TIM1 capture/compare register 6

Offset: 0x5c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR6
rw
Toggle fields

CCR6

Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 6 value CCR6 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 6 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR3 register (bit OC6PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 6 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC6 output..

AF1

TIM1 alternate function option register 1

Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ETRSEL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ETRSEL
rw
BKINP
rw
BKINE
rw
Toggle fields

BKINE

Bit 0: BRK BKIN input enable This bit enables the BKIN alternate function input for the timer s BRK input. BKIN input is ORed with the other BRK sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BKINP

Bit 9: BRK BKIN input polarity This bit selects the BKIN alternate function input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

ETRSEL

Bits 14-17: ETR source selection These bits select the ETR input source. Others: Reserved Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

AF2

TIM1 Alternate function register 2

Offset: 0x64, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BK2INP
rw
BK2INE
rw
Toggle fields

BK2INE

Bit 0: BRK2 BKIN input enable This bit enables the BKIN2 alternate function input for the timer s BRK2 input. BKIN2 input is ORed with the other BRK2 sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BK2INP

Bit 9: BRK2 BKIN2 input polarity This bit selects the BKIN2 alternate function input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BK2P polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

TISEL

TIM1 timer input selection register

Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TI4SEL
rw
TI3SEL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TI2SEL
rw
TI1SEL
rw
Toggle fields

TI1SEL

Bits 0-3: selects TI1[0] to TI1[15] input Others: Reserved.

TI2SEL

Bits 8-11: selects TI2[0] to TI2[15] input Others: Reserved.

TI3SEL

Bits 16-19: selects TI3[0] to TI3[15] input Others: Reserved.

TI4SEL

Bits 24-27: selects TI4[0] to TI4[15] input Others: Reserved.

TIM14

0x40002000: TIM14 address block description

0/31 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 (16-bit) CR1
0xc (16-bit) DIER
0x10 (16-bit) SR
0x14 (16-bit) EGR
0x18 CCMR1_Input
0x18 CCMR1_Output
0x20 (16-bit) CCER
0x24 CNT
0x28 (16-bit) PSC
0x2c (16-bit) ARR
0x34 (16-bit) CCR1
0x68 (16-bit) TISEL
Toggle registers

CR1

TIM14 control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/7 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
UIFREMAP
rw
CKD
rw
ARPE
rw
OPM
rw
URS
rw
UDIS
rw
CEN
rw
Toggle fields

CEN

Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock and gated mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware..

UDIS

Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable update interrupt (UEV) event generation. Counter overflow Setting the UG bit. Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..

URS

Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the update interrupt (UEV) sources. Counter overflow Setting the UG bit.

OPM

Bit 3: One-pulse mode.

ARPE

Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.

CKD

Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and sampling clock used by the digital filters (TIx),.

UIFREMAP

Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.

DIER

TIM14 Interrupt enable register

Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC1IE
rw
UIE
rw
Toggle fields

UIE

Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.

CC1IE

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.

SR

TIM14 status register

Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC1OF
rw
CC1IF
rw
UIF
rw
Toggle fields

UIF

Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow and if UDIS= 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS= 0 and UDIS= 0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..

CC1IF

Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..

CC1OF

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 ..

EGR

TIM14 event generation register

Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC1G
w
UG
w
Toggle fields

UG

Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

CC1G

Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..

CCMR1_Input

TIM14 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IC1F
rw
IC1PSC
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC1PSC

Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (IC1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E= 0 (TIMx_CCER register)..

IC1F

Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample TI1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to TI1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.

CCMR1_Output

TIM14 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OC1M_3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OC1M
rw
OC1PE
rw
OC1FE
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC1FE

Bit 2: Output compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..

OC1PE

Bit 3: Output compare 1 preload enable.

OC1M

Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output compare 1 mode (refer to bit 16 for OC1M[3]) These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 is derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 active level depends on CC1P bit. Others: Reserved Note: In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..

OC1M_3

Bit 16: OC1M[3].

CCER

TIM14 capture/compare enable register

Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC1NP
rw
CC1P
rw
CC1E
rw
Toggle fields

CC1E

Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable..

CC1P

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: This configuration is reserved, it must not be used..

CC1NP

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output Polarity. CC1 channel configured as output: CC1NP must be kept cleared. CC1 channel configured as input: CC1NP bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define TI1FP1 polarity (refer to CC1P description)..

CNT

TIM14 counter

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UIFCPY
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CNT
rw
Toggle fields

CNT

Bits 0-15: Counter value.

UIFCPY

Bit 31: UIF Copy This bit is a read-only copy of the UIF bit in the TIMx_ISR register..

PSC

TIM14 prescaler

Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PSC
rw
Toggle fields

PSC

Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to f<sub>CK_PSC</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event. (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in reset mode )..

ARR

TIM14 auto-reload register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 16, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ARR
rw
Toggle fields

ARR

Bits 0-15: Auto-reload value ARR is the value to be loaded in the actual auto-reload register. Refer to Section 19.3.1: Time-base unit on page 517 for more details about ARR update and behavior. The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null..

CCR1

TIM14 capture/compare register 1

Offset: 0x34, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR1
rw
Toggle fields

CCR1

Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1)..

TISEL

TIM14 timer input selection register

Offset: 0x68, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TI1SEL
rw
Toggle fields

TI1SEL

Bits 0-3: selects TI1[0] to TI1[15] input Others: Reserved.

TIM16

0x40014400: TIM16 address block description

1/62 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 (16-bit) CR1
0x4 (16-bit) CR2
0xc (16-bit) DIER
0x10 (16-bit) SR
0x14 (16-bit) EGR
0x18 CCMR1_Input
0x18 CCMR1_Output
0x20 (16-bit) CCER
0x24 CNT
0x28 (16-bit) PSC
0x2c (16-bit) ARR
0x30 (16-bit) RCR
0x34 (16-bit) CCR1
0x44 BDTR
0x48 (16-bit) DCR
0x4c (16-bit) DMAR
0x60 AF1
0x68 TISEL
Toggle registers

CR1

TIM16 control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/7 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
UIFREMAP
rw
CKD
rw
ARPE
rw
OPM
rw
URS
rw
UDIS
rw
CEN
rw
Toggle fields

CEN

Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock and gated mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware..

UDIS

Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..

URS

Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.

OPM

Bit 3: One pulse mode.

ARPE

Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.

CKD

Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and the dead-time and sampling clock (t<sub>DTS</sub>)used by the dead-time generators and the digital filters (TIx),.

UIFREMAP

Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.

CR2

TIM16 control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OIS1N
rw
OIS1
rw
CCDS
rw
CCUS
rw
CCPC
rw
Toggle fields

CCPC

Bit 0: Capture/compare preloaded control Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..

CCUS

Bit 2: Capture/compare control update selection Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..

CCDS

Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.

OIS1

Bit 8: Output Idle state 1 (OC1 output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

OIS1N

Bit 9: Output Idle state 1 (OC1N output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

DIER

TIM16 DMA/interrupt enable register

Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC1DE
rw
UDE
rw
BIE
rw
COMIE
rw
CC1IE
rw
UIE
rw
Toggle fields

UIE

Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.

CC1IE

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.

COMIE

Bit 5: COM interrupt enable.

BIE

Bit 7: Break interrupt enable.

UDE

Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.

CC1DE

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request enable.

SR

TIM16 status register

Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC1OF
rw
BIF
rw
COMIF
rw
CC1IF
rw
UIF
rw
Toggle fields

UIF

Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..

CC1IF

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..

COMIF

Bit 5: COM interrupt flag.

BIF

Bit 7: Break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the break input is not active..

CC1OF

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 ..

EGR

TIM16 event generation register

Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BG
w
COMG
w
CC1G
w
UG
w
Toggle fields

UG

Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

CC1G

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..

COMG

Bit 5: Capture/Compare control update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware. Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..

BG

Bit 7: Break generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

CCMR1_Input

TIM16 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IC1F
rw
IC1PSC
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 Selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Others: Reserved Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC1PSC

Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (IC1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E= 0 (TIMx_CCER register)..

IC1F

Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample TI1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to TI1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.

CCMR1_Output

TIM16 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OC1M_3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OC1M
rw
OC1PE
rw
OC1FE
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Others: Reserved Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC1FE

Bit 2: Output Compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..

OC1PE

Bit 3: Output Compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output)..

OC1M

Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. All other values: Reserved Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output). Note: In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..

OC1M_3

Bit 16: OC1M[3].

CCER

TIM16 capture/compare enable register

Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC1NP
rw
CC1NE
rw
CC1P
rw
CC1E
rw
Toggle fields

CC1E

Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable When CC1 channel is configured as output, the OC1 level depends on MOE, OSSI, OSSR, OIS1, OIS1N and CC1NE bits, regardless of the CC1E bits state. Refer to Table 83 for details..

CC1P

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: this configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..

CC1NE

Bit 2: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output enable.

CC1NP

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1. Refer to the description of CC1P. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output). Note: On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a commutation event is generated..

CNT

TIM16 counter

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UIFCPY
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CNT
rw
Toggle fields

CNT

Bits 0-15: Counter value.

UIFCPY

Bit 31: UIF Copy This bit is a read-only copy of the UIF bit of the TIMx_ISR register. If the UIFREMAP bit in TIMx_CR1 is reset, bit 31 is reserved and read as 0..

PSC

TIM16 prescaler

Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PSC
rw
Toggle fields

PSC

Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency (CK_CNT) is equal to f<sub>CK_PSC</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in reset mode )..

ARR

TIM16 auto-reload register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 16, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ARR
rw
Toggle fields

ARR

Bits 0-15: Auto-reload value ARR is the value to be loaded in the actual auto-reload register. Refer to the Section 20.3.1: Time-base unit on page 526 for more details about ARR update and behavior. The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null..

RCR

TIM16 repetition counter register

Offset: 0x30, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
REP
rw
Toggle fields

REP

Bits 0-7: Repetition counter value These bits allow the user to set-up the update rate of the compare registers (i.e. periodic transfers from preload to active registers) when preload registers are enable, as well as the update interrupt generation rate, if this interrupt is enable. Each time the REP_CNT related downcounter reaches zero, an update event is generated and it restarts counting from REP value. As REP_CNT is reloaded with REP value only at the repetition update event U_RC, any write to the TIMx_RCR register is not taken in account until the next repetition update event. It means in PWM mode (REP+1) corresponds to the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode..

CCR1

TIM16 capture/compare register 1

Offset: 0x34, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR1
rw
Toggle fields

CCR1

Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1)..

BDTR

TIM16 break and dead-time register

Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/11 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BKBID
rw
BKDSRM
rw
BKF
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MOE
rw
AOE
rw
BKP
rw
BKE
rw
OSSR
rw
OSSI
rw
LOCK
rw
DTG
rw
Toggle fields

DTG

Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup This bit-field defines the duration of the dead-time inserted between the complementary outputs. DT correspond to this duration. DTG[7:5] = 0xx => DT = DTG[7:0] x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 10x => DT = (64 + DTG[5:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 2 x t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 110 => DT = (32 + DTG[4:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 8 x t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 111 => DT = (32 + DTG[4:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 16 x t<sub>DTS</sub> Example if t <sub>DTS</sub>= 125 ns (8 MHz), dead-time possible values are: 0 to 15875 ns by 125 ns steps, 16 s to 31750 ns by 250 ns steps, 32 s to 63 s by 1 s steps, 64 s to 126 s by 2 s steps Note: This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

LOCK

Bits 8-9: Lock configuration These bits offer a write protection against software errors. Note: The LOCK bits can be written only once after the reset. Once the TIMx_BDTR register has been written, their content is frozen until the next reset..

OSSI

Bit 10: Off-state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

OSSR

Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels that have a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BKE

Bit 12: Break enable 1; Break inputs (BRK and CCS clock failure event) enabled Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

BKP

Bit 13: Break polarity Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

AOE

Bit 14: Automatic output enable Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

MOE

Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as the break input is active. It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563)..

BKF

Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N events are needed to validate a transition on the output: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BKDSRM

Bit 26: Break Disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

BKBID

Bit 28: Break Bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

DCR

TIM16 DMA control register

Offset: 0x48, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DBL
rw
DBA
rw
Toggle fields

DBA

Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bit field defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 transfers and DBA = TIMx_CR1. In this case the transfer is done to/from 7 registers starting from the TIMx_CR1 address..

DBL

Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit field defines the length of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address), i.e. the number of transfers. Transfers can be in half-words or in bytes (see example below). ....

DMAR

TIM16 DMA address for full transfer

Offset: 0x4c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DMAB
rw
Toggle fields

DMAB

Bits 0-15: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..

AF1

TIM16 alternate function register 1

Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BKINP
rw
BKINE
rw
Toggle fields

BKINE

Bit 0: BRK BKIN input enable This bit enables the BKIN alternate function input for the timer s BRK input. BKIN input is ORed with the other BRK sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BKINP

Bit 9: BRK BKIN input polarity This bit selects the BKIN alternate function input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

TISEL

TIM16 input selection register

Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TI1SEL
rw
Toggle fields

TI1SEL

Bits 0-3: selects TI1[0] to TI1[15] input Others: Reserved.

TIM17

0x40014800: TIM17 address block description

1/62 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 (16-bit) CR1
0x4 (16-bit) CR2
0xc (16-bit) DIER
0x10 (16-bit) SR
0x14 (16-bit) EGR
0x18 CCMR1_Input
0x18 CCMR1_Output
0x20 (16-bit) CCER
0x24 CNT
0x28 (16-bit) PSC
0x2c (16-bit) ARR
0x30 (16-bit) RCR
0x34 (16-bit) CCR1
0x44 BDTR
0x48 (16-bit) DCR
0x4c (16-bit) DMAR
0x60 AF1
0x68 TISEL
Toggle registers

CR1

TIM17 control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/7 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
UIFREMAP
rw
CKD
rw
ARPE
rw
OPM
rw
URS
rw
UDIS
rw
CEN
rw
Toggle fields

CEN

Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock and gated mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware..

UDIS

Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..

URS

Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.

OPM

Bit 3: One pulse mode.

ARPE

Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.

CKD

Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and the dead-time and sampling clock (t<sub>DTS</sub>)used by the dead-time generators and the digital filters (TIx),.

UIFREMAP

Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.

CR2

TIM17 control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OIS1N
rw
OIS1
rw
CCDS
rw
CCUS
rw
CCPC
rw
Toggle fields

CCPC

Bit 0: Capture/compare preloaded control Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..

CCUS

Bit 2: Capture/compare control update selection Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..

CCDS

Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.

OIS1

Bit 8: Output Idle state 1 (OC1 output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

OIS1N

Bit 9: Output Idle state 1 (OC1N output) Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

DIER

TIM17 DMA/interrupt enable register

Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC1DE
rw
UDE
rw
BIE
rw
COMIE
rw
CC1IE
rw
UIE
rw
Toggle fields

UIE

Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.

CC1IE

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.

COMIE

Bit 5: COM interrupt enable.

BIE

Bit 7: Break interrupt enable.

UDE

Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.

CC1DE

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request enable.

SR

TIM17 status register

Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC1OF
rw
BIF
rw
COMIF
rw
CC1IF
rw
UIF
rw
Toggle fields

UIF

Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow regarding the repetition counter value (update if repetition counter = 0) and if the UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..

CC1IF

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..

COMIF

Bit 5: COM interrupt flag.

BIF

Bit 7: Break interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware as soon as the break input goes active. It can be cleared by software if the break input is not active..

CC1OF

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 ..

EGR

TIM17 event generation register

Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BG
w
COMG
w
CC1G
w
UG
w
Toggle fields

UG

Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

CC1G

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..

COMG

Bit 5: Capture/Compare control update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware. Note: This bit acts only on channels that have a complementary output..

BG

Bit 7: Break generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

CCMR1_Input

TIM17 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IC1F
rw
IC1PSC
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 Selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Others: Reserved Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC1PSC

Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (IC1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E= 0 (TIMx_CCER register)..

IC1F

Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample TI1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to TI1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.

CCMR1_Output

TIM17 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/5 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OC1M_3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OC1M
rw
OC1PE
rw
OC1FE
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Others: Reserved Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC1FE

Bit 2: Output Compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..

OC1PE

Bit 3: Output Compare 1 preload enable Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output)..

OC1M

Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output Compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. All other values: Reserved Note: These bits can not be modified as long as LOCK level 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output). Note: In PWM mode 1 or 2, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..

OC1M_3

Bit 16: OC1M[3].

CCER

TIM17 capture/compare enable register

Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC1NP
rw
CC1NE
rw
CC1P
rw
CC1E
rw
Toggle fields

CC1E

Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable When CC1 channel is configured as output, the OC1 level depends on MOE, OSSI, OSSR, OIS1, OIS1N and CC1NE bits, regardless of the CC1E bits state. Refer to Table 83 for details..

CC1P

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output polarity When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges/ The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: this configuration is reserved, it must not be used. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1P active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a Commutation event is generated..

CC1NE

Bit 2: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output enable.

CC1NP

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 complementary output polarity CC1 channel configured as output: CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define the polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1. Refer to the description of CC1P. Note: This bit is not writable as soon as LOCK level 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register) and CC1S= 00 (the channel is configured in output). Note: On channels that have a complementary output, this bit is preloaded. If the CCPC bit is set in the TIMx_CR2 register then the CC1NP active bit takes the new value from the preloaded bit only when a commutation event is generated..

CNT

TIM17 counter

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UIFCPY
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CNT
rw
Toggle fields

CNT

Bits 0-15: Counter value.

UIFCPY

Bit 31: UIF Copy This bit is a read-only copy of the UIF bit of the TIMx_ISR register. If the UIFREMAP bit in TIMx_CR1 is reset, bit 31 is reserved and read as 0..

PSC

TIM17 prescaler

Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PSC
rw
Toggle fields

PSC

Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency (CK_CNT) is equal to f<sub>CK_PSC</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in reset mode )..

ARR

TIM17 auto-reload register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 16, reset: 0x0000FFFF, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ARR
rw
Toggle fields

ARR

Bits 0-15: Auto-reload value ARR is the value to be loaded in the actual auto-reload register. Refer to the Section 20.3.1: Time-base unit on page 526 for more details about ARR update and behavior. The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null..

RCR

TIM17 repetition counter register

Offset: 0x30, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
REP
rw
Toggle fields

REP

Bits 0-7: Repetition counter value These bits allow the user to set-up the update rate of the compare registers (i.e. periodic transfers from preload to active registers) when preload registers are enable, as well as the update interrupt generation rate, if this interrupt is enable. Each time the REP_CNT related downcounter reaches zero, an update event is generated and it restarts counting from REP value. As REP_CNT is reloaded with REP value only at the repetition update event U_RC, any write to the TIMx_RCR register is not taken in account until the next repetition update event. It means in PWM mode (REP+1) corresponds to the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode..

CCR1

TIM17 capture/compare register 1

Offset: 0x34, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR1
rw
Toggle fields

CCR1

Bits 0-15: Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1 is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1)..

BDTR

TIM17 break and dead-time register

Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/11 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BKBID
rw
BKDSRM
rw
BKF
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
MOE
rw
AOE
rw
BKP
rw
BKE
rw
OSSR
rw
OSSI
rw
LOCK
rw
DTG
rw
Toggle fields

DTG

Bits 0-7: Dead-time generator setup This bit-field defines the duration of the dead-time inserted between the complementary outputs. DT correspond to this duration. DTG[7:5] = 0xx => DT = DTG[7:0] x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 10x => DT = (64 + DTG[5:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 2 x t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 110 => DT = (32 + DTG[4:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 8 x t<sub>DTS</sub> DTG[7:5] = 111 => DT = (32 + DTG[4:0]) x t<sub>dtg</sub> with t <sub>dtg</sub>= 16 x t<sub>DTS</sub> Example if t <sub>DTS</sub>= 125 ns (8 MHz), dead-time possible values are: 0 to 15875 ns by 125 ns steps, 16 s to 31750 ns by 250 ns steps, 32 s to 63 s by 1 s steps, 64 s to 126 s by 2 s steps Note: This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

LOCK

Bits 8-9: Lock configuration These bits offer a write protection against software errors. Note: The LOCK bits can be written only once after the reset. Once the TIMx_BDTR register has been written, their content is frozen until the next reset..

OSSI

Bit 10: Off-state selection for Idle mode This bit is used when MOE=0 on channels configured as outputs. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

OSSR

Bit 11: Off-state selection for Run mode This bit is used when MOE=1 on channels that have a complementary output which are configured as outputs. OSSR is not implemented if no complementary output is implemented in the timer. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563). Note: This bit can not be modified as soon as the LOCK level 2 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BKE

Bit 12: Break enable 1; Break inputs (BRK and CCS clock failure event) enabled Note: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

BKP

Bit 13: Break polarity Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

AOE

Bit 14: Automatic output enable Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

MOE

Bit 15: Main output enable This bit is cleared asynchronously by hardware as soon as the break input is active. It is set by software or automatically depending on the AOE bit. It is acting only on the channels which are configured in output. See OC/OCN enable description for more details (Section 20.4.8: TIMx capture/compare enable register (TIMx_CCER)(x = 16 to 17) on page 563)..

BKF

Bits 16-19: Break filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample BRK input and the length of the digital filter applied to BRK. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N events are needed to validate a transition on the output: This bit cannot be modified when LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BKDSRM

Bit 26: Break Disarm This bit is cleared by hardware when no break source is active. The BKDSRM bit must be set by software to release the bidirectional output control (open-drain output in Hi-Z state) and then be polled it until it is reset by hardware, indicating that the fault condition has disappeared. Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

BKBID

Bit 28: Break Bidirectional In the bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set to 1), the break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active break event asserts a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices. Note: This bit cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register). Note: Any write operation to this bit takes a delay of 1 APB clock cycle to become effective..

DCR

TIM17 DMA control register

Offset: 0x48, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DBL
rw
DBA
rw
Toggle fields

DBA

Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bit field defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 transfers and DBA = TIMx_CR1. In this case the transfer is done to/from 7 registers starting from the TIMx_CR1 address..

DBL

Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit field defines the length of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address), i.e. the number of transfers. Transfers can be in half-words or in bytes (see example below). ....

DMAR

TIM17 DMA address for full transfer

Offset: 0x4c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DMAB
rw
Toggle fields

DMAB

Bits 0-15: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..

AF1

TIM17 alternate function register 1

Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000001, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BKINP
rw
BKINE
rw
Toggle fields

BKINE

Bit 0: BRK BKIN input enable This bit enables the BKIN alternate function input for the timer s BRK input. BKIN input is ORed with the other BRK sources. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

BKINP

Bit 9: BRK BKIN input polarity This bit selects the BKIN alternate function input sensitivity. It must be programmed together with the BKP polarity bit. Note: This bit can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register)..

TISEL

TIM17 input selection register

Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TI1SEL
rw
Toggle fields

TI1SEL

Bits 0-3: selects TI1[0] to TI1[15] input Others: Reserved.

TIM2

0x40000000: TIM2 address block description

0/114 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 (16-bit) CR1
0x4 (16-bit) CR2
0x8 SMCR
0xc (16-bit) DIER
0x10 (16-bit) SR
0x14 (16-bit) EGR
0x18 CCMR1_Input
0x18 CCMR1_Output
0x1c CCMR2_Input
0x1c CCMR2_Output
0x20 (16-bit) CCER
0x24 CNT
0x24 CNT_remap
0x28 (16-bit) PSC
0x2c ARR
0x34 CCR1
0x38 CCR2
0x3c CCR3
0x40 CCR4
0x48 (16-bit) DCR
0x4c (16-bit) DMAR
0x60 AF1
0x68 TISEL
Toggle registers

CR1

TIM2 control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/9 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
UIFREMAP
rw
CKD
rw
ARPE
rw
CMS
rw
DIR
rw
OPM
rw
URS
rw
UDIS
rw
CEN
rw
Toggle fields

CEN

Bit 0: Counter enable.

UDIS

Bit 1: Update disable.

URS

Bit 2: Update request source.

OPM

Bit 3: One-pulse mode.

DIR

Bit 4: Direction.

CMS

Bits 5-6: Center-aligned mode selection.

ARPE

Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.

CKD

Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and sampling clock used by the digital filters (ETR, TIx),.

UIFREMAP

Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.

CR2

TIM2 control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TI1S
rw
MMS
rw
CCDS
rw
Toggle fields

CCDS

Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.

MMS

Bits 4-6: Master mode selection.

TI1S

Bit 7: TI1 selection.

SMCR

TIM2 slave mode control register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/10 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TS2
rw
SMS2
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ETP
rw
ECE
rw
ETPS
rw
ETF
rw
MSM
rw
TS1
rw
OCCS
rw
SMS1
rw
Toggle fields

SMS1

Bits 0-2: SMS[2:0]: Slave mode selection.

OCCS

Bit 3: OCREF clear selection.

TS1

Bits 4-6: TS[2:0]: Trigger selection.

MSM

Bit 7: Master/Slave mode.

ETF

Bits 8-11: External trigger filter.

ETPS

Bits 12-13: External trigger prescaler.

ECE

Bit 14: External clock enable.

ETP

Bit 15: External trigger polarity.

SMS2

Bit 16: SMS[3].

TS2

Bits 20-21: TS[4:3].

DIER

TIM2 DMA/Interrupt enable register

Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TDE
rw
CC4DE
rw
CC3DE
rw
CC2DE
rw
CC1DE
rw
UDE
rw
TIE
rw
CC4IE
rw
CC3IE
rw
CC2IE
rw
CC1IE
rw
UIE
rw
Toggle fields

UIE

Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.

CC1IE

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.

CC2IE

Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt enable.

CC3IE

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt enable.

CC4IE

Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt enable.

TIE

Bit 6: Trigger interrupt enable.

UDE

Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.

CC1DE

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request enable.

CC2DE

Bit 10: Capture/Compare 2 DMA request enable.

CC3DE

Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 DMA request enable.

CC4DE

Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 DMA request enable.

TDE

Bit 14: Trigger DMA request enable.

SR

TIM2 status register

Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/10 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC4OF
rw
CC3OF
rw
CC2OF
rw
CC1OF
rw
TIF
rw
CC4IF
rw
CC3IF
rw
CC2IF
rw
CC1IF
rw
UIF
rw
Toggle fields

UIF

Bit 0: Update interrupt flag.

CC1IF

Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag.

CC2IF

Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag.

CC3IF

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag.

CC4IF

Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag.

TIF

Bit 6: Trigger interrupt flag.

CC1OF

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag.

CC2OF

Bit 10: Capture/compare 2 overcapture flag.

CC3OF

Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag.

CC4OF

Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag.

EGR

TIM2 event generation register

Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TG
w
CC4G
w
CC3G
w
CC2G
w
CC1G
w
UG
w
Toggle fields

UG

Bit 0: Update generation.

CC1G

Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 generation.

CC2G

Bit 2: Capture/compare 2 generation.

CC3G

Bit 3: Capture/compare 3 generation.

CC4G

Bit 4: Capture/compare 4 generation.

TG

Bit 6: Trigger generation.

CCMR1_Input

TIM2 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IC2F
rw
IC2PSC
rw
CC2S
rw
IC1F
rw
IC1PSC
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection.

IC1PSC

Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler.

IC1F

Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter.

CC2S

Bits 8-9: Capture/compare 2 selection.

IC2PSC

Bits 10-11: Input capture 2 prescaler.

IC2F

Bits 12-15: Input capture 2 filter.

CCMR1_Output

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OC2M_3
rw
OC1M_3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OC2CE
rw
OC2M
rw
OC2PE
rw
OC2FE
rw
CC2S
rw
OC1CE
rw
OC1M
rw
OC1PE
rw
OC1FE
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection.

OC1FE

Bit 2: Output compare 1 fast enable.

OC1PE

Bit 3: Output compare 1 preload enable.

OC1M

Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..

OC1CE

Bit 7: Output compare 1 clear enable.

CC2S

Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 2 selection.

OC2FE

Bit 10: Output compare 2 fast enable.

OC2PE

Bit 11: Output compare 2 preload enable.

OC2M

Bits 12-14: OC2M[2:0]: Output compare 2 mode.

OC2CE

Bit 15: Output compare 2 clear enable.

OC1M_3

Bit 16: OC1M[3].

OC2M_3

Bit 24: OC2M[3].

CCMR2_Input

TIM2 capture/compare mode register 2

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IC4F
rw
IC4PSC
rw
CC4S
rw
IC3F
rw
IC3PSC
rw
CC3S
rw
Toggle fields

CC3S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection.

IC3PSC

Bits 2-3: Input capture 3 prescaler.

IC3F

Bits 4-7: Input capture 3 filter.

CC4S

Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection.

IC4PSC

Bits 10-11: Input capture 4 prescaler.

IC4F

Bits 12-15: Input capture 4 filter.

CCMR2_Output

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OC4M_3
rw
OC3M_3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OC4CE
rw
OC4M
rw
OC4PE
rw
OC4FE
rw
CC4S
rw
OC3CE
rw
OC3M
rw
OC3PE
rw
OC3FE
rw
CC3S
rw
Toggle fields

CC3S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection.

OC3FE

Bit 2: Output compare 3 fast enable.

OC3PE

Bit 3: Output compare 3 preload enable.

OC3M

Bits 4-6: OC3M[2:0]: Output compare 3 mode.

OC3CE

Bit 7: Output compare 3 clear enable.

CC4S

Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection.

OC4FE

Bit 10: Output compare 4 fast enable.

OC4PE

Bit 11: Output compare 4 preload enable.

OC4M

Bits 12-14: OC4M[2:0]: Output compare 4 mode.

OC4CE

Bit 15: Output compare 4 clear enable.

OC3M_3

Bit 16: OC3M[3].

OC4M_3

Bit 24: OC4M[3].

CCER

TIM2 capture/compare enable register

Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC4NP
rw
CC4P
rw
CC4E
rw
CC3NP
rw
CC3P
rw
CC3E
rw
CC2NP
rw
CC2P
rw
CC2E
rw
CC1NP
rw
CC1P
rw
CC1E
rw
Toggle fields

CC1E

Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable..

CC1P

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity..

CC1NP

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity..

CC2E

Bit 4: Capture/Compare 2 output enable..

CC2P

Bit 5: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity..

CC2NP

Bit 7: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity..

CC3E

Bit 8: Capture/Compare 3 output enable..

CC3P

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity..

CC3NP

Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity..

CC4E

Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 output enable..

CC4P

Bit 13: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity..

CC4NP

Bit 15: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity..

CNT

TIM2 counter

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CNT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CNT
rw
Toggle fields

CNT

Bits 0-31: Least significant part of counter value.

CNT_remap

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UIFCPY
rw
CNT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CNT
rw
Toggle fields

CNT

Bits 0-30: Least significant part of counter value.

UIFCPY

Bit 31: UIF Copy.

PSC

TIM2 prescaler

Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PSC
rw
Toggle fields

PSC

Bits 0-15: Prescaler value.

ARR

TIM2 auto-reload register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ARR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ARR
rw
Toggle fields

ARR

Bits 0-31: Low Auto-reload value.

CCR1

TIM2 capture/compare register 1

Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CCR1
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR1
rw
Toggle fields

CCR1

Bits 0-31: Low Capture/Compare 1 value.

CCR2

TIM2 capture/compare register 2

Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CCR2
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR2
rw
Toggle fields

CCR2

Bits 0-31: Low Capture/Compare 2 value.

CCR3

TIM2 capture/compare register 3

Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CCR3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR3
rw
Toggle fields

CCR3

Bits 0-31: Low Capture/Compare value.

CCR4

TIM2 capture/compare register 4

Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CCR4
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR4
rw
Toggle fields

CCR4

Bits 0-31: Low Capture/Compare value.

DCR

TIM2 DMA control register

Offset: 0x48, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DBL
rw
DBA
rw
Toggle fields

DBA

Bits 0-4: DMA base address.

DBL

Bits 8-12: DMA burst length.

DMAR

TIM2 DMA address for full transfer

Offset: 0x4c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DMAB
rw
Toggle fields

DMAB

Bits 0-15: DMA register for burst accesses.

AF1

TIM2 alternate function option register 1

Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ETRSEL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ETRSEL
rw
Toggle fields

ETRSEL

Bits 14-17: ETR source selection.

TISEL

TIM2 timer input selection register

Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TI3SEL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TI2SEL
rw
TI1SEL
rw
Toggle fields

TI1SEL

Bits 0-3: TI1[0] to TI1[15] input selection.

TI2SEL

Bits 8-11: TI2[0] to TI2[15] input selection.

TI3SEL

Bits 16-19: TI3[0] to TI3[15] input selection.

TIM3

0x40000400: TIM3 address block description

0/114 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 (16-bit) CR1
0x4 (16-bit) CR2
0x8 SMCR
0xc (16-bit) DIER
0x10 (16-bit) SR
0x14 (16-bit) EGR
0x18 CCMR1_Input
0x18 CCMR1_Output
0x1c CCMR2_Input
0x1c CCMR2_Output
0x20 (16-bit) CCER
0x24 CNT
0x24 CNT_remap
0x28 (16-bit) PSC
0x2c ARR
0x34 CCR1
0x38 CCR2
0x3c CCR3
0x40 CCR4
0x48 (16-bit) DCR
0x4c (16-bit) DMAR
0x60 AF1
0x68 TISEL
Toggle registers

CR1

TIM3 control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/9 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
UIFREMAP
rw
CKD
rw
ARPE
rw
CMS
rw
DIR
rw
OPM
rw
URS
rw
UDIS
rw
CEN
rw
Toggle fields

CEN

Bit 0: Counter enable Note: External clock, gated mode and encoder mode can work only if the CEN bit has been previously set by software. However trigger mode can set the CEN bit automatically by hardware. CEN is cleared automatically in one-pulse mode, when an update event occurs..

UDIS

Bit 1: Update disable This bit is set and cleared by software to enable/disable UEV event generation. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller Buffered registers are then loaded with their preload values..

URS

Bit 2: Update request source This bit is set and cleared by software to select the UEV event sources. Counter overflow/underflow Setting the UG bit Update generation through the slave mode controller.

OPM

Bit 3: One-pulse mode.

DIR

Bit 4: Direction Note: This bit is read only when the timer is configured in Center-aligned mode or Encoder mode..

CMS

Bits 5-6: Center-aligned mode selection Note: It is not allowed to switch from edge-aligned mode to center-aligned mode as long as the counter is enabled (CEN=1).

ARPE

Bit 7: Auto-reload preload enable.

CKD

Bits 8-9: Clock division This bit-field indicates the division ratio between the timer clock (CK_INT) frequency and sampling clock used by the digital filters (ETR, TIx),.

UIFREMAP

Bit 11: UIF status bit remapping.

CR2

TIM3 control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TI1S
rw
MMS
rw
CCDS
rw
Toggle fields

CCDS

Bit 3: Capture/compare DMA selection.

MMS

Bits 4-6: Master mode selection These bits permit to select the information to be sent in master mode to slave timers for synchronization (TRGO). The combination is as follows: When the Counter Enable signal is controlled by the trigger input, there is a delay on TRGO, except if the master/slave mode is selected (see the MSM bit description in TIMx_SMCR register). Note: The clock of the slave timer or ADC must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..

TI1S

Bit 7: TI1 selection.

SMCR

TIM3 slave mode control register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/10 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TS2
rw
SMS2
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ETP
rw
ECE
rw
ETPS
rw
ETF
rw
MSM
rw
TS1
rw
OCCS
rw
SMS1
rw
Toggle fields

SMS1

Bits 0-2: SMS[2:0]: Slave mode selection When external signals are selected the active edge of the trigger signal (TRGI) is linked to the polarity selected on the external input (see Input Control register and Control Register description. reinitializes the counter, generates an update of the registers and starts the counter. Note: The gated mode must not be used if TI1F_ED is selected as the trigger input (TS=00100). Indeed, TI1F_ED outputs 1 pulse for each transition on TI1F, whereas the gated mode checks the level of the trigger signal. Note: The clock of the slave peripherals (timer, ADC, ...) receiving the TRGO or the TRGO2 signals must be enabled prior to receive events from the master timer, and the clock frequency (prescaler) must not be changed on-the-fly while triggers are received from the master timer..

OCCS

Bit 3: OCREF clear selection This bit is used to select the OCREF clear source.

TS1

Bits 4-6: TS[2:0]: Trigger selection This bit-field selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter. Others: Reserved See Table 77: TIM3 internal trigger connection on page 478 for more details on ITRx meaning for each Timer. Note: These bits must be changed only when they are not used (e.g. when SMS=000) to avoid wrong edge detections at the transition..

MSM

Bit 7: Master/Slave mode.

ETF

Bits 8-11: External trigger filter This bit-field then defines the frequency used to sample ETRP signal and the length of the digital filter applied to ETRP. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.

ETPS

Bits 12-13: External trigger prescaler External trigger signal ETRP frequency must be at most 1/4 of CK_INT frequency. A prescaler can be enabled to reduce ETRP frequency. It is useful when inputting fast external clocks..

ECE

Bit 14: External clock enable This bit enables External clock mode 2. Note: Setting the ECE bit has the same effect as selecting external clock mode 1 with TRGI connected to ETRF (SMS=111 and TS=00111). Note: It is possible to simultaneously use external clock mode 2 with the following slave modes: reset mode, gated mode and trigger mode. Nevertheless, TRGI must not be connected to ETRF in this case (TS bits must not be 00111). Note: If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is ETRF..

ETP

Bit 15: External trigger polarity This bit selects whether ETR or ETR is used for trigger operations.

SMS2

Bit 16: SMS[3].

TS2

Bits 20-21: TS[4:3].

DIER

TIM3 DMA/Interrupt enable register

Offset: 0xc, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TDE
rw
CC4DE
rw
CC3DE
rw
CC2DE
rw
CC1DE
rw
UDE
rw
TIE
rw
CC4IE
rw
CC3IE
rw
CC2IE
rw
CC1IE
rw
UIE
rw
Toggle fields

UIE

Bit 0: Update interrupt enable.

CC1IE

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt enable.

CC2IE

Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt enable.

CC3IE

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt enable.

CC4IE

Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt enable.

TIE

Bit 6: Trigger interrupt enable.

UDE

Bit 8: Update DMA request enable.

CC1DE

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request enable.

CC2DE

Bit 10: Capture/Compare 2 DMA request enable.

CC3DE

Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 DMA request enable.

CC4DE

Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 DMA request enable.

TDE

Bit 14: Trigger DMA request enable.

SR

TIM3 status register

Offset: 0x10, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/10 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC4OF
rw
CC3OF
rw
CC2OF
rw
CC1OF
rw
TIF
rw
CC4IF
rw
CC3IF
rw
CC2IF
rw
CC1IF
rw
UIF
rw
Toggle fields

UIF

Bit 0: Update interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware on an update event. It is cleared by software. At overflow or underflow and if UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by software using the UG bit in TIMx_EGR register, if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register. When CNT is reinitialized by a trigger event (refer to the synchro control register description), if URS=0 and UDIS=0 in the TIMx_CR1 register..

CC1IF

Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware. It is cleared by software (input capture or output compare mode) or by reading the TIMx_CCR1 register (input capture mode only). If channel CC1 is configured as output: this flag is set when the content of the counter TIMx_CNT matches the content of the TIMx_CCR1 register. When the content of TIMx_CCR1 is greater than the content of TIMx_ARR, the CC1IF bit goes high on the counter overflow (in up-counting and up/down-counting modes) or underflow (in down-counting mode). There are 3 possible options for flag setting in center-aligned mode, refer to the CMS bits in the TIMx_CR1 register for the full description. If channel CC1 is configured as input: this bit is set when counter value has been captured in TIMx_CCR1 register (an edge has been detected on IC1, as per the edge sensitivity defined with the CC1P and CC1NP bits setting, in TIMx_CCER)..

CC2IF

Bit 2: Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.

CC3IF

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.

CC4IF

Bit 4: Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag Refer to CC1IF description.

TIF

Bit 6: Trigger interrupt flag This flag is set by hardware on the TRG trigger event (active edge detected on TRGI input when the slave mode controller is enabled in all modes but gated mode. It is set when the counter starts or stops when gated mode is selected. It is cleared by software..

CC1OF

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag This flag is set by hardware only when the corresponding channel is configured in input capture mode. It is cleared by software by writing it to 0 ..

CC2OF

Bit 10: Capture/compare 2 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.

CC3OF

Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.

CC4OF

Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 overcapture flag refer to CC1OF description.

EGR

TIM3 event generation register

Offset: 0x14, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TG
w
CC4G
w
CC3G
w
CC2G
w
CC1G
w
UG
w
Toggle fields

UG

Bit 0: Update generation This bit can be set by software, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

CC1G

Bit 1: Capture/compare 1 generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware. If channel CC1 is configured as output: CC1IF flag is set, Corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. If channel CC1 is configured as input: The current value of the counter is captured in TIMx_CCR1 register. The CC1IF flag is set, the corresponding interrupt or DMA request is sent if enabled. The CC1OF flag is set if the CC1IF flag was already high..

CC2G

Bit 2: Capture/compare 2 generation Refer to CC1G description.

CC3G

Bit 3: Capture/compare 3 generation Refer to CC1G description.

CC4G

Bit 4: Capture/compare 4 generation Refer to CC1G description.

TG

Bit 6: Trigger generation This bit is set by software in order to generate an event, it is automatically cleared by hardware..

CCMR1_Input

TIM3 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IC2F
rw
IC2PSC
rw
CC2S
rw
IC1F
rw
IC1PSC
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC1PSC

Bits 2-3: Input capture 1 prescaler This bit-field defines the ratio of the prescaler acting on CC1 input (IC1). The prescaler is reset as soon as CC1E=0 (TIMx_CCER register)..

IC1F

Bits 4-7: Input capture 1 filter This bit-field defines the frequency used to sample TI1 input and the length of the digital filter applied to TI1. The digital filter is made of an event counter in which N consecutive events are needed to validate a transition on the output:.

CC2S

Bits 8-9: Capture/compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC2PSC

Bits 10-11: Input capture 2 prescaler.

IC2F

Bits 12-15: Input capture 2 filter.

CCMR1_Output

TIM3 capture/compare mode register 1

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OC2M_3
rw
OC1M_3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OC2CE
rw
OC2M
rw
OC2PE
rw
OC2FE
rw
CC2S
rw
OC1CE
rw
OC1M
rw
OC1PE
rw
OC1FE
rw
CC1S
rw
Toggle fields

CC1S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 1 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC1S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC1E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC1FE

Bit 2: Output compare 1 fast enable This bit decreases the latency between a trigger event and a transition on the timer output. It must be used in one-pulse mode (OPM bit set in TIMx_CR1 register), to have the output pulse starting as soon as possible after the starting trigger..

OC1PE

Bit 3: Output compare 1 preload enable.

OC1M

Bits 4-6: OC1M[2:0]: Output compare 1 mode These bits define the behavior of the output reference signal OC1REF from which OC1 and OC1N are derived. OC1REF is active high whereas OC1 and OC1N active level depends on CC1P and CC1NP bits. Note: In PWM mode, the OCREF level changes only when the result of the comparison changes or when the output compare mode switches from frozen mode to PWM mode. Note: The OC1M[3] bit is not contiguous, located in bit 16..

OC1CE

Bit 7: Output compare 1 clear enable.

CC2S

Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 2 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC2S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC2E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC2FE

Bit 10: Output compare 2 fast enable.

OC2PE

Bit 11: Output compare 2 preload enable.

OC2M

Bits 12-14: OC2M[2:0]: Output compare 2 mode refer to OC1M description on bits 6:4.

OC2CE

Bit 15: Output compare 2 clear enable.

OC1M_3

Bit 16: OC1M[3].

OC2M_3

Bit 24: OC2M[3].

CCMR2_Input

TIM3 capture/compare mode register 2

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/6 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
IC4F
rw
IC4PSC
rw
CC4S
rw
IC3F
rw
IC3PSC
rw
CC3S
rw
Toggle fields

CC3S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC3PSC

Bits 2-3: Input capture 3 prescaler.

IC3F

Bits 4-7: Input capture 3 filter.

CC4S

Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

IC4PSC

Bits 10-11: Input capture 4 prescaler.

IC4F

Bits 12-15: Input capture 4 filter.

CCMR2_Output

TIM3 capture/compare mode register 2

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
OC4M_3
rw
OC3M_3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OC4CE
rw
OC4M
rw
OC4PE
rw
OC4FE
rw
CC4S
rw
OC3CE
rw
OC3M
rw
OC3PE
rw
OC3FE
rw
CC3S
rw
Toggle fields

CC3S

Bits 0-1: Capture/Compare 3 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC3S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC3E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC3FE

Bit 2: Output compare 3 fast enable.

OC3PE

Bit 3: Output compare 3 preload enable.

OC3M

Bits 4-6: OC3M[2:0]: Output compare 3 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).

OC3CE

Bit 7: Output compare 3 clear enable.

CC4S

Bits 8-9: Capture/Compare 4 selection This bit-field defines the direction of the channel (input/output) as well as the used input. Note: CC4S bits are writable only when the channel is OFF (CC4E = 0 in TIMx_CCER)..

OC4FE

Bit 10: Output compare 4 fast enable.

OC4PE

Bit 11: Output compare 4 preload enable.

OC4M

Bits 12-14: OC4M[2:0]: Output compare 4 mode Refer to OC1M description (bits 6:4 in TIMx_CCMR1 register).

OC4CE

Bit 15: Output compare 4 clear enable.

OC3M_3

Bit 16: OC3M[3].

OC4M_3

Bit 24: OC4M[3].

CCER

TIM3 capture/compare enable register

Offset: 0x20, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/12 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CC4NP
rw
CC4P
rw
CC4E
rw
CC3NP
rw
CC3P
rw
CC3E
rw
CC2NP
rw
CC2P
rw
CC2E
rw
CC1NP
rw
CC1P
rw
CC1E
rw
Toggle fields

CC1E

Bit 0: Capture/Compare 1 output enable..

CC1P

Bit 1: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. When CC1 channel is configured as input, both CC1NP/CC1P bits select the active polarity of TI1FP1 and TI2FP1 for trigger or capture operations. CC1NP=0, CC1P=0: non-inverted/rising edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=0, CC1P=1: inverted/falling edge. The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1 is inverted (trigger operation in gated mode or encoder mode). CC1NP=1, CC1P=1: non-inverted/both edges. The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges (capture or trigger operations in reset, external clock or trigger mode), TIxFP1is not inverted (trigger operation in gated mode). This configuration must not be used in encoder mode. CC1NP=1, CC1P=0: This configuration is reserved, it must not be used..

CC1NP

Bit 3: Capture/Compare 1 output Polarity. CC1 channel configured as output: CC1NP must be kept cleared in this case. CC1 channel configured as input: This bit is used in conjunction with CC1P to define TI1FP1/TI2FP1 polarity. refer to CC1P description..

CC2E

Bit 4: Capture/Compare 2 output enable. Refer to CC1E description.

CC2P

Bit 5: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity. refer to CC1P description.

CC2NP

Bit 7: Capture/Compare 2 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.

CC3E

Bit 8: Capture/Compare 3 output enable. Refer to CC1E description.

CC3P

Bit 9: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity. Refer to CC1P description.

CC3NP

Bit 11: Capture/Compare 3 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.

CC4E

Bit 12: Capture/Compare 4 output enable. refer to CC1E description.

CC4P

Bit 13: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity. Refer to CC1P description.

CC4NP

Bit 15: Capture/Compare 4 output Polarity. Refer to CC1NP description.

CNT

TIM3 counter

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CNT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CNT
rw
Toggle fields

CNT

Bits 0-31: counter value.

CNT_remap

TIM3 counter

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UIFCPY
rw
CNT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CNT
rw
Toggle fields

CNT

Bits 0-30: counter value.

UIFCPY

Bit 31: UIF Copy This bit is a read-only copy of the UIF bit of the TIMx_ISR register.

PSC

TIM3 prescaler

Offset: 0x28, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PSC
rw
Toggle fields

PSC

Bits 0-15: Prescaler value The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to f<sub>CK_PSC</sub> / (PSC[15:0] + 1). PSC contains the value to be loaded in the active prescaler register at each update event (including when the counter is cleared through UG bit of TIMx_EGR register or through trigger controller when configured in reset mode )..

ARR

TIM3 auto-reload register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0xFFFFFFFF, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ARR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ARR
rw
Toggle fields

ARR

Bits 0-31: Auto-reload value ARR is the value to be loaded in the actual auto-reload register. Refer to the Section 18.3.1: Time-base unit on page 429 for more details about ARR update and behavior. The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null..

CCR1

TIM3 capture/compare register 1

Offset: 0x34, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CCR1
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR1
rw
Toggle fields

CCR1

Bits 0-31: Capture/Compare 1 value If channel CC1 is configured as output: CCR1 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 1 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC1PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 1 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signaled on OC1 output. If channel CC1is configured as input: CCR1 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 1 event (IC1). The TIMx_CCR1 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..

CCR2

TIM3 capture/compare register 2

Offset: 0x38, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CCR2
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR2
rw
Toggle fields

CCR2

Bits 0-31: Capture/Compare 2 value If channel CC2 is configured as output: CCR2 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 2 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR1 register (bit OC2PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 2 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC2 output. If channel CC2 is configured as input: CCR2 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 2 event (IC2). The TIMx_CCR2 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..

CCR3

TIM3 capture/compare register 3

Offset: 0x3c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CCR3
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR3
rw
Toggle fields

CCR3

Bits 0-31: Capture/Compare value If channel CC3 is configured as output: CCR3 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 3 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC3PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 3 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC3 output. If channel CC3is configured as input: CCR3 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 3 event (IC3). The TIMx_CCR3 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..

CCR4

TIM3 capture/compare register 4

Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
CCR4
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCR4
rw
Toggle fields

CCR4

Bits 0-31: Capture/Compare value if CC4 channel is configured as output (CC4S bits): CCR4 is the value to be loaded in the actual capture/compare 4 register (preload value). It is loaded permanently if the preload feature is not selected in the TIMx_CCMR2 register (bit OC4PE). Else the preload value is copied in the active capture/compare 4 register when an update event occurs. The active capture/compare register contains the value to be compared to the counter TIMx_CNT and signalled on OC4 output. if CC4 channel is configured as input (CC4S bits in TIMx_CCMR4 register): CCR4 is the counter value transferred by the last input capture 4 event (IC4). The TIMx_CCR4 register is read-only and cannot be programmed..

DCR

TIM3 DMA control register

Offset: 0x48, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DBL
rw
DBA
rw
Toggle fields

DBA

Bits 0-4: DMA base address This 5-bit vector defines the base-address for DMA transfers (when read/write access are done through the TIMx_DMAR address). DBA is defined as an offset starting from the address of the TIMx_CR1 register. Example: ... Example: Let us consider the following transfer: DBL = 7 transfers & DBA = TIMx_CR1. In this case the transfer is done to/from 7 registers starting from the TIMx_CR1 address..

DBL

Bits 8-12: DMA burst length This 5-bit vector defines the number of DMA transfers (the timer recognizes a burst transfer when a read or a write access is done to the TIMx_DMAR address). ....

DMAR

TIM3 DMA address for full transfer

Offset: 0x4c, size: 16, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DMAB
rw
Toggle fields

DMAB

Bits 0-15: DMA register for burst accesses A read or write operation to the DMAR register accesses the register located at the address (TIMx_CR1 address) + (DBA + DMA index) x 4 where TIMx_CR1 address is the address of the control register 1, DBA is the DMA base address configured in TIMx_DCR register, DMA index is automatically controlled by the DMA transfer, and ranges from 0 to DBL (DBL configured in TIMx_DCR)..

AF1

TIM3 alternate function option register 1

Offset: 0x60, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ETRSEL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ETRSEL
rw
Toggle fields

ETRSEL

Bits 14-17: ETR source selection These bits select the ETR input source. Others: Reserved.

TISEL

TIM3 timer input selection register

Offset: 0x68, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TI3SEL
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TI2SEL
rw
TI1SEL
rw
Toggle fields

TI1SEL

Bits 0-3: TI1[0] to TI1[15] input selection These bits select the TI1[0] to TI1[15] input source. Others: Reserved.

TI2SEL

Bits 8-11: TI2[0] to TI2[15] input selection These bits select the TI2[0] to TI2[15] input source. Others: Reserved.

TI3SEL

Bits 16-19: TI3[0] to TI3[15] input selection These bits select the TI3[0] to TI3[15] input source. Others: Reserved.

USART1

0x40013800: USART address block description

53/170 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CR1_disabled
0x0 CR1_enabled
0x4 CR2
0x8 CR3
0xc BRR
0x10 GTPR
0x14 RTOR
0x18 RQR
0x1c ISR_disabled
0x1c ISR_enabled
0x20 ICR
0x24 RDR
0x28 TDR
0x2c PRESC
Toggle registers

CR1_disabled

USART control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/22 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
FIFOEN
rw
M1
rw
EOBIE
rw
RTOIE
rw
DEAT
rw
DEDT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OVER8
rw
CMIE
rw
MME
rw
M0
rw
WAKE
rw
PCE
rw
PS
rw
PEIE
rw
TXEIE
rw
TCIE
rw
RXNEIE
rw
IDLEIE
rw
TE
rw
RE
rw
UESM
rw
UE
rw
Toggle fields

UE

Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. Note: The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. Note: In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the CK pin is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..

UESM

Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RE

Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..

TE

Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ( 0 followed by 1 ) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to 1 . To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. Note: In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..

IDLEIE

Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

RXNEIE

Bit 5: Receive data register not empty This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCIE

Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

TXEIE

Bit 7: Transmit data register empty This bit is set and cleared by software..

PEIE

Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

PS

Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

PCE

Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M = 1; 8th bit if M = 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

WAKE

Bit 11: Receiver wake-up method This bit determines the USART wake-up method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

M0

Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

MME

Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..

CMIE

Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

OVER8

Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..

DEDT

Bits 16-20: Driver enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

DEAT

Bits 21-25: Driver enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RTOIE

Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

EOBIE

Bit 27: End of Bbock interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

M1

Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = 00 : 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 01 : 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 10 : 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..

FIFOEN

Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..

CR1_enabled

USART control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/24 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RXFFIE
rw
TXFEIE
rw
FIFOEN
rw
M1
rw
EOBIE
rw
RTOIE
rw
DEAT
rw
DEDT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OVER8
rw
CMIE
rw
MME
rw
M0
rw
WAKE
rw
PCE
rw
PS
rw
PEIE
rw
TXFNFIE
rw
TCIE
rw
RXFNEIE
rw
IDLEIE
rw
TE
rw
RE
rw
UESM
rw
UE
rw
Toggle fields

UE

Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. Note: The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. Note: In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the CK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..

UESM

Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RE

Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..

TE

Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ( 0 followed by 1 ) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to 1 . To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. Note: In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..

IDLEIE

Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

RXFNEIE

Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCIE

Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

TXFNFIE

Bit 7: TXFIFO not-full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

PEIE

Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

PS

Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

PCE

Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M = 1; 8th bit if M = 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

WAKE

Bit 11: Receiver wake-up method This bit determines the USART wake-up method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

M0

Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

MME

Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..

CMIE

Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

OVER8

Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..

DEDT

Bits 16-20: Driver enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

DEAT

Bits 21-25: Driver enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RTOIE

Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

EOBIE

Bit 27: End-of-block interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

M1

Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = 00 : 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 01 : 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 10 : 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..

FIFOEN

Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..

TXFEIE

Bit 30: TXFIFO empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

RXFFIE

Bit 31: RXFIFO full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

CR2

USART control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/20 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADD
rw
RTOEN
rw
ABRMOD
rw
ABREN
rw
MSBFIRST
rw
DATAINV
rw
TXINV
rw
RXINV
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SWAP
rw
LINEN
rw
STOP
rw
CLKEN
rw
CPOL
rw
CPHA
rw
LBCL
rw
LBDIE
rw
LBDL
rw
ADDM7
rw
DIS_NSS
rw
SLVEN
rw
Toggle fields

SLVEN

Bit 0: Synchronous Slave mode enable When the SLVEN bit is set, the synchronous slave mode is enabled. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

DIS_NSS

Bit 3: NSS pin enable When the DIS_NSS bit is set, the NSS pin input is ignored. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ADDM7

Bit 4: 7-bit address detection/4-bit address detection This bit is for selection between 4-bit address detection or 7-bit address detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0) Note: In 7-bit and 9-bit data modes, the address detection is done on 6-bit and 8-bit address (ADD[5:0] and ADD[7:0]) respectively..

LBDL

Bit 5: LIN break detection length This bit is for selection between 11 bit or 10 bit break detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

LBDIE

Bit 6: LIN break detection interrupt enable Break interrupt mask (break detection using break delimiter). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

LBCL

Bit 8: Last bit clock pulse This bit is used to select whether the clock pulse associated with the last data bit transmitted (MSB) has to be output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. The last bit is the 7th or 8th or 9th data bit transmitted depending on the 7 or 8 or 9 bit format selected by the M bit in the USART_CR1 register. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CPHA

Bit 9: Clock phase This bit is used to select the phase of the clock output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPOL bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship (see Figure 249 and Figure 250) This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CPOL

Bit 10: Clock polarity This bit enables the user to select the polarity of the clock output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPHA bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CLKEN

Bit 11: Clock enable This bit enables the user to enable the CK pin. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If neither synchronous mode nor Smartcard mode is supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691. In Smartcard mode, in order to provide correctly the CK clock to the smartcard, the steps below must be respected: UE = 0 SCEN = 1 GTPR configuration CLKEN= 1 Note: UE = 1.

STOP

Bits 12-13: Stop bits These bits are used for programming the stop bits. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

LINEN

Bit 14: LIN mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. The LIN mode enables the capability to send LIN synchronous breaks (13 low bits) using the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR1 register, and to detect LIN Sync breaks. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

SWAP

Bit 15: Swap TX/RX pins This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

RXINV

Bit 16: RX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the RX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

TXINV

Bit 17: TX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the TX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

DATAINV

Bit 18: Binary data inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

MSBFIRST

Bit 19: Most significant bit first This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

ABREN

Bit 20: Auto baud rate enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ABRMOD

Bits 21-22: Auto baud rate mode These bits are set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when ABREN = 0 or the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If DATAINV = 1 and/or MSBFIRST = 1 the patterns must be the same on the line, for example 0xAA for MSBFIRST) Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RTOEN

Bit 23: Receiver timeout enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When this feature is enabled, the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register is set if the RX line is idle (no reception) for the duration programmed in the RTOR (receiver timeout register). Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ADD

Bits 24-31: Address of the USART node These bits give the address of the USART node in Mute mode or a character code to be recognized in low-power or Run mode: In Mute mode: they are used in multiprocessor communication to wake up from Mute mode with 4-bit/7-bit address mark detection. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. In 4-bit address mark detection, only ADD[3:0] bits are used. In low-power mode: they are used for wake up from low-power mode on character match. When WUS[1:0] is programmed to 0b00 (WUF active on address match), the wake-up from low-power mode is performed when the received character corresponds to the character programmed through ADD[6:0] or ADD[3:0] bitfield (depending on ADDM7 bit), and WUF interrupt is enabled by setting WUFIE bit. The MSB of the character sent by transmitter should be equal to 1. In Run mode with Mute mode inactive (for example, end-of-block detection in ModBus protocol): the whole received character (8 bits) is compared to ADD[7:0] value and CMF flag is set on match. An interrupt is generated if the CMIE bit is set. These bits can only be written when the reception is disabled (RE = 0) or when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

CR3

USART control register 3

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/24 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TXFTCFG
rw
RXFTIE
rw
RXFTCFG
rw
TCBGTIE
rw
TXFTIE
rw
WUFIE
rw
WUS
rw
SCARCNT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DEP
rw
DEM
rw
DDRE
rw
OVRDIS
rw
ONEBIT
rw
CTSIE
rw
CTSE
rw
RTSE
rw
DMAT
rw
DMAR
rw
SCEN
rw
NACK
rw
HDSEL
rw
IRLP
rw
IREN
rw
EIE
rw
Toggle fields

EIE

Bit 0: Error interrupt enable Error Interrupt Enable Bit is required to enable interrupt generation in case of a framing error, overrun error noise flag or SPI slave underrun error (FE = 1 or ORE = 1 or NE = 1 or UDR = 1 in the USART_ISR register)..

IREN

Bit 1: IrDA mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

IRLP

Bit 2: IrDA low-power This bit is used for selecting between normal and low-power IrDA modes This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

HDSEL

Bit 3: Half-duplex selection Selection of Single-wire Half-duplex mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

NACK

Bit 4: Smartcard NACK enable This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

SCEN

Bit 5: Smartcard mode enable This bit is used for enabling Smartcard mode. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

DMAR

Bit 6: DMA enable receiver This bit is set/reset by software.

DMAT

Bit 7: DMA enable transmitter This bit is set/reset by software.

RTSE

Bit 8: RTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CTSE

Bit 9: CTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0) Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CTSIE

Bit 10: CTS interrupt enable Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ONEBIT

Bit 11: One sample bit method enable This bit enables the user to select the sample method. When the one sample bit method is selected the noise detection flag (NE) is disabled. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

OVRDIS

Bit 12: Overrun disable This bit is used to disable the receive overrun detection. the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the USART_RDR register. When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFIFO is bypassed and data is written directly in USART_RDR register. Even when FIFO management is enabled, the RXNE flag is to be used. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: This control bit enables checking the communication flow w/o reading the data.

DDRE

Bit 13: DMA Disable on reception error This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: The reception errors are: parity error, framing error or noise error..

DEM

Bit 14: Driver enable mode This bit enables the user to activate the external transceiver control, through the DE signal. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

DEP

Bit 15: Driver enable polarity selection This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

SCARCNT

Bits 17-19: Smartcard auto-retry count This bitfield specifies the number of retries for transmission and reception in Smartcard mode. In transmission mode, it specifies the number of automatic retransmission retries, before generating a transmission error (FE bit set). In reception mode, it specifies the number or erroneous reception trials, before generating a reception error (RXNE/RXFNE and PE bits set). This bitfield must be programmed only when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). When the USART is enabled (UE = 1), this bitfield may only be written to 0x0, in order to stop retransmission. 0x1 to 0x7: number of automatic retransmission attempts (before signaling error) Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

WUS

Bits 20-21: Wake-up from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (wake-up from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

WUFIE

Bit 22: Wake-up from low-power mode interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: WUFIE must be set before entering in low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

TXFTIE

Bit 23: TXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCBGTIE

Bit 24: Transmission complete before guard time, interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RXFTCFG

Bits 25-27: Receive FIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.

RXFTIE

Bit 28: RXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

TXFTCFG

Bits 29-31: TXFIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.

BRR

USART baud rate register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BRR
rw
Toggle fields

BRR

Bits 0-15: USART baud rate BRR[15:4] BRR[15:4] = USARTDIV[15:4] BRR[3:0] When OVER8 = 0, BRR[3:0] = USARTDIV[3:0]. When OVER8 = 1: BRR[2:0] = USARTDIV[3:0] shifted 1 bit to the right. BRR[3] must be kept cleared..

GTPR

USART guard time and prescaler register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
GT
rw
PSC
rw
Toggle fields

PSC

Bits 0-7: Prescaler value.

GT

Bits 8-15: Guard time value This bitfield is used to program the Guard time value in terms of number of baud clock periods. This is used in Smartcard mode. The Transmission Complete flag is set after this guard time value. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RTOR

USART receiver timeout register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BLEN
rw
RTO
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RTO
rw
Toggle fields

RTO

Bits 0-23: Receiver timeout value This bitfield gives the Receiver timeout value in terms of number of bits during which there is no activity on the RX line. In standard mode, the RTOF flag is set if, after the last received character, no new start bit is detected for more than the RTO value. In Smartcard mode, this value is used to implement the CWT and BWT. See Smartcard chapter for more details. In the standard, the CWT/BWT measurement is done starting from the start bit of the last received character. Note: This value must only be programmed once per received character..

BLEN

Bits 24-31: Block length This bitfield gives the Block length in Smartcard T = 1 Reception. Its value equals the number of information characters + the length of the Epilogue Field (1-LEC/2-CRC) - 1. Examples: BLEN = 0: 0 information characters + LEC BLEN = 1: 0 information characters + CRC BLEN = 255: 254 information characters + CRC (total 256 characters)) In Smartcard mode, the Block length counter is reset when TXE = 0 (TXFE = 0 in case FIFO mode is enabled). This bitfield can be used also in other modes. In this case, the Block length counter is reset when RE = 0 (receiver disabled) and/or when the EOBCF bit is written to 1. Note: This value can be programmed after the start of the block reception (using the data from the LEN character in the Prologue Field). It must be programmed only once per received block..

RQR

USART request register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TXFRQ
w
RXFRQ
w
MMRQ
w
SBKRQ
w
ABRRQ
w
Toggle fields

ABRRQ

Bit 0: Auto baud rate request Writing 1 to this bit resets the ABRF and ABRE flags in the USART_ISR and requests an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

SBKRQ

Bit 1: Send break request Writing 1 to this bit sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available. Note: When the application needs to send the break character following all previously inserted data, including the ones not yet transmitted, the software should wait for the TXE flag assertion before setting the SBKRQ bit..

MMRQ

Bit 2: Mute mode request Writing 1 to this bit puts the USART in Mute mode and resets the RWU flag..

RXFRQ

Bit 3: Receive data flush request Writing 1 to this bit empties the entire receive FIFO i.e. clears the bit RXFNE. This enables to discard the received data without reading them, and avoid an overrun condition..

TXFRQ

Bit 4: Transmit data flush request When FIFO mode is disabled, writing 1 to this bit sets the TXE flag. This enables to discard the transmit data. This bit must be used only in Smartcard mode, when data have not been sent due to errors (NACK) and the FE flag is active in the USART_ISR register. If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. When FIFO is enabled, TXFRQ bit is set to flush the whole FIFO. This sets the TXFE flag (Transmit FIFO empty, bit 23 in the USART_ISR register). Flushing the Transmit FIFO is supported in both UART and Smartcard modes. Note: In FIFO mode, the TXFNF flag is reset during the flush request until TxFIFO is empty in order to ensure that no data are written in the data register..

ISR_disabled

USART interrupt and status register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x000000C0, access: read-only

24/24 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TCBGT
r
REACK
r
TEACK
r
WUF
r
RWU
r
SBKF
r
CMF
r
BUSY
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ABRF
r
ABRE
r
UDR
r
EOBF
r
RTOF
r
CTS
r
CTSIF
r
LBDF
r
TXE
r
TC
r
RXNE
r
IDLE
r
ORE
r
NE
r
FE
r
PE
r
Toggle fields

PE

Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in receiver mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..

FE

Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register..

NE

Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Section 26.5.8: Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 709)..

ORE

Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXNE = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIE = 1 or EIE = 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register, or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..

IDLE

Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). Note: If Mute mode is enabled (MME = 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU = 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU = 1, IDLE is not set..

RXNE

Bit 5: Read data register not empty RXNE bit is set by hardware when the content of the USART_RDR shift register has been transferred to the USART_RDR register. It is cleared by reading from the USART_RDR register. The RXNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..

TC

Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is set immediately..

TXE

Bit 7: Transmit data register empty TXE is set by hardware when the content of the USART_TDR register has been transferred into the shift register. It is cleared by writing to the USART_TDR register. The TXE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the USART_RQR register, in order to discard the data (only in Smartcard T = 0 mode, in case of transmission failure). An interrupt is generated if the TXEIE bit = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..

LBDF

Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CTSIF

Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the CTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

CTS

Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the CTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

RTOF

Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. Note: The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

EOBF

Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T = 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

UDR

Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ABRE

Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

ABRF

Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE = 1) (ABRE, RXNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

BUSY

Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..

CMF

Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE = 1in the USART_CR1 register..

SBKF

Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..

RWU

Bit 19: Receiver wake-up from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wake-up/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wake-up on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

WUF

Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wake-up event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

TEACK

Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE = 0, followed by TE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE = 0 minimum period..

REACK

Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

TCBGT

Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag.

ISR_enabled

USART interrupt and status register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x008000C0, access: read-only

28/28 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TXFT
r
RXFT
r
TCBGT
r
RXFF
r
TXFE
r
REACK
r
TEACK
r
WUF
r
RWU
r
SBKF
r
CMF
r
BUSY
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ABRF
r
ABRE
r
UDR
r
EOBF
r
RTOF
r
CTS
r
CTSIF
r
LBDF
r
TXFNF
r
TC
r
RXFNE
r
IDLE
r
ORE
r
NE
r
FE
r
PE
r
Toggle fields

PE

Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in receiver mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..

FE

Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..

NE

Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Section 26.5.8: Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 709). Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..

ORE

Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXFF = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..

IDLE

Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXFNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). Note: If Mute mode is enabled (MME = 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU = 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU = 1, IDLE is not set..

RXFNE

Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty RXFNE bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO is not empty, meaning that data can be read from the USART_RDR register. Every read operation from the USART_RDR frees a location in the RXFIFO. RXFNE is cleared when the RXFIFO is empty. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..

TC

Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXFE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is immediately set..

TXFNF

Bit 7: TXFIFO not full TXFNF is set by hardware when TXFIFO is not full meaning that data can be written in the USART_TDR. Every write operation to the USART_TDR places the data in the TXFIFO. This flag remains set until the TXFIFO is full. When the TXFIFO is full, this flag is cleared indicating that data can not be written into the USART_TDR. An interrupt is generated if the TXFNFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: The TXFNF is kept reset during the flush request until TXFIFO is empty. After sending the flush request (by setting TXFRQ bit), the flag TXFNF should be checked prior to writing in TXFIFO (TXFNF and TXFE are set at the same time). Note: This bit is used during single buffer transmission..

LBDF

Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CTSIF

Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the CTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

CTS

Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the CTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

RTOF

Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. Note: The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

EOBF

Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T = 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

UDR

Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ABRE

Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

ABRF

Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXFNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXFNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE = 1) (ABRE, RXFNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

BUSY

Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..

CMF

Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE = 1in the USART_CR1 register..

SBKF

Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..

RWU

Bit 19: Receiver wake-up from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wake-up/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wake-up on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

WUF

Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wake-up event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

TEACK

Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE = 0, followed by TE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE = 0 minimum period..

REACK

Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

TXFE

Bit 23: TXFIFO empty This bit is set by hardware when TXFIFO is empty. When the TXFIFO contains at least one data, this flag is cleared. The TXFE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the bit TXFRQ (bit 4) in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXFEIE bit = 1 (bit 30) in the USART_CR1 register..

RXFF

Bit 24: RXFIFO full This bit is set by hardware when the number of received data corresponds to RXFIFO size + 1 (RXFIFO full + 1 data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFFIE bit = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..

TCBGT

Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag.

RXFT

Bit 26: RXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG in USART_CR3 register is reached. This means that there are (RXFTCFG - 1) data in the Receive FIFO and one data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFTIE bit = 1 (bit 27) in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When the RXFTCFG threshold is configured to 101 , RXFT flag is set if 16 data are available i.e. 15 data in the RXFIFO and 1 data in the USART_RDR. Consequently, the 17th received data does not cause an overrun error. The overrun error occurs after receiving the 18th data..

TXFT

Bit 27: TXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the TXFIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG of USART_CR3 register i.e. the TXFIFO contains TXFTCFG empty locations. An interrupt is generated if the TXFTIE bit = 1 (bit 31) in the USART_CR3 register..

ICR

USART interrupt flag clear register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/15 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
WUCF
w
CMCF
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
UDRCF
w
EOBCF
w
RTOCF
w
CTSCF
w
LBDCF
w
TCBGTCF
w
TCCF
w
TXFECF
w
IDLECF
w
ORECF
w
NECF
w
FECF
w
PECF
w
Toggle fields

PECF

Bit 0: Parity error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the PE flag in the USART_ISR register..

FECF

Bit 1: Framing error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the FE flag in the USART_ISR register..

NECF

Bit 2: Noise detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the NE flag in the USART_ISR register..

ORECF

Bit 3: Overrun error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ORE flag in the USART_ISR register..

IDLECF

Bit 4: Idle line detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the IDLE flag in the USART_ISR register..

TXFECF

Bit 5: TXFIFO empty clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TXFE flag in the USART_ISR register..

TCCF

Bit 6: Transmission complete clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TC flag in the USART_ISR register..

TCBGTCF

Bit 7: Transmission complete before Guard time clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TCBGT flag in the USART_ISR register..

LBDCF

Bit 8: LIN break detection clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the LBDF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CTSCF

Bit 9: CTS clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CTSIF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RTOCF

Bit 11: Receiver timeout clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

EOBCF

Bit 12: End of block clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EOBF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

UDRCF

Bit 13: SPI slave underrun clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the UDRF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691.

CMCF

Bit 17: Character match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMF flag in the USART_ISR register..

WUCF

Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the WUF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RDR

USART receive data register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RDR
r
Toggle fields

RDR

Bits 0-8: Receive data value Contains the received data character. The RDR register provides the parallel interface between the input shift register and the internal bus (see Figure 243). When receiving with the parity enabled, the value read in the MSB bit is the received parity bit..

TDR

USART transmit data register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TDR
rw
Toggle fields

TDR

Bits 0-8: Transmit data value Contains the data character to be transmitted. The USART_TDR register provides the parallel interface between the internal bus and the output shift register (see Figure 243). When transmitting with the parity enabled (PCE bit set to 1 in the USART_CR1 register), the value written in the MSB (bit 7 or bit 8 depending on the data length) has no effect because it is replaced by the parity. Note: This register must be written only when TXE/TXFNF = 1..

PRESC

USART prescaler register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PRESCALER
rw
Toggle fields

PRESCALER

Bits 0-3: Clock prescaler The USART input clock can be divided by a prescaler factor: Remaining combinations: Reserved Note: When PRESCALER is programmed with a value different of the allowed ones, programmed prescaler value is 1011 i.e. input clock divided by 256..

USART2

0x40004400: USART address block description

53/170 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CR1_disabled
0x0 CR1_enabled
0x4 CR2
0x8 CR3
0xc BRR
0x10 GTPR
0x14 RTOR
0x18 RQR
0x1c ISR_disabled
0x1c ISR_enabled
0x20 ICR
0x24 RDR
0x28 TDR
0x2c PRESC
Toggle registers

CR1_disabled

USART control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/22 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
FIFOEN
rw
M1
rw
EOBIE
rw
RTOIE
rw
DEAT
rw
DEDT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OVER8
rw
CMIE
rw
MME
rw
M0
rw
WAKE
rw
PCE
rw
PS
rw
PEIE
rw
TXEIE
rw
TCIE
rw
RXNEIE
rw
IDLEIE
rw
TE
rw
RE
rw
UESM
rw
UE
rw
Toggle fields

UE

Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. Note: The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. Note: In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the CK pin is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..

UESM

Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RE

Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..

TE

Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ( 0 followed by 1 ) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to 1 . To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. Note: In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..

IDLEIE

Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

RXNEIE

Bit 5: Receive data register not empty This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCIE

Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

TXEIE

Bit 7: Transmit data register empty This bit is set and cleared by software..

PEIE

Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

PS

Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

PCE

Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M = 1; 8th bit if M = 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

WAKE

Bit 11: Receiver wake-up method This bit determines the USART wake-up method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

M0

Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

MME

Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..

CMIE

Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

OVER8

Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..

DEDT

Bits 16-20: Driver enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

DEAT

Bits 21-25: Driver enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RTOIE

Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

EOBIE

Bit 27: End of Bbock interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

M1

Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = 00 : 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 01 : 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 10 : 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..

FIFOEN

Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..

CR1_enabled

USART control register 1

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/24 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
RXFFIE
rw
TXFEIE
rw
FIFOEN
rw
M1
rw
EOBIE
rw
RTOIE
rw
DEAT
rw
DEDT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OVER8
rw
CMIE
rw
MME
rw
M0
rw
WAKE
rw
PCE
rw
PS
rw
PEIE
rw
TXFNFIE
rw
TCIE
rw
RXFNEIE
rw
IDLEIE
rw
TE
rw
RE
rw
UESM
rw
UE
rw
Toggle fields

UE

Bit 0: USART enable When this bit is cleared, the USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and all current operations are discarded. The USART configuration is kept, but all the USART_ISR status flags are reset. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: To enter low-power mode without generating errors on the line, the TE bit must be previously reset and the software must wait for the TC bit in the USART_ISR to be set before resetting the UE bit. Note: The DMA requests are also reset when UE = 0 so the DMA channel must be disabled before resetting the UE bit. Note: In Smartcard mode, (SCEN = 1), the CK is always available when CLKEN = 1, regardless of the UE bit value..

UESM

Bit 1: USART enable in low-power mode When this bit is cleared, the USART cannot wake up the MCU from low-power mode. When this bit is set, the USART can wake up the MCU from low-power mode. This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: It is recommended to set the UESM bit just before entering low-power mode and clear it when exit from low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RE

Bit 2: Receiver enable This bit enables the receiver. It is set and cleared by software..

TE

Bit 3: Transmitter enable This bit enables the transmitter. It is set and cleared by software. Note: During transmission, a low pulse on the TE bit ( 0 followed by 1 ) sends a preamble (idle line) after the current word, except in Smartcard mode. In order to generate an idle character, the TE must not be immediately written to 1 . To ensure the required duration, the software can poll the TEACK bit in the USART_ISR register. Note: In Smartcard mode, when TE is set, there is a 1 bit-time delay before the transmission starts..

IDLEIE

Bit 4: IDLE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

RXFNEIE

Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCIE

Bit 6: Transmission complete interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

TXFNFIE

Bit 7: TXFIFO not-full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

PEIE

Bit 8: PE interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

PS

Bit 9: Parity selection This bit selects the odd or even parity when the parity generation/detection is enabled (PCE bit set). It is set and cleared by software. The parity is selected after the current byte. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

PCE

Bit 10: Parity control enable This bit selects the hardware parity control (generation and detection). When the parity control is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position (9th bit if M = 1; 8th bit if M = 0) and the parity is checked on the received data. This bit is set and cleared by software. Once it is set, PCE is active after the current byte (in reception and in transmission). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

WAKE

Bit 11: Receiver wake-up method This bit determines the USART wake-up method from Mute mode. It is set or cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

M0

Bit 12: Word length This bit is used in conjunction with bit 28 (M1) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software (refer to bit 28 (M1)description). This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

MME

Bit 13: Mute mode enable This bit enables the USART Mute mode function. When set, the USART can switch between active and Mute mode, as defined by the WAKE bit. It is set and cleared by software..

CMIE

Bit 14: Character match interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

OVER8

Bit 15: Oversampling mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In LIN, IrDA and Smartcard modes, this bit must be kept cleared..

DEDT

Bits 16-20: Driver enable deassertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). If the USART_TDR register is written during the DEDT time, the new data is transmitted only when the DEDT and DEAT times have both elapsed. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

DEAT

Bits 21-25: Driver enable assertion time This 5-bit value defines the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RTOIE

Bit 26: Receiver timeout interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

EOBIE

Bit 27: End-of-block interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

M1

Bit 28: Word length This bit must be used in conjunction with bit 12 (M0) to determine the word length. It is set or cleared by software. M[1:0] = 00 : 1 start bit, 8 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 01 : 1 start bit, 9 Data bits, n Stop bit M[1:0] = 10 : 1 start bit, 7 Data bits, n Stop bit This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: In 7-bits data length mode, the Smartcard mode, LIN master mode and auto baud rate (0x7F and 0x55 frames detection) are not supported..

FIFOEN

Bit 29: FIFO mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: FIFO mode can be used on standard UART communication, in SPI master/slave mode and in Smartcard modes only. It must not be enabled in IrDA and LIN modes..

TXFEIE

Bit 30: TXFIFO empty interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

RXFFIE

Bit 31: RXFIFO full interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

CR2

USART control register 2

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/20 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
ADD
rw
RTOEN
rw
ABRMOD
rw
ABREN
rw
MSBFIRST
rw
DATAINV
rw
TXINV
rw
RXINV
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SWAP
rw
LINEN
rw
STOP
rw
CLKEN
rw
CPOL
rw
CPHA
rw
LBCL
rw
LBDIE
rw
LBDL
rw
ADDM7
rw
DIS_NSS
rw
SLVEN
rw
Toggle fields

SLVEN

Bit 0: Synchronous Slave mode enable When the SLVEN bit is set, the synchronous slave mode is enabled. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

DIS_NSS

Bit 3: NSS pin enable When the DIS_NSS bit is set, the NSS pin input is ignored. Note: When SPI slave mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ADDM7

Bit 4: 7-bit address detection/4-bit address detection This bit is for selection between 4-bit address detection or 7-bit address detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0) Note: In 7-bit and 9-bit data modes, the address detection is done on 6-bit and 8-bit address (ADD[5:0] and ADD[7:0]) respectively..

LBDL

Bit 5: LIN break detection length This bit is for selection between 11 bit or 10 bit break detection. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

LBDIE

Bit 6: LIN break detection interrupt enable Break interrupt mask (break detection using break delimiter). Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

LBCL

Bit 8: Last bit clock pulse This bit is used to select whether the clock pulse associated with the last data bit transmitted (MSB) has to be output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. The last bit is the 7th or 8th or 9th data bit transmitted depending on the 7 or 8 or 9 bit format selected by the M bit in the USART_CR1 register. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CPHA

Bit 9: Clock phase This bit is used to select the phase of the clock output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPOL bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship (see Figure 249 and Figure 250) This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CPOL

Bit 10: Clock polarity This bit enables the user to select the polarity of the clock output on the CK pin in synchronous mode. It works in conjunction with the CPHA bit to produce the desired clock/data relationship This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If synchronous mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CLKEN

Bit 11: Clock enable This bit enables the user to enable the CK pin. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If neither synchronous mode nor Smartcard mode is supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691. In Smartcard mode, in order to provide correctly the CK clock to the smartcard, the steps below must be respected: UE = 0 SCEN = 1 GTPR configuration CLKEN= 1 Note: UE = 1.

STOP

Bits 12-13: Stop bits These bits are used for programming the stop bits. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

LINEN

Bit 14: LIN mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. The LIN mode enables the capability to send LIN synchronous breaks (13 low bits) using the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR1 register, and to detect LIN Sync breaks. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

SWAP

Bit 15: Swap TX/RX pins This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

RXINV

Bit 16: RX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the RX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

TXINV

Bit 17: TX pin active level inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This enables the use of an external inverter on the TX line. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

DATAINV

Bit 18: Binary data inversion This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

MSBFIRST

Bit 19: Most significant bit first This bit is set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

ABREN

Bit 20: Auto baud rate enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ABRMOD

Bits 21-22: Auto baud rate mode These bits are set and cleared by software. This bitfield can only be written when ABREN = 0 or the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If DATAINV = 1 and/or MSBFIRST = 1 the patterns must be the same on the line, for example 0xAA for MSBFIRST) Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RTOEN

Bit 23: Receiver timeout enable This bit is set and cleared by software. When this feature is enabled, the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register is set if the RX line is idle (no reception) for the duration programmed in the RTOR (receiver timeout register). Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ADD

Bits 24-31: Address of the USART node These bits give the address of the USART node in Mute mode or a character code to be recognized in low-power or Run mode: In Mute mode: they are used in multiprocessor communication to wake up from Mute mode with 4-bit/7-bit address mark detection. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. In 4-bit address mark detection, only ADD[3:0] bits are used. In low-power mode: they are used for wake up from low-power mode on character match. When WUS[1:0] is programmed to 0b00 (WUF active on address match), the wake-up from low-power mode is performed when the received character corresponds to the character programmed through ADD[6:0] or ADD[3:0] bitfield (depending on ADDM7 bit), and WUF interrupt is enabled by setting WUFIE bit. The MSB of the character sent by transmitter should be equal to 1. In Run mode with Mute mode inactive (for example, end-of-block detection in ModBus protocol): the whole received character (8 bits) is compared to ADD[7:0] value and CMF flag is set on match. An interrupt is generated if the CMIE bit is set. These bits can only be written when the reception is disabled (RE = 0) or when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

CR3

USART control register 3

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/24 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TXFTCFG
rw
RXFTIE
rw
RXFTCFG
rw
TCBGTIE
rw
TXFTIE
rw
WUFIE
rw
WUS
rw
SCARCNT
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DEP
rw
DEM
rw
DDRE
rw
OVRDIS
rw
ONEBIT
rw
CTSIE
rw
CTSE
rw
RTSE
rw
DMAT
rw
DMAR
rw
SCEN
rw
NACK
rw
HDSEL
rw
IRLP
rw
IREN
rw
EIE
rw
Toggle fields

EIE

Bit 0: Error interrupt enable Error Interrupt Enable Bit is required to enable interrupt generation in case of a framing error, overrun error noise flag or SPI slave underrun error (FE = 1 or ORE = 1 or NE = 1 or UDR = 1 in the USART_ISR register)..

IREN

Bit 1: IrDA mode enable This bit is set and cleared by software. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

IRLP

Bit 2: IrDA low-power This bit is used for selecting between normal and low-power IrDA modes This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If IrDA mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

HDSEL

Bit 3: Half-duplex selection Selection of Single-wire Half-duplex mode This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

NACK

Bit 4: Smartcard NACK enable This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

SCEN

Bit 5: Smartcard mode enable This bit is used for enabling Smartcard mode. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

DMAR

Bit 6: DMA enable receiver This bit is set/reset by software.

DMAT

Bit 7: DMA enable transmitter This bit is set/reset by software.

RTSE

Bit 8: RTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CTSE

Bit 9: CTS enable This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0) Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CTSIE

Bit 10: CTS interrupt enable Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ONEBIT

Bit 11: One sample bit method enable This bit enables the user to select the sample method. When the one sample bit method is selected the noise detection flag (NE) is disabled. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0)..

OVRDIS

Bit 12: Overrun disable This bit is used to disable the receive overrun detection. the ORE flag is not set and the new received data overwrites the previous content of the USART_RDR register. When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFIFO is bypassed and data is written directly in USART_RDR register. Even when FIFO management is enabled, the RXNE flag is to be used. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: This control bit enables checking the communication flow w/o reading the data.

DDRE

Bit 13: DMA Disable on reception error This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE=0). Note: The reception errors are: parity error, framing error or noise error..

DEM

Bit 14: Driver enable mode This bit enables the user to activate the external transceiver control, through the DE signal. This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

DEP

Bit 15: Driver enable polarity selection This bit can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the Driver Enable feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

SCARCNT

Bits 17-19: Smartcard auto-retry count This bitfield specifies the number of retries for transmission and reception in Smartcard mode. In transmission mode, it specifies the number of automatic retransmission retries, before generating a transmission error (FE bit set). In reception mode, it specifies the number or erroneous reception trials, before generating a reception error (RXNE/RXFNE and PE bits set). This bitfield must be programmed only when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). When the USART is enabled (UE = 1), this bitfield may only be written to 0x0, in order to stop retransmission. 0x1 to 0x7: number of automatic retransmission attempts (before signaling error) Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

WUS

Bits 20-21: Wake-up from low-power mode interrupt flag selection This bitfield specifies the event which activates the WUF (wake-up from low-power mode flag). This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

WUFIE

Bit 22: Wake-up from low-power mode interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: WUFIE must be set before entering in low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

TXFTIE

Bit 23: TXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

TCBGTIE

Bit 24: Transmission complete before guard time, interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software. Note: If the USART does not support the Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RXFTCFG

Bits 25-27: Receive FIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.

RXFTIE

Bit 28: RXFIFO threshold interrupt enable This bit is set and cleared by software..

TXFTCFG

Bits 29-31: TXFIFO threshold configuration Remaining combinations: Reserved.

BRR

USART baud rate register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BRR
rw
Toggle fields

BRR

Bits 0-15: USART baud rate BRR[15:4] BRR[15:4] = USARTDIV[15:4] BRR[3:0] When OVER8 = 0, BRR[3:0] = USARTDIV[3:0]. When OVER8 = 1: BRR[2:0] = USARTDIV[3:0] shifted 1 bit to the right. BRR[3] must be kept cleared..

GTPR

USART guard time and prescaler register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
GT
rw
PSC
rw
Toggle fields

PSC

Bits 0-7: Prescaler value.

GT

Bits 8-15: Guard time value This bitfield is used to program the Guard time value in terms of number of baud clock periods. This is used in Smartcard mode. The Transmission Complete flag is set after this guard time value. This bitfield can only be written when the USART is disabled (UE = 0). Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RTOR

USART receiver timeout register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
BLEN
rw
RTO
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RTO
rw
Toggle fields

RTO

Bits 0-23: Receiver timeout value This bitfield gives the Receiver timeout value in terms of number of bits during which there is no activity on the RX line. In standard mode, the RTOF flag is set if, after the last received character, no new start bit is detected for more than the RTO value. In Smartcard mode, this value is used to implement the CWT and BWT. See Smartcard chapter for more details. In the standard, the CWT/BWT measurement is done starting from the start bit of the last received character. Note: This value must only be programmed once per received character..

BLEN

Bits 24-31: Block length This bitfield gives the Block length in Smartcard T = 1 Reception. Its value equals the number of information characters + the length of the Epilogue Field (1-LEC/2-CRC) - 1. Examples: BLEN = 0: 0 information characters + LEC BLEN = 1: 0 information characters + CRC BLEN = 255: 254 information characters + CRC (total 256 characters)) In Smartcard mode, the Block length counter is reset when TXE = 0 (TXFE = 0 in case FIFO mode is enabled). This bitfield can be used also in other modes. In this case, the Block length counter is reset when RE = 0 (receiver disabled) and/or when the EOBCF bit is written to 1. Note: This value can be programmed after the start of the block reception (using the data from the LEN character in the Prologue Field). It must be programmed only once per received block..

RQR

USART request register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TXFRQ
w
RXFRQ
w
MMRQ
w
SBKRQ
w
ABRRQ
w
Toggle fields

ABRRQ

Bit 0: Auto baud rate request Writing 1 to this bit resets the ABRF and ABRE flags in the USART_ISR and requests an automatic baud rate measurement on the next received data frame. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

SBKRQ

Bit 1: Send break request Writing 1 to this bit sets the SBKF flag and request to send a BREAK on the line, as soon as the transmit machine is available. Note: When the application needs to send the break character following all previously inserted data, including the ones not yet transmitted, the software should wait for the TXE flag assertion before setting the SBKRQ bit..

MMRQ

Bit 2: Mute mode request Writing 1 to this bit puts the USART in Mute mode and resets the RWU flag..

RXFRQ

Bit 3: Receive data flush request Writing 1 to this bit empties the entire receive FIFO i.e. clears the bit RXFNE. This enables to discard the received data without reading them, and avoid an overrun condition..

TXFRQ

Bit 4: Transmit data flush request When FIFO mode is disabled, writing 1 to this bit sets the TXE flag. This enables to discard the transmit data. This bit must be used only in Smartcard mode, when data have not been sent due to errors (NACK) and the FE flag is active in the USART_ISR register. If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. When FIFO is enabled, TXFRQ bit is set to flush the whole FIFO. This sets the TXFE flag (Transmit FIFO empty, bit 23 in the USART_ISR register). Flushing the Transmit FIFO is supported in both UART and Smartcard modes. Note: In FIFO mode, the TXFNF flag is reset during the flush request until TxFIFO is empty in order to ensure that no data are written in the data register..

ISR_disabled

USART interrupt and status register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x000000C0, access: read-only

24/24 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TCBGT
r
REACK
r
TEACK
r
WUF
r
RWU
r
SBKF
r
CMF
r
BUSY
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ABRF
r
ABRE
r
UDR
r
EOBF
r
RTOF
r
CTS
r
CTSIF
r
LBDF
r
TXE
r
TC
r
RXNE
r
IDLE
r
ORE
r
NE
r
FE
r
PE
r
Toggle fields

PE

Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in receiver mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..

FE

Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register..

NE

Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Section 26.5.8: Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 709)..

ORE

Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXNE = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIE = 1 or EIE = 1 in the LPUART_CR1 register, or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..

IDLE

Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). Note: If Mute mode is enabled (MME = 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU = 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU = 1, IDLE is not set..

RXNE

Bit 5: Read data register not empty RXNE bit is set by hardware when the content of the USART_RDR shift register has been transferred to the USART_RDR register. It is cleared by reading from the USART_RDR register. The RXNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..

TC

Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is set immediately..

TXE

Bit 7: Transmit data register empty TXE is set by hardware when the content of the USART_TDR register has been transferred into the shift register. It is cleared by writing to the USART_TDR register. The TXE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the USART_RQR register, in order to discard the data (only in Smartcard T = 0 mode, in case of transmission failure). An interrupt is generated if the TXEIE bit = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..

LBDF

Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CTSIF

Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the CTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

CTS

Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the CTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

RTOF

Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. Note: The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

EOBF

Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T = 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

UDR

Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ABRE

Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

ABRF

Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE = 1) (ABRE, RXNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

BUSY

Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..

CMF

Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE = 1in the USART_CR1 register..

SBKF

Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..

RWU

Bit 19: Receiver wake-up from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wake-up/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wake-up on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

WUF

Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wake-up event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

TEACK

Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE = 0, followed by TE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE = 0 minimum period..

REACK

Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

TCBGT

Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag.

ISR_enabled

USART interrupt and status register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x008000C0, access: read-only

28/28 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
TXFT
r
RXFT
r
TCBGT
r
RXFF
r
TXFE
r
REACK
r
TEACK
r
WUF
r
RWU
r
SBKF
r
CMF
r
BUSY
r
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ABRF
r
ABRE
r
UDR
r
EOBF
r
RTOF
r
CTS
r
CTSIF
r
LBDF
r
TXFNF
r
TC
r
RXFNE
r
IDLE
r
ORE
r
NE
r
FE
r
PE
r
Toggle fields

PE

Bit 0: Parity error This bit is set by hardware when a parity error occurs in receiver mode. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the PECF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if PEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..

FE

Bit 1: Framing error This bit is set by hardware when a de-synchronization, excessive noise or a break character is detected. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the FECF bit in the USART_ICR register. When transmitting data in Smartcard mode, this bit is set when the maximum number of transmit attempts is reached without success (the card NACKs the data frame). An interrupt is generated if EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..

NE

Bit 2: Noise detection flag This bit is set by hardware when noise is detected on a received frame. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the NECF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: This bit does not generate an interrupt as it appears at the same time as the RXFNE bit which itself generates an interrupt. An interrupt is generated when the NE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: When the line is noise-free, the NE flag can be disabled by programming the ONEBIT bit to 1 to increase the USART tolerance to deviations (Refer to Section 26.5.8: Tolerance of the USART receiver to clock deviation on page 709). Note: This error is associated with the character in the USART_RDR..

ORE

Bit 3: Overrun error This bit is set by hardware when the data currently being received in the shift register is ready to be transferred into the USART_RDR register while RXFF = 1. It is cleared by a software, writing 1 to the ORECF, in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, or EIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When this bit is set, the USART_RDR register content is not lost but the shift register is overwritten. An interrupt is generated if the ORE flag is set during multi buffer communication if the EIE bit is set. Note: This bit is permanently forced to 0 (no overrun detection) when the bit OVRDIS is set in the USART_CR3 register..

IDLE

Bit 4: Idle line detected This bit is set by hardware when an Idle Line is detected. An interrupt is generated if IDLEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the IDLECF in the USART_ICR register. Note: The IDLE bit is not set again until the RXFNE bit has been set (i.e. a new idle line occurs). Note: If Mute mode is enabled (MME = 1), IDLE is set if the USART is not mute (RWU = 0), whatever the Mute mode selected by the WAKE bit. If RWU = 1, IDLE is not set..

RXFNE

Bit 5: RXFIFO not empty RXFNE bit is set by hardware when the RXFIFO is not empty, meaning that data can be read from the USART_RDR register. Every read operation from the USART_RDR frees a location in the RXFIFO. RXFNE is cleared when the RXFIFO is empty. The RXFNE flag can also be cleared by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if RXFNEIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..

TC

Bit 6: Transmission complete This bit indicates that the last data written in the USART_TDR has been transmitted out of the shift register. It is set by hardware when the transmission of a frame containing data is complete and when TXFE is set. An interrupt is generated if TCIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. TC bit is is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the TCCF in the USART_ICR register or by a write to the USART_TDR register. Note: If TE bit is reset and no transmission is on going, the TC bit is immediately set..

TXFNF

Bit 7: TXFIFO not full TXFNF is set by hardware when TXFIFO is not full meaning that data can be written in the USART_TDR. Every write operation to the USART_TDR places the data in the TXFIFO. This flag remains set until the TXFIFO is full. When the TXFIFO is full, this flag is cleared indicating that data can not be written into the USART_TDR. An interrupt is generated if the TXFNFIE bit =1 in the USART_CR1 register. Note: The TXFNF is kept reset during the flush request until TXFIFO is empty. After sending the flush request (by setting TXFRQ bit), the flag TXFNF should be checked prior to writing in TXFIFO (TXFNF and TXFE are set at the same time). Note: This bit is used during single buffer transmission..

LBDF

Bit 8: LIN break detection flag This bit is set by hardware when the LIN break is detected. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the LBDCF in the USART_ICR. An interrupt is generated if LBDIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. Note: If the USART does not support LIN mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CTSIF

Bit 9: CTS interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the CTS input toggles, if the CTSE bit is set. It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the CTSCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CTSIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

CTS

Bit 10: CTS flag This bit is set/reset by hardware. It is an inverted copy of the status of the CTS input pin. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

RTOF

Bit 11: Receiver timeout This bit is set by hardware when the timeout value, programmed in the RTOR register has lapsed, without any communication. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the RTOCF bit in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if RTOIE = 1 in the USART_CR2 register. In Smartcard mode, the timeout corresponds to the CWT or BWT timings. Note: If a time equal to the value programmed in RTOR register separates 2 characters, RTOF is not set. If this time exceeds this value + 2 sample times (2/16 or 2/8, depending on the oversampling method), RTOF flag is set. Note: The counter counts even if RE = 0 but RTOF is set only when RE = 1. If the timeout has already elapsed when RE is set, then RTOF is set. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

EOBF

Bit 12: End of block flag This bit is set by hardware when a complete block has been received (for example T = 1 Smartcard mode). The detection is done when the number of received bytes (from the start of the block, including the prologue) is equal or greater than BLEN + 4. An interrupt is generated if the EOBIE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the EOBCF in the USART_ICR register. Note: If Smartcard mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

UDR

Bit 13: SPI slave underrun error flag In slave transmission mode, this flag is set when the first clock pulse for data transmission appears while the software has not yet loaded any value into USART_TDR. This flag is reset by setting UDRCF bit in the USART_ICR register. Note: If the USART does not support the SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

ABRE

Bit 14: Auto baud rate error This bit is set by hardware if the baud rate measurement failed (baud rate out of range or character comparison failed) It is cleared by software, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

ABRF

Bit 15: Auto baud rate flag This bit is set by hardware when the automatic baud rate has been set (RXFNE is also set, generating an interrupt if RXFNEIE = 1) or when the auto baud rate operation was completed without success (ABRE = 1) (ABRE, RXFNE and FE are also set in this case) It is cleared by software, in order to request a new auto baud rate detection, by writing 1 to the ABRRQ in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the auto baud rate feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value..

BUSY

Bit 16: Busy flag This bit is set and reset by hardware. It is active when a communication is ongoing on the RX line (successful start bit detected). It is reset at the end of the reception (successful or not)..

CMF

Bit 17: Character match flag This bit is set by hardware, when a the character defined by ADD[7:0] is received. It is cleared by software, writing 1 to the CMCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if CMIE = 1in the USART_CR1 register..

SBKF

Bit 18: Send break flag This bit indicates that a send break character was requested. It is set by software, by writing 1 to the SBKRQ bit in the USART_CR3 register. It is automatically reset by hardware during the stop bit of break transmission..

RWU

Bit 19: Receiver wake-up from Mute mode This bit indicates if the USART is in Mute mode. It is cleared/set by hardware when a wake-up/mute sequence is recognized. The Mute mode control sequence (address or IDLE) is selected by the WAKE bit in the USART_CR1 register. When wake-up on IDLE mode is selected, this bit can only be set by software, writing 1 to the MMRQ bit in the USART_RQR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

WUF

Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode flag This bit is set by hardware, when a wake-up event is detected. The event is defined by the WUS bitfield. It is cleared by software, writing a 1 to the WUCF in the USART_ICR register. An interrupt is generated if WUFIE = 1 in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When UESM is cleared, WUF flag is also cleared. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

TEACK

Bit 21: Transmit enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Transmit Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used when an idle frame request is generated by writing TE = 0, followed by TE = 1 in the USART_CR1 register, in order to respect the TE = 0 minimum period..

REACK

Bit 22: Receive enable acknowledge flag This bit is set/reset by hardware, when the Receive Enable value is taken into account by the USART. It can be used to verify that the USART is ready for reception before entering low-power mode. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

TXFE

Bit 23: TXFIFO empty This bit is set by hardware when TXFIFO is empty. When the TXFIFO contains at least one data, this flag is cleared. The TXFE flag can also be set by writing 1 to the bit TXFRQ (bit 4) in the USART_RQR register. An interrupt is generated if the TXFEIE bit = 1 (bit 30) in the USART_CR1 register..

RXFF

Bit 24: RXFIFO full This bit is set by hardware when the number of received data corresponds to RXFIFO size + 1 (RXFIFO full + 1 data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFFIE bit = 1 in the USART_CR1 register..

TCBGT

Bit 25: Transmission complete before guard time flag.

RXFT

Bit 26: RXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the threshold programmed in RXFTCFG in USART_CR3 register is reached. This means that there are (RXFTCFG - 1) data in the Receive FIFO and one data in the USART_RDR register. An interrupt is generated if the RXFTIE bit = 1 (bit 27) in the USART_CR3 register. Note: When the RXFTCFG threshold is configured to 101 , RXFT flag is set if 16 data are available i.e. 15 data in the RXFIFO and 1 data in the USART_RDR. Consequently, the 17th received data does not cause an overrun error. The overrun error occurs after receiving the 18th data..

TXFT

Bit 27: TXFIFO threshold flag This bit is set by hardware when the TXFIFO reaches the threshold programmed in TXFTCFG of USART_CR3 register i.e. the TXFIFO contains TXFTCFG empty locations. An interrupt is generated if the TXFTIE bit = 1 (bit 31) in the USART_CR3 register..

ICR

USART interrupt flag clear register

Offset: 0x20, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: write-only

0/15 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
WUCF
w
CMCF
w
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
UDRCF
w
EOBCF
w
RTOCF
w
CTSCF
w
LBDCF
w
TCBGTCF
w
TCCF
w
TXFECF
w
IDLECF
w
ORECF
w
NECF
w
FECF
w
PECF
w
Toggle fields

PECF

Bit 0: Parity error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the PE flag in the USART_ISR register..

FECF

Bit 1: Framing error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the FE flag in the USART_ISR register..

NECF

Bit 2: Noise detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the NE flag in the USART_ISR register..

ORECF

Bit 3: Overrun error clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the ORE flag in the USART_ISR register..

IDLECF

Bit 4: Idle line detected clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the IDLE flag in the USART_ISR register..

TXFECF

Bit 5: TXFIFO empty clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TXFE flag in the USART_ISR register..

TCCF

Bit 6: Transmission complete clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TC flag in the USART_ISR register..

TCBGTCF

Bit 7: Transmission complete before Guard time clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the TCBGT flag in the USART_ISR register..

LBDCF

Bit 8: LIN break detection clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the LBDF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If LIN mode is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

CTSCF

Bit 9: CTS clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CTSIF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the hardware flow control feature is not supported, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RTOCF

Bit 11: Receiver timeout clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the RTOF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the Receiver timeout feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

EOBCF

Bit 12: End of block clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the EOBF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support Smartcard mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

UDRCF

Bit 13: SPI slave underrun clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the UDRF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support SPI slave mode, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691.

CMCF

Bit 17: Character match clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the CMF flag in the USART_ISR register..

WUCF

Bit 20: Wake-up from low-power mode clear flag Writing 1 to this bit clears the WUF flag in the USART_ISR register. Note: If the USART does not support the wake-up from Stop feature, this bit is reserved and must be kept at reset value. Refer to Section 26.4: USART implementation on page 691..

RDR

USART receive data register

Offset: 0x24, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

1/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RDR
r
Toggle fields

RDR

Bits 0-8: Receive data value Contains the received data character. The RDR register provides the parallel interface between the input shift register and the internal bus (see Figure 243). When receiving with the parity enabled, the value read in the MSB bit is the received parity bit..

TDR

USART transmit data register

Offset: 0x28, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
TDR
rw
Toggle fields

TDR

Bits 0-8: Transmit data value Contains the data character to be transmitted. The USART_TDR register provides the parallel interface between the internal bus and the output shift register (see Figure 243). When transmitting with the parity enabled (PCE bit set to 1 in the USART_CR1 register), the value written in the MSB (bit 7 or bit 8 depending on the data length) has no effect because it is replaced by the parity. Note: This register must be written only when TXE/TXFNF = 1..

PRESC

USART prescaler register

Offset: 0x2c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PRESCALER
rw
Toggle fields

PRESCALER

Bits 0-3: Clock prescaler The USART input clock can be divided by a prescaler factor: Remaining combinations: Reserved Note: When PRESCALER is programmed with a value different of the allowed ones, programmed prescaler value is 1011 i.e. input clock divided by 256..

USB

0x40005c00: USB address block description

24/187 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CHEP[0]R
0x4 CHEP[1]R
0x8 CHEP[2]R
0xc CHEP[3]R
0x10 CHEP[4]R
0x14 CHEP[5]R
0x18 CHEP[6]R
0x1c CHEP[7]R
0x40 CNTR
0x44 ISTR
0x48 FNR
0x4c DADDR
0x54 LPMCSR
0x58 BCDR
Toggle registers

CHEP[0]R

USB endpoint/channel 0 register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
THREE_ERR_RX
rw
THREE_ERR_TX
rw
ERR_RX
rw
ERR_TX
rw
LS_EP
rw
NAK
rw
DEVADDR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VTRX
rw
DTOGRX
w
STATRX
w
SETUP
r
UTYPE
rw
EPKIND
rw
VTTX
rw
DTOGTX
w
STATTX
w
EA
rw
Toggle fields

EA

Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..

STATTX

Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.

DTOGTX

Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..

VTTX

Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..

EPKIND

Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..

UTYPE

Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.

SETUP

Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..

STATRX

Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..

DTOGRX

Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..

VTRX

Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..

DEVADDR

Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..

NAK

Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..

LS_EP

Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.

ERR_TX

Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

ERR_RX

Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

THREE_ERR_TX

Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

THREE_ERR_RX

Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

CHEP[1]R

USB endpoint/channel 1 register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
THREE_ERR_RX
rw
THREE_ERR_TX
rw
ERR_RX
rw
ERR_TX
rw
LS_EP
rw
NAK
rw
DEVADDR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VTRX
rw
DTOGRX
w
STATRX
w
SETUP
r
UTYPE
rw
EPKIND
rw
VTTX
rw
DTOGTX
w
STATTX
w
EA
rw
Toggle fields

EA

Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..

STATTX

Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.

DTOGTX

Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..

VTTX

Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..

EPKIND

Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..

UTYPE

Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.

SETUP

Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..

STATRX

Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..

DTOGRX

Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..

VTRX

Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..

DEVADDR

Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..

NAK

Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..

LS_EP

Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.

ERR_TX

Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

ERR_RX

Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

THREE_ERR_TX

Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

THREE_ERR_RX

Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

CHEP[2]R

USB endpoint/channel 2 register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
THREE_ERR_RX
rw
THREE_ERR_TX
rw
ERR_RX
rw
ERR_TX
rw
LS_EP
rw
NAK
rw
DEVADDR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VTRX
rw
DTOGRX
w
STATRX
w
SETUP
r
UTYPE
rw
EPKIND
rw
VTTX
rw
DTOGTX
w
STATTX
w
EA
rw
Toggle fields

EA

Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..

STATTX

Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.

DTOGTX

Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..

VTTX

Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..

EPKIND

Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..

UTYPE

Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.

SETUP

Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..

STATRX

Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..

DTOGRX

Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..

VTRX

Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..

DEVADDR

Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..

NAK

Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..

LS_EP

Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.

ERR_TX

Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

ERR_RX

Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

THREE_ERR_TX

Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

THREE_ERR_RX

Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

CHEP[3]R

USB endpoint/channel 3 register

Offset: 0xc, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
THREE_ERR_RX
rw
THREE_ERR_TX
rw
ERR_RX
rw
ERR_TX
rw
LS_EP
rw
NAK
rw
DEVADDR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VTRX
rw
DTOGRX
w
STATRX
w
SETUP
r
UTYPE
rw
EPKIND
rw
VTTX
rw
DTOGTX
w
STATTX
w
EA
rw
Toggle fields

EA

Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..

STATTX

Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.

DTOGTX

Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..

VTTX

Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..

EPKIND

Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..

UTYPE

Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.

SETUP

Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..

STATRX

Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..

DTOGRX

Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..

VTRX

Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..

DEVADDR

Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..

NAK

Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..

LS_EP

Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.

ERR_TX

Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

ERR_RX

Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

THREE_ERR_TX

Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

THREE_ERR_RX

Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

CHEP[4]R

USB endpoint/channel 4 register

Offset: 0x10, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
THREE_ERR_RX
rw
THREE_ERR_TX
rw
ERR_RX
rw
ERR_TX
rw
LS_EP
rw
NAK
rw
DEVADDR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VTRX
rw
DTOGRX
w
STATRX
w
SETUP
r
UTYPE
rw
EPKIND
rw
VTTX
rw
DTOGTX
w
STATTX
w
EA
rw
Toggle fields

EA

Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..

STATTX

Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.

DTOGTX

Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..

VTTX

Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..

EPKIND

Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..

UTYPE

Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.

SETUP

Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..

STATRX

Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..

DTOGRX

Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..

VTRX

Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..

DEVADDR

Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..

NAK

Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..

LS_EP

Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.

ERR_TX

Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

ERR_RX

Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

THREE_ERR_TX

Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

THREE_ERR_RX

Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

CHEP[5]R

USB endpoint/channel 5 register

Offset: 0x14, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
THREE_ERR_RX
rw
THREE_ERR_TX
rw
ERR_RX
rw
ERR_TX
rw
LS_EP
rw
NAK
rw
DEVADDR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VTRX
rw
DTOGRX
w
STATRX
w
SETUP
r
UTYPE
rw
EPKIND
rw
VTTX
rw
DTOGTX
w
STATTX
w
EA
rw
Toggle fields

EA

Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..

STATTX

Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.

DTOGTX

Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..

VTTX

Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..

EPKIND

Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..

UTYPE

Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.

SETUP

Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..

STATRX

Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..

DTOGRX

Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..

VTRX

Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..

DEVADDR

Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..

NAK

Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..

LS_EP

Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.

ERR_TX

Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

ERR_RX

Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

THREE_ERR_TX

Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

THREE_ERR_RX

Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

CHEP[6]R

USB endpoint/channel 6 register

Offset: 0x18, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
THREE_ERR_RX
rw
THREE_ERR_TX
rw
ERR_RX
rw
ERR_TX
rw
LS_EP
rw
NAK
rw
DEVADDR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VTRX
rw
DTOGRX
w
STATRX
w
SETUP
r
UTYPE
rw
EPKIND
rw
VTTX
rw
DTOGTX
w
STATTX
w
EA
rw
Toggle fields

EA

Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..

STATTX

Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.

DTOGTX

Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..

VTTX

Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..

EPKIND

Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..

UTYPE

Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.

SETUP

Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..

STATRX

Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..

DTOGRX

Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..

VTRX

Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..

DEVADDR

Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..

NAK

Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..

LS_EP

Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.

ERR_TX

Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

ERR_RX

Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

THREE_ERR_TX

Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

THREE_ERR_RX

Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

CHEP[7]R

USB endpoint/channel 7 register

Offset: 0x1c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

1/17 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
THREE_ERR_RX
rw
THREE_ERR_TX
rw
ERR_RX
rw
ERR_TX
rw
LS_EP
rw
NAK
rw
DEVADDR
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VTRX
rw
DTOGRX
w
STATRX
w
SETUP
r
UTYPE
rw
EPKIND
rw
VTTX
rw
DTOGTX
w
STATTX
w
EA
rw
Toggle fields

EA

Bits 0-3: endpoint/channel address Device mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the transactions directed to this endpoint. A value must be written before enabling the corresponding endpoint. Host mode Software must write in this field the 4-bit address used to identify the channel addressed by the host transaction..

STATTX

Bits 4-5: Status bits, for transmission transfers.

DTOGTX

Bit 6: Data toggle, for transmission transfers If the endpoint/channel is non-isochronous, this bit contains the required value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be transmitted. Hardware toggles this bit when the ACK handshake is received from the USB host, following a data packet transmission. If the endpoint/channel is defined as a control one, hardware sets this bit to 1 at the reception of a SETUP PID addressed to this endpoint (in device mode) or when a SETUP transaction is acknowledged by the device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double buffer feature, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping since no data toggling is used for this sort of endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet transmission, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint/channel is not a control one) or to force a specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGTX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. This bit is read/write but it can only be toggled by writing 1..

VTTX

Bit 7: Valid USB transaction transmitted Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in the USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written. Host mode Same as VTRX behavior but for USB OUT and SETUP transactions..

EPKIND

Bit 8: endpoint/channel kind The meaning of this bit depends on the endpoint/channel type configured by the UTYPE bits. Table 142 summarizes the different meanings. DBL_BUF: This bit is set by the software to enable the double-buffering feature for this bulk endpoint. The usage of double-buffered bulk endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode. STATUS_OUT: This bit is set by the software to indicate that a status out transaction is expected: in this case all OUT transactions containing more than zero data bytes are answered STALL instead of ACK . This bit may be used to improve the robustness of the application to protocol errors during control transfers and its usage is intended for control endpoints only. When STATUS_OUT is reset, OUT transactions can have any number of bytes, as required..

UTYPE

Bits 9-10: USB type of transaction These bits configure the behavior of this endpoint/channel as described in Table 141: Endpoint/channel type encoding. Channel0/Endpoint0 must always be a control endpoint/channel and each USB function must have at least one control endpoint/channel which has address 0, but there may be other control channels/endpoints if required. Only control channels/endpoints handle SETUP transactions, which are ignored by endpoints of other kinds. SETUP transactions cannot be answered with NAK or STALL. If a control endpoint/channel is defined as NAK, the USB peripheral does not answer, simulating a receive error, in the receive direction when a SETUP transaction is received. If the control endpoint/channel is defined as STALL in the receive direction, then the SETUP packet is accepted anyway, transferring data and issuing the CTR interrupt. The reception of OUT transactions is handled in the normal way, even if the endpoint/channel is a control one. Bulk and interrupt endpoints have very similar behavior and they differ only in the special feature available using the EPKIND configuration bit. The usage of isochronous channels/endpoints is explained in Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode.

SETUP

Bit 11: Setup transaction completed Device mode This bit is read-only and it is set by the hardware when the last completed transaction is a SETUP. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It must be examined, in the case of a successful receive transaction (VTRX event), to determine the type of transaction occurred. To protect the interrupt service routine from the changes in SETUP bits due to next incoming tokens, this bit is kept frozen while VTRX bit is at 1; its state changes when VTRX is at 0. This bit is read-only. Host mode This bit is set by the software to send a SETUP transaction on a control endpoint. This bit changes its value only for control endpoints. It is cleared by hardware when the SETUP transaction is acknowledged and VTTX interrupt generated..

STATRX

Bits 12-13: Status bits, for reception transfers Device mode These bits contain information about the endpoint status, which are listed in Table 140: Reception status encoding on page 881. These bits can be toggled by software to initialize their value. When the application software writes 0, the value remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value to toggle. Hardware sets the STATRX bits to NAK when a correct transfer has occurred (VTRX = 1) corresponding to a OUT or SETUP (control only) transaction addressed to this endpoint, so the software has the time to elaborate the received data before it acknowledges a new transaction. Double-buffered bulk endpoints implement a special transaction flow control, which control the status based upon buffer availability condition (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint is defined as isochronous, its status can be only VALID or DISABLED , so that the hardware cannot change the status of the endpoint after a successful transaction. If the software sets the STATRX bits to STALL or NAK for an isochronous endpoint, the USB peripheral behavior is not defined. These bits are read/write but they can be only toggled by writing 1. Host mode These bits are the host application controls to start, retry, or abort host transactions driven by the channel. These bits also contain information about the device answer to the last IN channel transaction and report the current status of the channel according to the following STATRX table of states: - DISABLE DISABLE value is reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a single-buffer channel. When in DISABLE state the channel is unused or not active waiting for application to restart it by writing VALID. Application can reset a VALID channel to DISABLE to abort a transaction. In this case the transaction is immediately removed from the host execution list. If the aborted transaction was already under execution it is regularly terminated on the USB but the relative VTRX interrupt is not generated. - VALID A host channel is actively trying to submit USB transaction to device only when in VALID state.VALID state can be set by software or automatically by hardware on a NAKED channel at the start of a new frame. When set to VALID, an host channel enters the host execution queue and waits permission from the host frame scheduler to submit its configured transaction. VALID value is also reported in case of ACK acknowledge is received on a double-buffered channel. In this case the channel remains active on the alternate buffer while application needs to read the current buffer and toggle DTOGTX. In case software is late in reading and the alternate buffer is not ready, the host channel is automatically suspended transparently to the application. The suspended double buffered channel is re-activated as soon as delay is recovered and DTOGTX is toggled. - NAK NAK value is reported in case of NAK acknowledge received. When in NAK state the channel is suspended and does not try to transmit. NAK state is moved to VALID by hardware at the start of the next frame, or software can change it to immediately retry transmission by writing it to VALID, or can disable it and abort the transaction by writing DISABLE - STALL STALL value is reported in case of STALL acknowledge received. When in STALL state the channel behaves as disabled. Application must not retry transmission but reset the USB and re-enumerate..

DTOGRX

Bit 14: Data Toggle, for reception transfers If the endpoint/channel is not isochronous, this bit contains the expected value of the data toggle bit (0 = DATA0, 1 = DATA1) for the next data packet to be received. Hardware toggles this bit, when the ACK handshake is sent following a data packet reception having a matching data PID value; if the endpoint is defined as a control one, hardware clears this bit at the reception of a SETUP PID received from host (in device mode), while it sets this bit to 1 when SETUP transaction is acknowledged by device (in host mode). If the endpoint/channel is using the double-buffering feature this bit is used to support packet buffer swapping too (Refer to Section 28.5.3: Double-buffered endpoints and usage in Device mode). If the endpoint/channel is isochronous, this bit is used only to support packet buffer swapping for data transmission since no data toggling is used for this kind of channels/endpoints and only DATA0 packet are transmitted (Refer to Section 28.5.5: Isochronous transfers in Device mode). Hardware toggles this bit just after the end of data packet reception, since no handshake is used for isochronous transfers. This bit can also be toggled by the software to initialize its value (mandatory when the endpoint is not a control one) or to force specific data toggle/packet buffer usage. When the application software writes 0, the value of DTOGRX remains unchanged, while writing 1 makes the bit value toggle. This bit is read/write but it can be only toggled by writing 1..

VTRX

Bit 15: USB valid transaction received Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an OUT/SETUP transaction is successfully completed on this endpoint; the software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set accordingly, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the endpoint related interrupt condition, which is always activated. The type of occurred transaction, OUT or SETUP, can be determined from the SETUP bit described below. A transaction ended with a NAK or STALL handshake does not set this bit, since no data is actually transferred, as in the case of protocol errors or data toggle mismatches. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect. Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an IN transaction is successfully completed on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the CTRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated. - A transaction ended with a NAK sets this bit and NAK answer is reported to application reading the NAK state from the STATRX field of this register. One NAKed transaction keeps pending and is automatically retried by the host at the next frame, or the host can immediately retry by resetting STATRX state to VALID. - A transaction ended by STALL handshake sets this bit and the STALL answer is reported to application reading the STALL state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must consequently disable the channel and re-enumerate. - A transaction ended with ACK handshake sets this bit If double buffering is disabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading the DISABLE state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and re-arm the channel by writing VALID to the STATRX field of this register. If double buffering is enabled, ACK answer is reported by application reading VALID state from the STATRX field of this register. Host application must read received data from USBRAM and toggle the DTOGTX bit of this register. - A transaction ended with error sets this bit. Errors can be seen via the bits ERR_RX (host mode only). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written, writing 1 has no effect..

DEVADDR

Bits 16-22: Host mode Device address assigned to the endpoint during the enumeration process..

NAK

Bit 23: Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when a device responds with a NAK. Software can use this bit to monitor the number of NAKs received from a device..

LS_EP

Bit 24: Low speed endpoint.

ERR_TX

Bit 25: Received error for an OUT/SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an OUT or SETUP transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

ERR_RX

Bit 26: Received error for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when an error (for example no answer by the device, CRC error, bit stuffing error, framing format violation, etc.) has occurred during an IN transaction on this channel. The software can only clear this bit. If the ERRM bit in USB_CNTR register is set, a generic interrupt condition is generated together with the channel related flag, which is always activated..

THREE_ERR_TX

Bits 27-28: Three errors for an OUT or SETUP transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an OUT transaction. THREE_ERR_TX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

THREE_ERR_RX

Bits 29-30: Three errors for an IN transaction Host mode This bit is set by the hardware when 3 consecutive transaction errors occurred on the USB bus for an IN transaction. THREE_ERR_RX is not generated for isochronous transactions. The software can only clear this bit. Coding of the received error:.

CNTR

USB control register

Offset: 0x40, size: 32, reset: 0x00000003, access: read-write

1/18 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
HOST
rw
DDISCM
rw
THR512M
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CTRM
rw
PMAOVRM
rw
ERRM
rw
WKUPM
rw
SUSPM
rw
RST_DCONM
rw
SOFM
rw
ESOFM
rw
L1REQM
rw
L1RES
rw
L2RES
rw
SUSPEN
rw
SUSPRDY
r
PDWN
rw
USBRST
rw
Toggle fields

USBRST

Bit 0: USB Reset Software can set this bit to reset the USB core, exactly as it happens when receiving a RESET signaling on the USB.The USB peripheral, in response to a RESET, resets its internal protocol state machine. Reception and transmission are disabled until the RST_DCON bit is cleared. All configuration registers do not reset: the microcontroller must explicitly clear these registers (this is to ensure that the RST_DCON interrupt can be safely delivered, and any transaction immediately followed by a RESET can be completed). The function address and endpoint registers are reset by an USB reset event. Software sets this bit to drive USB reset state on the bus and initialize the device. USB reset terminates as soon as this bit is cleared by software..

PDWN

Bit 1: Power down This bit is used to completely switch off all USB-related analog parts if it is required to completely disable the USB peripheral for any reason. When this bit is set, the USB peripheral is disconnected from the transceivers and it cannot be used..

SUSPRDY

Bit 2: Suspend state effective This bit is set by hardware as soon as the suspend state entered through the SUSPEN control gets internally effective. In this state USB activity is suspended, USB clock is gated, transceiver is set in low power mode by disabling the differential receiver. Only asynchronous wake-up logic and single ended receiver is kept alive to detect remote wake-up or resume events. Software must poll this bit to confirm it to be set before any STOP mode entry. This bit is cleared by hardware simultaneously to the WAKEUP flag being set..

SUSPEN

Bit 3: Suspend state enable Software can set this bit when the SUSP interrupt is received, which is issued when no traffic is received by the USB peripheral for 3 ms. Software can also set this bit when the L1REQ interrupt is received with positive acknowledge sent. As soon as the suspend state is propagated internally all device activity is stopped, USB clock is gated, USB transceiver is set into low power mode and the SUSPRDY bit is set by hardware. In the case that device application wants to pursue more aggressive power saving by stopping the USB clock source and by moving the microcontroller to stop mode, as in the case of bus powered device application, it must first wait few cycles to see the SUSPRDY = 1 acknowledge the suspend request. This bit is cleared by hardware simultaneous with the WAKEUP flag set. Software can set this bit when host application has nothing scheduled for the next frames and wants to enter long term power saving. When set, it stops immediately SOF generation and any other host activity, gates the USB clock and sets the transceiver in low power mode. If any USB transaction is on-going at the time SUSPEN is set, suspend is entered at the end of the current transaction. As soon as suspend state is propagated internally and gets effective the SUSPRDY bit is set. In the case that host application wants to pursue more aggressive power saving by stopping the USB clock source and by moving the micro-controller to STOP mode, it must first wait few cycles to see SUSPRDY=1 acknowledge to the suspend request. This bit is cleared by hardware simultaneous with the WAKEUP flag set..

L2RES

Bit 4: L2 remote wake-up / resume driver Device mode The microcontroller can set this bit to send remote wake-up signaling to the host. It must be activated, according to USB specifications, for no less than 1 ms and no more than 15 ms after which the host PC is ready to drive the resume sequence up to its end. Host mode Software sets this bit to send resume signaling to the device. Software clears this bit to send end of resume to device and restart SOF generation. In the context of remote wake up, this bit is to be set following the WAKEUP interrupt..

L1RES

Bit 5: L1 remote wake-up / resume driver.

L1REQM

Bit 7: LPM L1 state request interrupt mask.

ESOFM

Bit 8: Expected start of frame interrupt mask.

SOFM

Bit 9: Start of frame interrupt mask.

RST_DCONM

Bit 10: USB reset request (Device mode) or device connect/disconnect (Host mode) interrupt mask.

SUSPM

Bit 11: Suspend mode interrupt mask.

WKUPM

Bit 12: Wake-up interrupt mask.

ERRM

Bit 13: Error interrupt mask.

PMAOVRM

Bit 14: Packet memory area over / underrun interrupt mask.

CTRM

Bit 15: Correct transfer interrupt mask.

THR512M

Bit 16: 512 byte threshold interrupt mask.

DDISCM

Bit 17: Device disconnection mask Host mode.

HOST

Bit 31: HOST mode HOST bit selects betweens host or device USB mode of operation. It must be set before enabling the USB peripheral by the function enable bit..

ISTR

USB interrupt status register

Offset: 0x44, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

5/15 fields covered.

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
LS_DCON
r
DCON_STAT
r
DDISC
rw
THR512
rw
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CTR
r
PMAOVR
rw
ERR
rw
WKUP
rw
SUSP
rw
RST_DCON
rw
SOF
rw
ESOF
rw
L1REQ
rw
DIR
r
IDN
r
Toggle fields

IDN

Bits 0-3: Device Endpoint / host channel identification number These bits are written by the hardware according to the host channel or device endpoint number, which generated the interrupt request. If several endpoint/channel transactions are pending, the hardware writes the identification number related to the endpoint/channel having the highest priority defined in the following way: two levels are defined, in order of priority: isochronous and double-buffered bulk channels/endpoints are considered first and then the others are examined. If more than one endpoint/channel from the same set is requesting an interrupt, the IDN bits in USB_ISTR register are assigned according to the lowest requesting register, CHEP0R having the highest priority followed by CHEP1R and so on. The application software can assign a register to each endpoint/channel according to this priority scheme, so as to order the concurring endpoint/channel requests in a suitable way. These bits are read only..

DIR

Bit 4: Direction of transaction This bit is written by the hardware according to the direction of the successful transaction, which generated the interrupt request. If DIR bit = 0, VTTX bit is set in the USB_CHEPnR register related to the interrupting endpoint. The interrupting transaction is of IN type (data transmitted by the USB peripheral to the host PC). If DIR bit = 1, VTRX bit or both VTTX/VTRX are set in the USB_CHEPnR register related to the interrupting endpoint. The interrupting transaction is of OUT type (data received by the USB peripheral from the host PC) or two pending transactions are waiting to be processed. This information can be used by the application software to access the USB_CHEPnR bits related to the triggering transaction since it represents the direction having the interrupt pending. This bit is read-only..

L1REQ

Bit 7: LPM L1 state request Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when LPM command to enter the L1 state is successfully received and acknowledged. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..

ESOF

Bit 8: Expected start of frame Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when an SOF packet is expected but not received. The host sends an SOF packet each 1 ms, but if the device does not receive it properly, the suspend timer issues this interrupt. If three consecutive ESOF interrupts are generated (for example three SOF packets are lost) without any traffic occurring in between, a SUSP interrupt is generated. This bit is set even when the missing SOF packets occur while the suspend timer is not yet locked. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..

SOF

Bit 9: Start of frame This bit signals the beginning of a new USB frame and it is set when a SOF packet arrives through the USB bus. The interrupt service routine may monitor the SOF events to have a 1 ms synchronization event to the USB host and to safely read the USB_FNR register which is updated at the SOF packet reception (this can be useful for isochronous applications). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..

RST_DCON

Bit 10: USB reset request (Device mode) or device connect/disconnect (Host mode) Device mode This bit is set by hardware when an USB reset is released by the host and the bus returns to idle. USB reset state is internally detected after the sampling of 60 consecutive SE0 cycles. Host mode This bit is set by hardware when device connection or device disconnection is detected. Device connection is signaled after J state is sampled for 22 cycles consecutively from unconnected state. Device disconnection is signaled after SE0 state is seen for 22 bit times consecutively from connected state..

SUSP

Bit 11: Suspend mode request Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when no traffic has been received for 3 ms, indicating a suspend mode request from the USB bus. The suspend condition check is enabled immediately after any USB reset and it is disabled by the hardware when the suspend mode is active (SUSPEN=1) until the end of resume sequence. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..

WKUP

Bit 12: Wake-up This bit is set to 1 by the hardware when, during suspend mode, activity is detected that wakes up the USB peripheral. This event asynchronously clears the SUSPRDY bit in the CTLR register and activates the USB_WAKEUP line, which can be used to notify the rest of the device (for example wake-up unit) about the start of the resume process. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..

ERR

Bit 13: Error This flag is set whenever one of the errors listed below has occurred: NANS: No ANSwer. The timeout for a host response has expired. CRC: Cyclic redundancy check error. One of the received CRCs, either in the token or in the data, was wrong. BST: Bit stuffing error. A bit stuffing error was detected anywhere in the PID, data, and/or CRC. FVIO: Framing format violation. A non-standard frame was received (EOP not in the right place, wrong token sequence, etc.). The USB software can usually ignore errors, since the USB peripheral and the PC host manage retransmission in case of errors in a fully transparent way. This interrupt can be useful during the software development phase, or to monitor the quality of transmission over the USB bus, to flag possible problems to the user (for example loose connector, too noisy environment, broken conductor in the USB cable and so on). This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..

PMAOVR

Bit 14: Packet memory area over / underrun This bit is set if the microcontroller has not been able to respond in time to an USB memory request. The USB peripheral handles this event in the following way: During reception an ACK handshake packet is not sent, during transmission a bit-stuff error is forced on the transmitted stream; in both cases the host retries the transaction. The PMAOVR interrupt must never occur during normal operations. Since the failed transaction is retried by the host, the application software has the chance to speed-up device operations during this interrupt handling, to be ready for the next transaction retry; however this does not happen during isochronous transfers (no isochronous transaction is anyway retried) leading to a loss of data in this case. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..

CTR

Bit 15: Completed transfer in host mode This bit is set by the hardware to indicate that an endpoint/channel has successfully completed a transaction; using DIR and IDN bits software can determine which endpoint/channel requested the interrupt. This bit is read-only..

THR512

Bit 16: 512 byte threshold interrupt This bit is set to 1 by the hardware when 512 bytes have been transmitted or received during isochronous transfers. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect. Note that no information is available to indicate the associated channel/endpoint, however in practice only one ISO endpoint/channel with such large packets can be supported, so that channel..

DDISC

Bit 17: Device connection Host mode This bit is set when a device connection is detected. This bit is read/write but only 0 can be written and writing 1 has no effect..

DCON_STAT

Bit 29: Device connection status Host mode: This bit contains information about device connection status. It is set by hardware when a LS/FS device is attached to the host while it is reset when the device is disconnected..

LS_DCON

Bit 30: Low speed device connected Host mode: This bit is set by hardware when an LS device connection is detected. Device connection is signaled after LS J-state is sampled for 22 consecutive cycles of the USB clock (48 MHz) from the unconnected state..

FNR

USB frame number register

Offset: 0x48, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-only

5/5 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RXDP
r
RXDM
r
LCK
r
LSOF
r
FN
r
Toggle fields

FN

Bits 0-10: Frame number This bit field contains the 11-bits frame number contained in the last received SOF packet. The frame number is incremented for every frame sent by the host and it is useful for isochronous transfers. This bit field is updated on the generation of an SOF interrupt..

LSOF

Bits 11-12: Lost SOF Device mode These bits are written by the hardware when an ESOF interrupt is generated, counting the number of consecutive SOF packets lost. At the reception of an SOF packet, these bits are cleared..

LCK

Bit 13: Locked Device mode This bit is set by the hardware when at least two consecutive SOF packets have been received after the end of an USB reset condition or after the end of an USB resume sequence. Once locked, the frame timer remains in this state until an USB reset or USB suspend event occurs..

RXDM

Bit 14: Receive data - line status This bit can be used to observe the status of received data minus upstream port data line. It can be used during end-of-suspend routines to help determining the wake-up event..

RXDP

Bit 15: Receive data + line status This bit can be used to observe the status of received data plus upstream port data line. It can be used during end-of-suspend routines to help determining the wake-up event..

DADDR

USB Device address

Offset: 0x4c, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EF
rw
ADD
rw
Toggle fields

ADD

Bits 0-6: Device address Device mode These bits contain the USB function address assigned by the host PC during the enumeration process. Both this field and the endpoint/channel address (EA) field in the associated USB_CHEPnR register must match with the information contained in a USB token in order to handle a transaction to the required endpoint. Host mode These bits contain the address transmitted with the LPM transaction.

EF

Bit 7: Enable function This bit is set by the software to enable the USB Device. The address of this device is contained in the following ADD[6:0] bits. If this bit is at 0 no transactions are handled, irrespective of the settings of USB_CHEPnR registers..

LPMCSR

LPM control and status register

Offset: 0x54, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

2/4 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BESL
r
REMWAKE
r
LPMACK
rw
LPMEN
rw
Toggle fields

LPMEN

Bit 0: LPM support enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to enable the LPM support within the USB Device. If this bit is at 0 no LPM transactions are handled..

LPMACK

Bit 1: LPM token acknowledge enable Device mode: The NYET/ACK is returned only on a successful LPM transaction: No errors in both the EXT token and the LPM token (else ERROR) A valid bLinkState = 0001B (L1) is received (else STALL).

REMWAKE

Bit 3: bRemoteWake value Device mode This bit contains the bRemoteWake value received with last ACKed LPM Token.

BESL

Bits 4-7: BESL value Device mode These bits contain the BESL value received with last ACKed LPM Token.

BCDR

Battery charging detector

Offset: 0x58, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

3/7 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPPU_DPD
rw
PS2DET
r
SDET
r
PDET
r
SDEN
rw
PDEN
rw
BCDEN
rw
Toggle fields

BCDEN

Bit 0: Battery charging detector (BCD) enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to enable the BCD support within the USB Device. When enabled, the USB PHY is fully controlled by BCD and cannot be used for normal communication. Once the BCD discovery is finished, the BCD must be placed in OFF mode by clearing this bit to 0 in order to allow the normal USB operation..

PDEN

Bit 2: Primary detection (PD) mode enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to put the BCD into PD mode. Only one detection mode (PD, SD or OFF) must be selected to work correctly..

SDEN

Bit 3: Secondary detection (SD) mode enable Device mode This bit is set by the software to put the BCD into SD mode. Only one detection mode (PD, SD or OFF) must be selected to work correctly..

PDET

Bit 5: Primary detection (PD) status Device mode This bit gives the result of PD..

SDET

Bit 6: Secondary detection (SD) status Device mode This bit gives the result of SD..

PS2DET

Bit 7: DM pull-up detection status Device mode This bit is active only during PD and gives the result of comparison between DM voltage level and V<sub>LGC</sub> threshold. In normal situation, the DM level must be below this threshold. If it is above, it means that the DM is externally pulled high. This can be caused by connection to a PS2 port (which pulls-up both DP and DM lines) or to some proprietary charger not following the BCD specification..

DPPU_DPD

Bit 15: DP pull-up / DPDM pull-down Device mode This bit is set by software to enable the embedded pull-up on DP line. Clearing it to 0 can be used to signal disconnect to the host when needed by the user software. Host mode This bit is set by software to enable the embedded pull-down on DP and DM lines..

WWDG

0x40002c00: WWDG address block description

0/6 fields covered.

Toggle register map
Offset Name
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x0 CR
0x4 CFR
0x8 SR
Toggle registers

CR

WWDG control register

Offset: 0x0, size: 32, reset: 0x0000007F, access: read-write

0/2 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WDGA
rw
T
rw
Toggle fields

T

Bits 0-6: 7-bit counter (MSB to LSB) These bits contain the value of the watchdog counter, decremented every (4096 x 2<sup>WDGTB[2:0]</sup>) PCLK cycles. A reset is produced when it is decremented from 0x40 to 0x3F (T6 becomes cleared)..

WDGA

Bit 7: Activation bit This bit is set by software and only cleared by hardware after a reset. When WDGA = 1, the watchdog can generate a reset..

CFR

WWDG configuration register

Offset: 0x4, size: 32, reset: 0x0000007F, access: read-write

0/3 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
WDGTB
rw
EWI
rw
W
rw
Toggle fields

W

Bits 0-6: 7-bit window value These bits contain the window value to be compared with the down-counter..

EWI

Bit 9: Early wake-up interrupt enable Set by software and cleared by hardware after a reset. When set, an interrupt occurs whenever the counter reaches the value 0x40..

WDGTB

Bits 11-13: Timer base The timebase of the prescaler can be modified as follows:.

SR

WWDG status register

Offset: 0x8, size: 32, reset: 0x00000000, access: read-write

0/1 fields covered.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
EWIF
rw
Toggle fields

EWIF

Bit 0: Early wake-up interrupt flag This bit is set by hardware when the counter has reached the value 0x40. It must be cleared by software by writing 0. Writing 1 has no effect. This bit is also set if the interrupt is not enabled..